Title:   The Oregon Trail

Subject:  

Author:   Francis Parkman

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Bookmarks





Page No 1


The Oregon Trail

Francis Parkman



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

The Oregon Trail................................................................................................................................................1

Francis Parkman .......................................................................................................................................1

CHAPTER I. THE FRONTIER ...............................................................................................................1

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE .....................................................................................................4

CHAPTER III. FORT LEAVENWORTH..............................................................................................9

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF".........................................................................................................10

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE" ........................................................................................................15

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" .........................................................................23

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO ..........................................................................................................29

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE ....................................................................................37

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE .................................................................................43

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES....................................................................................................49

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP ............................................................................................59

CHAPTER XII. ILL LUCK ...................................................................................................................67

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS ................................................................................................69

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE ................................................................................80

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP.............................................................................................90

CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS .....................................................................................................100

CHAPTER XVII. THE BLACK HILLS.............................................................................................104


The Oregon Trail

i



Top




Page No 3


The Oregon Trail

Francis Parkman

CHAPTER I. THE FRONTIER 

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE 

CHAPTER III. FORT LEAVENWORTH 

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF" 

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE" 

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE 

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE 

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 

CHAPTER XII. ILL LUCK 

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 

CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS 

CHAPTER XVII. THE BLACK HILLS  

CHAPTER I. THE FRONTIER

Last spring, 1846, was a busy season in the City of St. Louis. Not only were emigrants from every part of the

country preparing for the journey to Oregon and California, but an unusual number of traders were making

ready their wagons and outfits for Santa Fe. Many of the emigrants, especially of those bound for California,

were persons of wealth and standing. The hotels were crowded, and the gunsmiths and saddlers were kept

constantly at work in providing arms and equipments for the different parties of travelers. Almost every day

steamboats were leaving the levee and passing up the Missouri, crowded with passengers on their way to the

frontier.

In one of these, the Radnor, since snagged and lost, my friend and relative, Quincy A. Shaw, and myself, left

St. Louis on the 28th of April, on a tour of curiosity and amusement to the Rocky Mountains. The boat was

loaded until the water broke alternately over her guards. Her upper deck was covered with large weapons of a

peculiar form, for the Santa Fe trade, and her hold was crammed with goods for the same destination. There

were also the equipments and provisions of a party of Oregon emigrants, a band of mules and horses, piles of

saddles and harness, and a multitude of nondescript articles, indispensable on the prairies. Almost hidden in

this medley one might have seen a small French cart, of the sort very appropriately called a "mulekiller"

beyond the frontiers, and not far distant a tent, together with a miscellaneous assortment of boxes and barrels.

The whole equipage was far from prepossessing in its appearance; yet, such as it was, it was destined to a

long and arduous journey, on which the persevering reader will accompany it.

The passengers on board the Radnor corresponded with her freight. In her cabin were Santa Fe traders,

gamblers, speculators, and adventurers of various descriptions, and her steerage was crowded with Oregon

The Oregon Trail 1



Top




Page No 4


emigrants, "mountain men," negroes, and a party of Kansas Indians, who had been on a visit to St. Louis.

Thus laden, the boat struggled upward for seven or eight days against the rapid current of the Missouri,

grating upon snags, and hanging for two or three hours at a time upon sandbars. We entered the mouth of

the Missouri in a drizzling rain, but the weather soon became clear, and showed distinctly the broad and

turbid river, with its eddies, its sandbars, its ragged islands, and forestcovered shores. The Missouri is

constantly changing its course; wearing away its banks on one side, while it forms new ones on the other. Its

channel is shifting continually. Islands are formed, and then washed away; and while the old forests on one

side are undermined and swept off, a young growth springs up from the new soil upon the other. With all

these changes, the water is so charged with mud and sand that it is perfectly opaque, and in a few minutes

deposits a sediment an inch thick in the bottom of a tumbler. The river was now high; but when we descended

in the autumn it was fallen very low, and all the secrets of its treacherous shallows were exposed to view. It

was frightful to see the dead and broken trees, thickset as a military abatis, firmly imbedded in the sand, and

all pointing down stream, ready to impale any unhappy steamboat that at high water should pass over that

dangerous ground.

In five or six days we began to see signs of the great western movement that was then taking place. Parties of

emigrants, with their tents and wagons, would be encamped on open spots near the bank, on their way to the

common rendezvous at Independence. On a rainy day, near sunset, we reached the landing of this place,

which is situated some miles from the river, on the extreme frontier of Missouri. The scene was

characteristic, for here were represented at one view the most remarkable features of this wild and

enterprising region. On the muddy shore stood some thirty or forty dark slavish looking Spaniards, gazing

stupidly out from beneath their broad hats. They were attached to one of the Santa Fe companies, whose

wagons were crowded together on the banks above. In the midst of these, crouching over a smoldering fire,

was a group of Indians, belonging to a remote Mexican tribe. One or two French hunters from the mountains

with their long hair and buckskin dresses, were looking at the boat; and seated on a log close at hand were

three men, with rifles lying across their knees. The foremost of these, a tall, strong figure, with a clear blue

eye and an open, intelligent face, might very well represent that race of restless and intrepid pioneers whose

axes and rifles have opened a path from the Alleghenies to the western prairies. He was on his way to

Oregon, probably a more congenial field to him than any that now remained on this side the great plains.

Early on the next morning we reached Kansas, about five hundred miles from the mouth of the Missouri.

Here we landed and leaving our equipments in charge of my good friend Colonel Chick, whose loghouse

was the substitute for a tavern, we set out in a wagon for Westport, where we hoped to procure mules and

horses for the journey.

It was a remarkably fresh and beautiful May morning. The rich and luxuriant woods through which the

miserable road conducted us were lighted by the bright sunshine and enlivened by a multitude of birds. We

overtook on the way our late fellowtravelers, the Kansas Indians, who, adorned with all their finery, were

proceeding homeward at a round pace; and whatever they might have seemed on board the boat, they made a

very striking and picturesque feature in the forest landscape.

Westport was full of Indians, whose little shaggy ponies were tied by dozens along the houses and fences.

Sacs and Foxes, with shaved heads and painted faces, Shawanoes and Delawares, fluttering in calico frocks,

and turbans, Wyandottes dressed like white men, and a few wretched Kansas wrapped in old blankets, were

strolling about the streets, or lounging in and out of the shops and houses.

As I stood at the door of the tavern, I saw a remarkable looking person coming up the street. He had a ruddy

face, garnished with the stumps of a bristly red beard and mustache; on one side of his head was a round cap

with a knob at the top, such as Scottish laborers sometimes wear; his coat was of a nondescript form, and

made of a gray Scotch plaid, with the fringes hanging all about it; he wore pantaloons of coarse homespun,


The Oregon Trail

The Oregon Trail 2



Top




Page No 5


and hobnailed shoes; and to complete his equipment, a little black pipe was stuck in one corner of his

mouth. In this curious attire, I recognized Captain C. of the British army, who, with his brother, and Mr. R.,

an English gentleman, was bound on a hunting expedition across the continent. I had seen the captain and his

companions at St. Louis. They had now been for some time at Westport, making preparations for their

departure, and waiting for a reenforcement, since they were too few in number to attempt it alone. They

might, it is true, have joined some of the parties of emigrants who were on the point of setting out for Oregon

and California; but they professed great disinclination to have any connection with the "Kentucky fellows."

The captain now urged it upon us, that we should join forces and proceed to the mountains in company.

Feeling no greater partiality for the society of the emigrants than they did, we thought the arrangement an

advantageous one, and consented to it. Our future fellowtravelers had installed themselves in a little

loghouse, where we found them all surrounded by saddles, harness, guns, pistols, telescopes, knives, and in

short their complete appointments for the prairie. R., who professed a taste for natural history, sat at a table

stuffing a woodpecker; the brother of the captain, who was an Irishman, was splicing a trailrope on the

floor, as he had been an amateur sailor. The captain pointed out, with much complacency, the different

articles of their outfit. "You see," said he, "that we are all old travelers. I am convinced that no party ever

went upon the prairie better provided." The hunter whom they had employed, a surly looking Canadian,

named Sorel, and their muleteer, an American from St. Louis, were lounging about the building. In a little log

stable close at hand were their horses and mules, selected by the captain, who was an excellent judge.

The alliance entered into, we left them to complete their arrangements, while we pushed our own to all

convenient speed. The emigrants for whom our friends professed such contempt were encamped on the

prairie about eight or ten miles distant, to the number of a thousand or more, and new parties were constantly

passing out from Independence to join them. They were in great confusion, holding meetings, passing

resolutions, and drawing up regulations, but unable to unite in the choice of leaders to conduct them across

the prairie. Being at leisure one day, I rode over to Independence. The town was crowded. A multitude of

shops had sprung up to furnish the emigrants and Santa Fe traders with necessaries for their journey; and

there was an incessant hammering and banging from a dozen blacksmiths' sheds, where the heavy wagons

were being repaired, and the horses and oxen shod. The streets were thronged with men, horses, and mules.

While I was in the town, a train of emigrant wagons from Illinois passed through, to join the camp on the

prairie, and stopped in the principal street. A multitude of healthy children's faces were peeping out from

under the covers of the wagons. Here and there a buxom damsel was seated on horseback, holding over her

sunburnt face an old umbrella or a parasol, once gaudy enough but now miserably faded. The men, very

soberlooking countrymen, stood about their oxen; and as I passed I noticed three old fellows, who, with

their long whips in their hands, were zealously discussing the doctrine of regeneration. The emigrants,

however, are not all of this stamp. Among them are some of the vilest outcasts in the country. I have often

perplexed myself to divine the various motives that give impulse to this strange migration; but whatever they

may be, whether an insane hope of a better condition in life, or a desire of shaking off restraints of law and

society, or mere restlessness, certain it is that multitudes bitterly repent the journey, and after they have

reached the land of promise are happy enough to escape from it.

In the course of seven or eight days we had brought our preparations near to a close. Meanwhile our friends

had completed theirs, and becoming tired of Westport, they told us that they would set out in advance and

wait at the crossing of the Kansas till we should come up. Accordingly R. and the muleteers went forward

with the wagon and tent, while the captain and his brother, together with Sorel, and a trapper named

Boisverd, who had joined them, followed with the band of horses. The commencement of the journey was

ominous, for the captain was scarcely a mile from Westport, riding along in state at the head of his party,

leading his intended buffalo horse by a rope, when a tremendous thunderstorm came on, and drenched them

all to the skin. They hurried on to reach the place, about seven miles off, where R. was to have had the camp

in readiness to receive them. But this prudent person, when he saw the storm approaching, had selected a

sheltered glade in the woods, where he pitched his tent, and was sipping a comfortable cup of coffee, while


The Oregon Trail

The Oregon Trail 3



Top




Page No 6


the captain galloped for miles beyond through the rain to look for him. At length the storm cleared away, and

the sharpeyed trapper succeeded in discovering his tent: R. had by this time finished his coffee, and was

seated on a buffalo robe smoking his pipe. The captain was one of the most easy tempered men in existence,

so he bore his illluck with great composure, shared the dregs of the coffee with his brother, and lay down to

sleep in his wet clothes.

We ourselves had our share of the deluge. We were leading a pair of mules to Kansas when the storm broke.

Such sharp and incessant flashes of lightning, such stunning and continuous thunder, I have never known

before. The woods were completely obscured by the diagonal sheets of rain that fell with a heavy roar, and

rose in spray from the ground; and the streams rose so rapidly that we could hardly ford them. At length,

looming through the rain, we saw the loghouse of Colonel Chick, who received us with his usual bland

hospitality; while his wife, who, though a little soured and stiffened by too frequent attendance on

campmeetings, was not behind him in hospitable feeling, supplied us with the means of repairing our

drenched and bedraggled condition. The storm, clearing away at about sunset, opened a noble prospect from

the porch of the colonel's house, which stands upon a high hill. The sun streamed from the breaking clouds

upon the swift and angry Missouri, and on the immense expanse of luxuriant forest that stretched from its

banks back to the distant bluffs.

Returning on the next day to Westport, we received a message from the captain, who had ridden back to

deliver it in person, but finding that we were in Kansas, had intrusted it with an acquaintance of his named

Vogel, who kept a small grocery and liquor shop. Whisky by the way circulates more freely in Westport than

is altogether safe in a place where every man carries a loaded pistol in his pocket. As we passed this

establishment, we saw Vogel's broad German face and knavishlooking eyes thrust from his door. He said he

had something to tell us, and invited us to take a dram. Neither his liquor nor his message was very palatable.

The captain had returned to give us notice that R., who assumed the direction of his party, had determined

upon another route from that agreed upon between us; and instead of taking the course of the traders, to pass

northward by Fort Leavenworth, and follow the path marked out by the dragoons in their expedition of last

summer. To adopt such a plan without consulting us, we looked upon as a very highhanded proceeding; but

suppressing our dissatisfaction as well as we could, we made up our minds to join them at Fort Leavenworth,

where they were to wait for us.

Accordingly, our preparation being now complete, we attempted one fine morning to commence our journey.

The first step was an unfortunate one. No sooner were our animals put in harness, than the shaft mule reared

and plunged, burst ropes and straps, and nearly flung the cart into the Missouri. Finding her wholly

uncontrollable, we exchanged her for another, with which we were furnished by our friend Mr. Boone of

Westport, a grandson of Daniel Boone, the pioneer. This foretaste of prairie experience was very soon

followed by another. Westport was scarcely out of sight, when we encountered a deep muddy gully, of a

species that afterward became but too familiar to us; and here for the space of an hour or more the car stuck

fast.

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE

Both Shaw and myself were tolerably inured to the vicissitudes of traveling. We had experienced them under

various forms, and a birch canoe was as familiar to us as a steamboat. The restlessness, the love of wilds and

hatred of cities, natural perhaps in early years to every unperverted son of Adam, was not our only motive for

undertaking the present journey. My companion hoped to shake off the effects of a disorder that had impaired

a constitution originally hardy and robust; and I was anxious to pursue some inquiries relative to the character

and usages of the remote Indian nations, being already familiar with many of the border tribes.

Emerging from the mudhole where we last took leave of the reader, we pursued our way for some time

along the narrow track, in the checkered sunshine and shadow of the woods, till at length, issuing forth into


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE 4



Top




Page No 7


the broad light, we left behind us the farthest outskirts of that great forest, that once spread unbroken from the

western plains to the shore of the Atlantic. Looking over an intervening belt of shrubbery, we saw the green,

oceanlike expanse of prairie, stretching swell over swell to the horizon.

It was a mild, calm spring day; a day when one is more disposed to musing and reverie than to action, and the

softest part of his nature is apt to gain the ascendency. I rode in advance of the party, as we passed through

the shrubbery, and as a nook of green grass offered a strong temptation, I dismounted and lay down there. All

the trees and saplings were in flower, or budding into fresh leaf; the red clusters of the mapleblossoms and

the rich flowers of the Indian apple were there in profusion; and I was half inclined to regret leaving behind

the land of gardens for the rude and stern scenes of the prairie and the mountains.

Meanwhile the party came in sight from out of the bushes. Foremost rode Henry Chatillon, our guide and

hunter, a fine athletic figure, mounted on a hardy gray Wyandotte pony. He wore a white blanket coat, a

broad hat of felt, moccasins, and pantaloons of deerskin, ornamented along the seams with rows of long

fringes. His knife was stuck in his belt; his bulletpouch and powderhorn hung at his side, and his rifle lay

before him, resting against the high pommel of his saddle, which, like all his equipments, had seen hard

service, and was much the worse for wear. Shaw followed close, mounted on a little sorrel horse, and leading

a larger animal by a rope. His outfit, which resembled mine, had been provided with a view to use rather than

ornament. It consisted of a plain, black Spanish saddle, with holsters of heavy pistols, a blanket rolled up

behind it, and the trailrope attached to his horse's neck hanging coiled in front. He carried a doublebarreled

smoothbore, while I boasted a rifle of some fifteen pounds' weight. At that time our attire, though far from

elegant, bore some marks of civilization, and offered a very favorable contrast to the inimitable shabbiness of

our appearance on the return journey. A red flannel shirt, belted around the waist like a frock, then constituted

our upper garment; moccasins had supplanted our failing boots; and the remaining essential portion of our

attire consisted of an extraordinary article, manufactured by a squaw out of smoked buckskin. Our muleteer,

Delorier, brought up the rear with his cart, waddling ankledeep in the mud, alternately puffing at his pipe,

and ejaculating in his prairie patois: 'Sacre enfant de garce!" as one of the mules would seem to recoil before

some abyss of unusual profundity. The cart was of the kind that one may see by scores around the

marketplace in Montreal, and had a white covering to protect the articles within. These were our provisions

and a tent, with ammunition, blankets, and presents for the Indians.

We were in all four men with eight animals; for besides the spare horses led by Shaw and myself, an

additional mule was driven along with us as a reserve in case of accident.

After this summing up of our forces, it may not be amiss to glance at the characters of the two men who

accompanied us.

Delorier was a Canadian, with all the characteristics of the true Jean Baptiste. Neither fatigue, exposure, nor

hard labor could ever impair his cheerfulness and gayety, or his obsequious politeness to his bourgeois; and

when night came he would sit down by the fire, smoke his pipe, and tell stories with the utmost contentment.

In fact, the prairie was his congenial element. Henry Chatillon was of a different stamp. When we were at St.

Louis, several gentlemen of the Fur Company had kindly offered to procure for us a hunter and guide suited

for our purposes, and on coming one afternoon to the office, we found there a tall and exceedingly

welldressed man with a face so open and frank that it attracted our notice at once. We were surprised at

being told that it was he who wished to guide us to the mountains. He was born in a little French town near

St. Louis, and from the age of fifteen years had been constantly in the neighborhood of the Rocky Mountains,

employed for the most part by the Company to supply their forts with buffalo meat. As a hunter he had but

one rival in the whole region, a man named Cimoneau, with whom, to the honor of both of them, he was on

terms of the closest friendship. He had arrived at St. Louis the day before, from the mountains, where he had

remained for four years; and he now only asked to go and spend a day with his mother before setting out on

another expedition. His age was about thirty; he was six feet high, and very powerfully and gracefully


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE 5



Top




Page No 8


molded. The prairies had been his school; he could neither read nor write, but he had a natural refinement and

delicacy of mind such as is rarely found, even in women. His manly face was a perfect mirror of uprightness,

simplicity, and kindness of heart; he had, moreover, a keen perception of character and a tact that would

preserve him from flagrant error in any society. Henry had not the restless energy of an AngloAmerican. He

was content to take things as he found them; and his chief fault arose from an excess of easy generosity,

impelling him to give away too profusely ever to thrive in the world. Yet it was commonly remarked of him,

that whatever he might choose to do with what belonged to himself, the property of others was always safe in

his hands. His bravery was as much celebrated in the mountains as his skill in hunting; but it is characteristic

of him that in a country where the rifle is the chief arbiter between man and man, Henry was very seldom

involved in quarrels. Once or twice, indeed, his quiet goodnature had been mistaken and presumed upon,

but the consequences of the error were so formidable that no one was ever known to repeat it. No better

evidence of the intrepidity of his temper could be wished than the common report that he had killed more

than thirty grizzly bears. He was a proof of what unaided nature will sometimes do. I have never, in the city

or in the wilderness, met a better man than my noble and truehearted friend, Henry Chatillon.

We were soon free of the woods and bushes, and fairly upon the broad prairie. Now and then a Shawanoe

passed us, riding his little shaggy pony at a "lope"; his calico shirt, his gaudy sash, and the gay handkerchief

bound around his snaky hair fluttering in the wind. At noon we stopped to rest not far from a little creek

replete with frogs and young turtles. There had been an Indian encampment at the place, and the framework

of their lodges still remained, enabling us very easily to gain a shelter from the sun, by merely spreading one

or two blankets over them. Thus shaded, we sat upon our saddles, and Shaw for the first time lighted his

favorite Indian pipe; while Delorier was squatted over a hot bed of coals, shading his eyes with one hand, and

holding a little stick in the other, with which he regulated the hissing contents of the fryingpan. The horses

were turned to feed among the scattered bushes of a low oozy meadow. A drowzy springlike sultriness

pervaded the air, and the voices of ten thousand young frogs and insects, just awakened into life, rose in

varied chorus from the creek and the meadows.

Scarcely were we seated when a visitor approached. This was an old Kansas Indian; a man of distinction, if

one might judge from his dress. His head was shaved and painted red, and from the tuft of hair remaining on

the crown dangled several eagles' feathers, and the tails of two or three rattlesnakes. His cheeks, too, were

daubed with vermilion; his ears were adorned with green glass pendants; a collar of grizzly bears' claws

surrounded his neck, and several large necklaces of wampum hung on his breast. Having shaken us by the

hand with a cordial grunt of salutation, the old man, dropping his red blanket from his shoulders, sat down

crosslegged on the ground. In the absence of liquor we offered him a cup of sweetened water, at which he

ejaculated "Good!" and was beginning to tell us how great a man he was, and how many Pawnees he had

killed, when suddenly a motley concourse appeared wading across the creek toward us. They filed past in

rapid succession, men, women, and children; some were on horseback, some on foot, but all were alike

squalid and wretched. Old squaws, mounted astride of shaggy, meager little ponies, with perhaps one or two

snakeeyed children seated behind them, clinging to their tattered blankets; tall lank young men on foot, with

bows and arrows in their hands; and girls whose native ugliness not all the charms of glass beads and scarlet

cloth could disguise, made up the procession; although here and there was a man who, like our visitor,

seemed to hold some rank in this respectable community. They were the dregs of the Kansas nation, who,

while their betters were gone to hunt buffalo, had left the village on a begging expedition to Westport.

When this ragamuffin horde had passed, we caught our horses, saddled, harnessed, and resumed our journey.

Fording the creek, the low roofs of a number of rude buildings appeared, rising from a cluster of groves and

woods on the left; and riding up through a long lane, amid a profusion of wild roses and early spring flowers,

we found the log church and schoolhouses belonging to the Methodist Shawanoe Mission. The Indians

were on the point of gathering to a religious meeting. Some scores of them, tall men in halfcivilized dress,

were seated on wooden benches under the trees; while their horses were tied to the sheds and fences. Their

chief, Parks, a remarkably large and athletic man, was just arrived from Westport, where he owns a trading


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE 6



Top




Page No 9


establishment. Beside this, he has a fine farm and a considerable number of slaves. Indeed the Shawanoes

have made greater progress in agriculture than any other tribe on the Missouri frontier; and both in

appearance and in character form a marked contrast to our late acquaintance, the Kansas.

A few hours' ride brought us to the banks of the river Kansas. Traversing the woods that lined it, and plowing

through the deep sand, we encamped not far from the bank, at the Lower Delaware crossing. Our tent was

erected for the first time on a meadow close to the woods, and the camp preparations being complete we

began to think of supper. An old Delaware woman, of some three hundred pounds' weight, sat in the porch of

a little loghouse close to the water, and a very pretty halfbreed girl was engaged, under her

superintendence, in feeding a large flock of turkeys that were fluttering and gobbling about the door. But no

offers of money, or even of tobacco, could induce her to part with one of her favorites; so I took my rifle, to

see if the woods or the river could furnish us anything. A multitude of quails were plaintively whistling in the

woods and meadows; but nothing appropriate to the rifle was to be seen, except three buzzards, seated on the

spectral limbs of an old dead sycamore, that thrust itself out over the river from the dense sunny wall of fresh

foliage. Their ugly heads were drawn down between their shoulders, and they seemed to luxuriate in the soft

sunshine that was pouring from the west. As they offered no epicurean temptations, I refrained from

disturbing their enjoyment; but contented myself with admiring the calm beauty of the sunset, for the river,

eddying swiftly in deep purple shadows between the impending woods, formed a wild but tranquillizing

scene.

When I returned to the camp I found Shaw and an old Indian seated on the ground in close conference,

passing the pipe between them. The old man was explaining that he loved the whites, and had an especial

partiality for tobacco. Delorier was arranging upon the ground our service of tin cups and plates; and as other

viands were not to be had, he set before us a repast of biscuit and bacon, and a large pot of coffee.

Unsheathing our knives, we attacked it, disposed of the greater part, and tossed the residue to the Indian.

Meanwhile our horses, now hobbled for the first time, stood among the trees, with their forelegs tied

together, in great disgust and astonishment. They seemed by no means to relish this foretaste of what was

before them. Mine, in particular, had conceived a moral aversion to the prairie life. One of them, christened

Hendrick, an animal whose strength and hardihood were his only merits, and who yielded to nothing but the

cogent arguments of the whip, looked toward us with an indignant countenance, as if he meditated avenging

his wrongs with a kick. The other, Pontiac, a good horse, though of plebeian lineage, stood with his head

drooping and his mane hanging about his eyes, with the grieved and sulky air of a lubberly boy sent off to

school. Poor Pontiac! his forebodings were but too just; for when I last heard from him, he was under the lash

of an Ogallalla brave, on a war party against the Crows.

As it grew dark, and the voices of the whippoorwills succeeded the whistle of the quails, we removed our

saddles to the tent, to serve as pillows, spread our blankets upon the ground, and prepared to bivouac for the

first time that season. Each man selected the place in the tent which he was to occupy for the journey. To

Delorier, however, was assigned the cart, into which he could creep in wet weather, and find a much better

shelter than his bourgeois enjoyed in the tent.

The river Kansas at this point forms the boundary line between the country of the Shawanoes and that of the

Delawares. We crossed it on the following day, rafting over our horses and equipage with much difficulty,

and unloading our cart in order to make our way up the steep ascent on the farther bank. It was a Sunday

moming; warm, tranquil and bright; and a perfect stillness reigned over the rough inclosures and neglected

fields of the Delawares, except the ceaseless hum and chirruping of myriads of insects. Now and then, an

Indian rode past on his way to the meetinghouse, or through the dilapidated entrance of some shattered

loghouse an old woman might be discerned, enjoying all the luxury of idleness. There was no village bell,

for the Delawares have none; and yet upon that forlorn and rude settlement was the same spirit of Sabbath

repose and tranquillity as in some little New England village among the mountains of New Hampshire or the

Vermont woods.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE 7



Top




Page No 10


Having at present no leisure for such reflections, we pursued our journey. A military road led from this point

to Fort Leavenworth, and for many miles the farms and cabins of the Delawares were scattered at short

intervals on either hand. The little rude structures of logs, erected usually on the borders of a tract of woods,

made a picturesque feature in the landscape. But the scenery needed no foreign aid. Nature had done enough

for it; and the alteration of rich green prairies and groves that stood in clusters or lined the banks of the

numerous little streams, had all the softened and polished beauty of a region that has been for centuries under

the hand of man. At that early season, too, it was in the height of its freshness and luxuriance. The woods

were flushed with the red buds of the maple; there were frequent flowering shrubs unknown in the east; and

the green swells of the prairies were thickly studded with blossoms.

Encamping near a spring by the side of a hill, we resumed our journey in the morning, and early in the

afternoon had arrived within a few miles of Fort Leavenworth. The road crossed a stream densely bordered

with trees, and running in the bottom of a deep woody hollow. We were about to descend into it, when a wild

and confused procession appeared, passing through the water below, and coming up the steep ascent toward

us. We stopped to let them pass. They were Delawares, just returned from a hunting expedition. All, both

men and women, were mounted on horseback, and drove along with them a considerable number of pack

mules, laden with the furs they had taken, together with the buffalo robes, kettles, and other articles of their

traveling equipment, which as well as their clothing and their weapons, had a worn and dingy aspect, as if

they had seen hard service of late. At the rear of the party was an old man, who, as he came up, stopped his

horse to speak to us. He rode a little tough shaggy pony, with mane and tail well knotted with burrs, and a

rusty Spanish bit in its mouth, to which, by way of reins, was attached a string of raw hide. His saddle,

robbed probably from a Mexican, had no covering, being merely a tree of the Spanish form, with a piece of

grizzly bear's skin laid over it, a pair of rude wooden stirrups attached, and in the absence of girth, a thong of

hide passing around the horse's belly. The rider's dark features and keen snaky eyes were unequivocally

Indian. He wore a buckskin frock, which, like his fringed leggings, was well polished and blackened by

grease and long service; and an old handkerchief was tied around his head. Resting on the saddle before him

lay his rifle; a weapon in the use of which the Delawares are skillful; though from its weight, the distant

prairie Indians are too lazy to carry it.

"Who's your chief?" he immediately inquired.

Henry Chatillon pointed to us. The old Delaware fixed his eyes intently upon us for a moment, and then

sententiously remarked:

"No good! Too young!" With this flattering comment he left us, and rode after his people.

This tribe, the Delawares, once the peaceful allies of William Penn, the tributaries of the conquering Iroquois,

are now the most adventurous and dreaded warriors upon the prairies. They make war upon remote tribes the

very names of which were unknown to their fathers in their ancient seats in Pennsylvania; and they push

these new quarrels with true Indian rancor, sending out their little war parties as far as the Rocky Mountains,

and into the Mexican territories. Their neighbors and former confederates, the Shawanoes, who are tolerable

farmers, are in a prosperous condition; but the Delawares dwindle every year, from the number of men lost in

their warlike expeditions.

Soon after leaving this party, we saw, stretching on the right, the forests that follow the course of the

Missouri, and the deep woody channel through which at this point it runs. At a distance in front were the

white barracks of Fort Leavenworth, just visible through the trees upon an eminence above a bend of the

river. A wide green meadow, as level as a lake, lay between us and the Missouri, and upon this, close to a line

of trees that bordered a little brook, stood the tent of the captain and his companions, with their horses

feeding around it, but they themselves were invisible. Wright, their muleteer, was there, seated on the tongue

of the wagon, repairing his harness. Boisverd stood cleaning his rifle at the door of the tent, and Sorel


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE 8



Top




Page No 11


lounged idly about. On closer examination, however, we discovered the captain's brother, Jack, sitting in the

tent, at his old occupation of splicing trailropes. He welcomed us in his broad Irish brogue, and said that his

brother was fishing in the river, and R. gone to the garrison. They returned before sunset. Meanwhile we

erected our own tent not far off, and after supper a council was held, in which it was resolved to remain one

day at Fort Leavenworth, and on the next to bid a final adieu to the frontier: or in the phraseology of the

region, to "jump off." Our deliberations were conducted by the ruddy light from a distant swell of the prairie,

where the long dry grass of last summer was on fire.

CHAPTER III. FORT LEAVENWORTH

On the next morning we rode to Fort Leavenworth. Colonel, now General, Kearny, to whom I had had the

honor of an introduction when at St. Louis, was just arrived, and received us at his headquarters with the

highbred courtesy habitual to him. Fort Leavenworth is in fact no fort, being without defensive works,

except two blockhouses. No rumors of war had as yet disturbed its tranquillity. In the square grassy area,

surrounded by barracks and the quarters of the officers, the men were passing and repassing, or lounging

among the trees; although not many weeks afterward it presented a different scene; for here the very

offscourings of the frontier were congregated, to be marshaled for the expedition against Santa Fe.

Passing through the garrison, we rode toward the Kickapoo village, five or six miles beyond. The path, a

rather dubious and uncertain one, led us along the ridge of high bluffs that bordered the Missouri; and by

looking to the right or to the left, we could enjoy a strange contrast of opposite scenery. On the left stretched

the prairie, rising into swells and undulations, thickly sprinkled with groves, or gracefully expanding into

wide grassy basins of miles in extent; while its curvatures, swelling against the horizon, were often

surmounted by lines of sunny woods; a scene to which the freshness of the season and the peculiar

mellowness of the atmosphere gave additional softness. Below us, on the right, was a tract of ragged and

broken woods. We could look down on the summits of the trees, some living and some dead; some erect,

others leaning at every angle, and others still piled in masses together by the passage of a hurricane. Beyond

their extreme verge, the turbid waters of the Missouri were discernible through the boughs, rolling powerfully

along at the foot of the woody declivities of its farther bank.

The path soon after led inland; and as we crossed an open meadow we saw a cluster of buildings on a rising

ground before us, with a crowd of people surrounding them. They were the storehouse, cottage, and stables of

the Kickapoo trader's establishment. Just at that moment, as it chanced, he was beset with half the Indians of

the settlement. They had tied their wretched, neglected little ponies by dozens along the fences and

outhouses, and were either lounging about the place, or crowding into the trading house. Here were faces of

various colors; red, green, white, and black, curiously intermingled and disposed over the visage in a variety

of patterns. Calico shirts, red and blue blankets, brass earrings, wampum necklaces, appeared in profusion.

The trader was a blueeyed openfaced man who neither in his manners nor his appearance betrayed any of

the roughness of the frontier; though just at present he was obliged to keep a lynx eye on his suspicious

customers, who, men and women, were climbing on his counter and seating themselves among his boxes and

bales.

The village itself was not far off, and sufficiently illustrated the condition of its unfortunate and

selfabandoned occupants. Fancy to yourself a little swift stream, working its devious way down a woody

valley; sometimes wholly hidden under logs and fallen trees, sometimes issuing forth and spreading into a

broad, clear pool; and on its banks in little nooks cleared away among the trees, miniature loghouses in utter

ruin and neglect. A labyrinth of narrow, obstructed paths connected these habitations one with another.

Sometimes we met a stray calf, a pig or a pony, belonging to some of the villagers, who usually lay in the sun

in front of their dwellings, and looked on us with cold, suspicious eyes as we approached. Farther on, in place

of the loghuts of the Kickapoos, we found the pukwi lodges of their neighbors, the Pottawattamies, whose

condition seemed no better than theirs.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER III. FORT LEAVENWORTH 9



Top




Page No 12


Growing tired at last, and exhausted by the excessive heat and sultriness of the day, we returned to our friend,

the trader. By this time the crowd around him had dispersed, and left him at leisure. He invited us to his

cottage, a little whiteandgreen building, in the style of the old French settlements; and ushered us into a

neat, wellfurnished room. The blinds were closed, and the heat and glare of the sun excluded; the room was

as cool as a cavern. It was neatly carpeted too and furnished in a manner that we hardly expected on the

frontier. The sofas, chairs, tables, and a well filled bookcase would not have disgraced an Eastern city;

though there were one or two little tokens that indicated the rather questionable civilization of the region. A

pistol, loaded and capped, lay on the mantelpiece; and through the glass of the bookcase, peeping above the

works of John Milton glittered the handle of a very mischievouslooking knife.

Our host went out, and returned with iced water, glasses, and a bottle of excellent claret; a refreshment most

welcome in the extreme heat of the day; and soon after appeared a merry, laughing woman, who must have

been, a year of two before, a very rich and luxuriant specimen of Creole beauty. She came to say that lunch

was ready in the next room. Our hostess evidently lived on the sunny side of life, and troubled herself with

none of its cares. She sat down and entertained us while we were at table with anecdotes of fishing parties,

frolics, and the officers at the fort. Taking leave at length of the hospitable trader and his friend, we rode back

to the garrison.

Shaw passed on to the camp, while I remained to call upon Colonel Kearny. I found him still at table. There

sat our friend the captain, in the same remarkable habiliments in which we saw him at Westport; the black

pipe, however, being for the present laid aside. He dangled his little cap in his hand and talked of

steeplechases, touching occasionally upon his anticipated exploits in buffalo hunting. There, too, was R.,

somewhat more elegantly attired. For the last time we tasted the luxuries of civilization, and drank adieus to it

in wine good enough to make us almost regret the leave taking. Then, mounting, we rode together to the

camp, where everything was in readiness for departure on the morrow.

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF"

The reader need not be told that John Bull never leaves home without encumbering himself with the greatest

possible load of luggage. Our companions were no exception to the rule. They had a wagon drawn by six

mules and crammed with provisions for six months, besides ammunition enough for a regiment; spare rifles

and fowlingpieces, ropes and harness; personal baggage, and a miscellaneous assortment of articles, which

produced infinite embarrassment on the journey. They had also decorated their persons with telescopes and

portable compasses, and carried English doublebarreled rifles of sixteen to the pound caliber, slung to their

saddles in dragoon fashion.

By sunrise on the 23d of May we had breakfasted; the tents were leveled, the animals saddled and harnessed,

and all was prepared. "Avance donc! get up!" cried Delorier from his seat in front of the cart. Wright, our

friend's muleteer, after some swearing and lashing, got his insubordinate train in motion, and then the whole

party filed from the ground. Thus we bade a long adieu to bed and board, and the principles of Blackstone's

Commentaries. The day was a most auspicious one; and yet Shaw and I felt certain misgivings, which in the

sequel proved but too well founded. We had just learned that though R. had taken it upon him to adopt this

course without consulting us, not a single man in the party was acquainted with it; and the absurdity of our

friend's highhanded measure very soon became manifest. His plan was to strike the trail of several

companies of dragoons, who last summer had made an expedition under Colonel Kearny to Fort Laramie, and

by this means to reach the grand trail of the Oregon emigrants up the Platte.

We rode for an hour or two when a familiar cluster of buildings appeared on a little hill. "Hallo!" shouted the

Kickapoo trader from over his fence. "Where are you going?" A few rather emphatic exclamations might

have been heard among us, when we found that we had gone miles out of our way, and were not advanced an

inch toward the Rocky Mountains. So we turned in the direction the trader indicated, and with the sun for a


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF" 10



Top




Page No 13


guide, began to trace a "bee line" across the prairies. We struggled through copses and lines of wood; we

waded brooks and pools of water; we traversed prairies as green as an emerald, expanding before us for mile

after mile; wider and more wild than the wastes Mazeppa rode over:

"Man nor brute, Nor dint of hoof, nor print of foot, Lay in the wild luxuriant soil; No sign of travel; none of

toil; The very air was mute."

Riding in advance, we passed over one of these great plains; we looked back and saw the line of scattered

horsemen stretching for a mile or more; and far in the rear against the horizon, the white wagons creeping

slowly along. "Here we are at last!" shouted the captain. And in truth we had struck upon the traces of a large

body of horse. We turned joyfully and followed this new course, with tempers somewhat improved; and

toward sunset encamped on a high swell of the prairie, at the foot of which a lazy stream soaked along

through clumps of rank grass. It was getting dark. We turned the horses loose to feed. "Drive down the

tentpickets hard," said Henry Chatillon, "it is going to blow." We did so, and secured the tent as well as we

could; for the sky had changed totally, and a fresh damp smell in the wind warned us that a stormy night was

likely to succeed the hot clear day. The prairie also wore a new aspect, and its vast swells had grown black

and somber under the shadow of the clouds. The thunder soon began to growl at a distance. Picketing and

hobbling the horses among the rich grass at the foot of the slope, where we encamped, we gained a shelter

just as the rain began to fall; and sat at the opening of the tent, watching the proceedings of the captain. In

defiance of the rain he was stalking among the horses, wrapped in an old Scotch plaid. An extreme solicitude

tormented him, lest some of his favorites should escape, or some accident should befall them; and he cast an

anxious eye toward three wolves who were sneaking along over the dreary surface of the plain, as if he

dreaded some hostile demonstration on their part.

On the next morning we had gone but a mile or two, when we came to an extensive belt of woods, through

the midst of which ran a stream, wide, deep, and of an appearance particularly muddy and treacherous.

Delorier was in advance with his cart; he jerked his pipe from his mouth, lashed his mules, and poured forth a

volley of Canadian ejaculations. In plunged the cart, but midway it stuck fast. Delorier leaped out kneedeep

in water, and by dint of sacres and a vigorous application of the whip, he urged the mules out of the slough.

Then approached the long team and heavy wagon of our friends; but it paused on the brink.

"Now my advice is" began the captain, who had been anxiously contemplating the muddy gulf.

"Drive on!" cried R.

But Wright, the muleteer, apparently had not as yet decided the point in his own mind; and he sat still in his

seat on one of the shaft mules, whistling in a low contemplative strain to himself.

"My advice is," resumed the captain, "that we unload; for I'll bet any man five pounds that if we try to go

through, we shall stick fast."

"By the powers, we shall stick fast!" echoed Jack, the captain's brother, shaking his large head with an air of

firm conviction.

"Drive on! drive on!" cried R. petulantly.

"Well," observed the captain, turning to us as we sat looking on, much edified by this byplay among our

confederates, "I can only give my advice and if people won't be reasonable, why, they won't; that's all!"

Meanwhile Wright had apparently made up his mind; for he suddenly began to shout forth a volley of oaths

and curses, that, compared with the French imprecations of Delorier, sounded like the roaring of heavy


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF" 11



Top




Page No 14


cannon after the popping and sputtering of a bunch of Chinese crackers. At the same time he discharged a

shower of blows upon his mules, who hastily dived into the mud and drew the wagon lumbering after them.

For a moment the issue was dubious. Wright writhed about in his saddle, and swore and lashed like a

madman; but who can count on a team of halfbroken mules? At the most critical point, when all should have

been harmony and combined effort, the perverse brutes fell into lamentable disorder, and huddled together in

confusion on the farther bank. There was the wagon up to the hub in mud, and visibly settling every instant.

There was nothing for it but to unload; then to dig away the mud from before the wheels with a spade, and lay

a causeway of bushes and branches. This agreeable labor accomplished, the wagon at last emerged; but if I

mention that some interruption of this sort occurred at least four or five times a day for a fortnight, the reader

will understand that our progress toward the Platte was not without its obstacles.

We traveled six or seven miles farther, and "nooned" near a brook. On the point of resuming our journey,

when the horses were all driven down to water, my homesick charger, Pontiac, made a sudden leap across,

and set off at a round trot for the settlements. I mounted my remaining horse, and started in pursuit. Making a

circuit, I headed the runaway, hoping to drive him back to camp; but he instantly broke into a gallop, made a

wide tour on the prairie, and got past me again. I tried this plan repeatedly, with the same result; Pontiac was

evidently disgusted with the prairie; so I abandoned it, and tried another, trotting along gently behind him, in

hopes that I might quietly get near enough to seize the trailrope which was fastened to his neck, and dragged

about a dozen feet behind him. The chase grew interesting. For mile after mile I followed the rascal, with the

utmost care not to alarm him, and gradually got nearer, until at length old Hendrick's nose was fairly brushed

by the whisking tail of the unsuspecting Pontiac. Without drawing rein, I slid softly to the ground; but my

long heavy rifle encumbered me, and the low sound it made in striking the horn of the saddle startled him; he

pricked up his ears, and sprang off at a run. "My friend," thought I, remounting, "do that again, and I will

shoot you!"

Fort Leavenworth was about forty miles distant, and thither I determined to follow him. I made up my mind

to spend a solitary and supperless night, and then set out again in the morning. One hope, however, remained.

The creek where the wagon had stuck was just before us; Pontiac might be thirsty with his run, and stop there

to drink. I kept as near to him as possible, taking every precaution not to alarm him again; and the result

proved as I had hoped: for he walked deliberately among the trees, and stooped down to the water. I alighted,

dragged old Hendrick through the mud, and with a feeling of infinite satisfaction picked up the slimy

trailrope and twisted it three times round my hand. "Now let me see you get away again!" I thought, as I

remounted. But Pontiac was exceedingly reluctant to turn back; Hendrick, too, who had evidently flattered

himself with vain hopes, showed the utmost repugnance, and grumbled in a manner peculiar to himself at

being compelled to face about. A smart cut of the whip restored his cheerfulness; and dragging the recovered

truant behind, I set out in search of the camp. An hour or two elapsed, when, near sunset, I saw the tents,

standing on a rich swell of the prairie, beyond a line of woods, while the bands of horses were feeding in a

low meadow close at hand. There sat Jack C., cross legged, in the sun, splicing a trailrope, and the rest

were lying on the grass, smoking and telling stories. That night we enjoyed a serenade from the wolves, more

lively than any with which they had yet favored us; and in the morning one of the musicians appeared, not

many rods from the tents, quietly seated among the horses, looking at us with a pair of large gray eyes; but

perceiving a rifle leveled at him, he leaped up and made off in hot haste.

I pass by the following day or two of our journey, for nothing occurred worthy of record. Should any one of

my readers ever be impelled to visit the prairies, and should he choose the route of the Platte (the best,

perhaps, that can be adopted), I can assure him that he need not think to enter at once upon the paradise of his

imagination. A dreary preliminary, protracted crossing of the threshold awaits him before he finds himself

fairly upon the verge of the "great American desert," those barren wastes, the haunts of the buffalo and the

Indian, where the very shadow of civilization lies a hundred leagues behind him. The intervening country, the

wide and fertile belt that extends for several hundred miles beyond the extreme frontier, will probably answer

tolerably well to his preconceived ideas of the prairie; for this it is from which picturesque tourists, painters,


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF" 12



Top




Page No 15


poets, and novelists, who have seldom penetrated farther, have derived their conceptions of the whole region.

If he has a painter's eye, he may find his period of probation not wholly void of interest. The scenery, though

tame, is graceful and pleasing. Here are level plains, too wide for the eye to measure green undulations, like

motionless swells of the ocean; abundance of streams, followed through all their windings by lines of woods

and scattered groves. But let him be as enthusiastic as he may, he will find enough to damp his ardor. His

wagons will stick in the mud; his horses will break loose; harness will give way, and axletrees prove

unsound. His bed will be a soft one, consisting often of black mud, of the richest consistency. As for food, he

must content himself with biscuit and salt provisions; for strange as it may seem, this tract of country

produces very little game. As he advances, indeed, he will see, moldering in the grass by his path, the vast

antlers of the elk, and farther on, the whitened skulls of the buffalo, once swarming over this now deserted

region. Perhaps, like us, he may journey for a fortnight, and see not so much as the hoofprint of a deer; in

the spring, not even a prairie hen is to be had.

Yet, to compensate him for this unlookedfor deficiency of game, he will find himself beset with "varmints"

innumerable. The wolves will entertain him with a concerto at night, and skulk around him by day, just

beyond rifle shot; his horse will step into badgerholes; from every marsh and mud puddle will arise the

bellowing, croaking, and trilling of legions of frogs, infinitely various in color, shape and dimensions. A

profusion of snakes will glide away from under his horse's feet, or quietly visit him in his tent at night; while

the pertinacious humming of unnumbered mosquitoes will banish sleep from his eyelids. When thirsty with a

long ride in the scorching sun over some boundless reach of prairie, he comes at length to a pool of water,

and alights to drink, he discovers a troop of young tadpoles sporting in the bottom of his cup. Add to this, that

all the morning the hot sun beats upon him with sultry, penetrating heat, and that, with provoking regularity,

at about four o'clock in the afternoon, a thunderstorm rises and drenches him to the skin. Such being the

charms of this favored region, the reader will easily conceive the extent of our gratification at learning that

for a week we had been journeying on the wrong track! How this agreeable discovery was made I will

presently explain.

One day, after a protracted morning's ride, we stopped to rest at noon upon the open prairie. No trees were in

sight; but close at hand, a little dribbling brook was twisting from side to side through a hollow; now forming

holes of stagnant water, and now gliding over the mud in a scarcely perceptible current, among a growth of

sickly bushes, and great clumps of tall rank grass. The day was excessively hot and oppressive. The horses

and mules were rolling on the prairie to refresh themselves, or feeding among the bushes in the hollow. We

had dined; and Delorier, puffing at his pipe, knelt on the grass, scrubbing our service of tin plate. Shaw lay in

the shade, under the cart, to rest for a while, before the word should be given to "catch up." Henry Chatillon,

before lying down, was looking about for signs of snakes, the only living things that he feared, and uttering

various ejaculations of disgust, at finding several suspicious looking holes close to the cart. I sat leaning

against the wheel in a scanty strip of shade, making a pair of hobbles to replace those which my

contumacious steed Pontiac had broken the night before. The camp of our friends, a rod or two distant,

presented the same scene of lazy tranquillity.

"Hallo!" cried Henry, looking up from his inspection of the snake holes, "here comes the old captain!"

The captain approached, and stood for a moment contemplating us in silence.

"I say, Parkman," he began, "look at Shaw there, asleep under the cart, with the tar dripping off the hub of the

wheel on his shoulder!"

At this Shaw got up, with his eyes half opened, and feeling the part indicated, he found his hand glued fast to

his red flannel shirt.

"He'll look well when he gets among the squaws, won't he?" observed the captain, with a grin.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF" 13



Top




Page No 16


He then crawled under the cart, and began to tell stories of which his stock was inexhaustible. Yet every

moment he would glance nervously at the horses. At last he jumped up in great excitement. "See that horse!

Therethat fellow just walking over the hill! By Jove; he's off. It's your big horse, Shaw; no it isn't, it's

Jack's! Jack! Jack! hallo, Jack!" Jack thus invoked, jumped up and stared vacantly at us.

"Go and catch your horse, if you don't want to lose him!" roared the captain.

Jack instantly set off at a run through the grass, his broad pantaloons flapping about his feet. The captain

gazed anxiously till he saw that the horse was caught; then he sat down, with a countenance of thoughtfulness

and care.

"I tell you what it is," he said, "this will never do at all. We shall lose every horse in the band someday or

other, and then a pretty plight we should be in! Now I am convinced that the only way for us is to have every

man in the camp stand horseguard in rotation whenever we stop. Supposing a hundred Pawnees should

jump up out of that ravine, all yelling and flapping their buffalo robes, in the way they do? Why, in two

minutes not a hoof would be in sight." We reminded the captain that a hundred Pawnees would probably

demolish the horseguard, if he were to resist their depredations.

"At any rate," pursued the captain, evading the point, "our whole system is wrong; I'm convinced of it; it is

totally unmilitary. Why, the way we travel, strung out over the prairie for a mile, an enemy might attack the

foremost men, and cut them off before the rest could come up."

"We are not in an enemy's country, yet," said Shaw; "when we are, we'll travel together."

"Then," said the captain, "we might be attacked in camp. We've no sentinels; we camp in disorder; no

precautions at all to guard against surprise. My own convictions are that we ought to camp in a hollow

square, with the fires in the center; and have sentinels, and a regular password appointed for every night.

Besides, there should be vedettes, riding in advance, to find a place for the camp and give warning of an

enemy. These are my convictions. I don't want to dictate to any man. I give advice to the best of my

judgment, that's all; and then let people do as they please."

We intimated that perhaps it would be as well to postpone such burdensome precautions until there should be

some actual need of them; but he shook his head dubiously. The captain's sense of military propriety had

been severely shocked by what he considered the irregular proceedings of the party; and this was not the first

time he had expressed himself upon the subject. But his convictions seldom produced any practical results. In

the present case, he contented himself, as usual, with enlarging on the importance of his suggestions, and

wondering that they were not adopted. But his plan of sending out vedettes seemed particularly dear to him;

and as no one else was disposed to second his views on this point, he took it into his head to ride forward that

afternoon, himself.

"Come, Parkman," said he, "will you go with me?"

We set out together, and rode a mile or two in advance. The captain, in the course of twenty years' service in

the British army, had seen something of life; one extensive side of it, at least, he had enjoyed the best

opportunities for studying; and being naturally a pleasant fellow, he was a very entertaining companion. He

cracked jokes and told stories for an hour or two; until, looking back, we saw the prairie behind us stretching

away to the horizon, without a horseman or a wagon in sight.

"Now," said the captain, "I think the vedettes had better stop till the main body comes up."


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF" 14



Top




Page No 17


I was of the same opinion. There was a thick growth of woods just before us, with a stream running through

them. Having crossed this, we found on the other side a fine level meadow, half encircled by the trees; and

fastening our horses to some bushes, we sat down on the grass; while, with an old stump of a tree for a target,

I began to display the superiority of the renowned rifle of the back woods over the foreign innovation borne

by the captain. At length voices could be heard in the distance behind the trees.

"There they come!" said the captain: "let's go and see how they get through the creek."

We mounted and rode to the bank of the stream, where the trail crossed it. It ran in a deep hollow, full of

trees; as we looked down, we saw a confused crowd of horsemen riding through the water; and among the

dingy habiliment of our party glittered the uniforms of four dragoons.

Shaw came whipping his horse up the back, in advance of the rest, with a somewhat indignant countenance.

The first word he spoke was a blessing fervently invoked on the head of R., who was riding, with a

crestfallen air, in the rear. Thanks to the ingenious devices of the gentleman, we had missed the track

entirely, and wandered, not toward the Platte, but to the village of the Iowa Indians. This we learned from the

dragoons, who had lately deserted from Fort Leavenworth. They told us that our best plan now was to keep to

the northward until we should strike the trail formed by several parties of Oregon emigrants, who had that

season set out from St. Joseph's in Missouri.

In extremely bad temper, we encamped on this illstarred spot; while the deserters, whose case admitted of

no delay rode rapidly forward. On the day following, striking the St. Joseph's trail, we turned our horses'

heads toward Fort Laramie, then about seven hundred miles to the westward.

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"

The great medley of Oregon and California emigrants, at their camps around Independence, had heard reports

that several additional parties were on the point of setting out from St. Joseph's farther to the northward. The

prevailing impression was that these were Mormons, twentythree hundred in number; and a great alarm was

excited in consequence. The people of Illinois and Missouri, who composed by far the greater part of the

emigrants, have never been on the best terms with the "Latter Day Saints"; and it is notorious throughout the

country how much blood has been spilt in their feuds, even far within the limits of the settlements. No one

could predict what would be the result, when large armed bodies of these fanatics should encounter the most

impetuous and reckless of their old enemies on the broad prairie, far beyond the reach of law or military

force. The women and children at Independence raised a great outcry; the men themselves were seriously

alarmed; and, as I learned, they sent to Colonel Kearny, requesting an escort of dragoons as far as the Platte.

This was refused; and as the sequel proved, there was no occasion for it. The St. Joseph's emigrants were as

good Christians and as zealous Mormonhaters as the rest; and the very few families of the "Saints" who

passed out this season by the route of the Platte remained behind until the great tide of emigration had gone

by; standing in quite as much awe of the "gentiles" as the latter did of them.

We were now, as I before mentioned, upon this St. Joseph's trail. It was evident, by the traces, that large

parties were a few days in advance of us; and as we too supposed them to be Mormons, we had some

apprehension of interruption.

The journey was somewhat monotonous. One day we rode on for hours, without seeing a tree or a bush;

before, behind, and on either side, stretched the vast expanse, rolling in a succession of graceful swells,

covered with the unbroken carpet of fresh green grass. Here and there a crow, or a raven, or a

turkeybuzzard, relieved the uniformity.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  15



Top




Page No 18


"What shall we do tonight for wood and water?" we began to ask of each other; for the sun was within an

hour of setting. At length a dark green speck appeared, far off on the right; it was the top of a tree, peering

over a swell of the prairie; and leaving the trail, we made all haste toward it. It proved to be the vanguard of a

cluster of bushes and low trees, that surrounded some pools of water in an extensive hollow; so we encamped

on the rising ground near it.

Shaw and I were sitting in the tent, when Delorier thrust his brown face and old felt hat into the opening, and

dilating his eyes to their utmost extent, announced supper. There were the tin cups and the iron spoons,

arranged in military order on the grass, and the coffeepot predominant in the midst. The meal was soon

dispatched; but Henry Chatillon still sat crosslegged, dallying with the remnant of his coffee, the beverage

in universal use upon the prairie, and an especial favorite with him. He preferred it in its virgin flavor,

unimpaired by sugar or cream; and on the present occasion it met his entire approval, being exceedingly

strong, or, as he expressed it, "right black."

It was a rich and gorgeous sunsetan American sunset; and the ruddy glow of the sky was reflected from

some extensive pools of water among the shadowy copses in the meadow below.

"I must have a bath tonight," said Shaw. "How is it, Delorier? Any chance for a swim down here?"

"Ah! I cannot tell; just as you please, monsieur," replied Delorier, shrugging his shoulders, perplexed by his

ignorance of English, and extremely anxious to conform in all respects to the opinion and wishes of his

bourgeois.

"Look at his moccasion," said I. "It has evidently been lately immersed in a profound abyss of black mud."

"Come," said Shaw; "at any rate we can see for ourselves."

We set out together; and as we approached the bushes, which were at some distance, we found the ground

becoming rather treacherous. We could only get along by stepping upon large clumps of tall rank grass, with

fathomless gulfs between, like innumerable little quaking islands in an ocean of mud, where a false step

would have involved our boots in a catastrophe like that which had befallen Delorier's moccasins. The thing

looked desperate; we separated, so as to search in different directions, Shaw going off to the right, while I

kept straight forward. At last I came to the edge of the bushes: they were young waterwillows, covered with

their caterpillarlike blossoms, but intervening between them and the last grass clump was a black and deep

slough, over which, by a vigorous exertion, I contrived to jump. Then I shouldered my way through the

willows, tramping them down by main force, till I came to a wide stream of water, three inches deep,

languidly creeping along over a bottom of sleek mud. My arrival produced a great commotion. A huge green

bullfrog uttered an indignant croak, and jumped off the bank with a loud splash: his webbed feet twinkled

above the surface, as he jerked them energetically upward, and I could see him ensconcing himself in the

unresisting slime at the bottom, whence several large air bubbles struggled lazily to the top. Some little

spotted frogs instantly followed the patriarch's example; and then three turtles, not larger than a dollar,

tumbled themselves off a broad "lily pad," where they had been reposing. At the same time a snake, gayly

striped with black and yellow, glided out from the bank, and writhed across to the other side; and a small

stagnant pool into which my foot had inadvertently pushed a stone was instantly alive with a congregation of

black tadpoles.

"Any chance for a bath, where you are?" called out Shaw, from a distance.

The answer was not encouraging. I retreated through the willows, and rejoining my companion, we

proceeded to push our researches in company. Not far on the right, a rising ground, covered with trees and

bushes, seemed to sink down abruptly to the water, and give hope of better success; so toward this we


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  16



Top




Page No 19


directed our steps. When we reached the place we found it no easy matter to get along between the hill and

the water, impeded as we were by a growth of stiff, obstinate young birchtrees, laced together by

grapevines. In the twilight, we now and then, to support ourselves, snatched at the touchmenot stem of

some ancient sweetbrier. Shaw, who was in advance, suddenly uttered a somewhat emphatic monosyllable;

and looking up I saw him with one hand grasping a sapling, and one foot immersed in the water, from which

he had forgotten to withdraw it, his whole attention being engaged in contemplating the movements of a

watersnake, about five feet long, curiously checkered with black and green, who was deliberately swimming

across the pool. There being no stick or stone at hand to pelt him with, we looked at him for a time in silent

disgust; and then pushed forward. Our perseverence was at last rewarded; for several rods farther on, we

emerged upon a little level grassy nook among the brushwood, and by an extraordinary dispensation of

fortune, the weeds and floating sticks, which elsewhere covered the pool, seemed to have drawn apart, and

left a few yards of clear water just in front of this favored spot. We sounded it with a stick; it was four feet

deep; we lifted a specimen in our cupped hands; it seemed reasonably transparent, so we decided that the time

for action was arrived. But our ablutions were suddenly interrupted by ten thousand punctures, like poisoned

needles, and the humming of myriads of overgrown mosquitoes, rising in all directions from their native

mud and slime and swarming to the feast. We were fain to beat a retreat with all possible speed.

We made toward the tents, much refreshed by the bath which the heat of the weather, joined to our

prejudices, had rendered very desirable.

"What's the matter with the captain? look at him!" said Shaw. The captain stood alone on the prairie,

swinging his hat violently around his head, and lifting first one foot and then the other, without moving from

the spot. First he looked down to the ground with an air of supreme abhorrence; then he gazed upward with a

perplexed and indignant countenance, as if trying to trace the flight of an unseen enemy. We called to know

what was the matter; but he replied only by execrations directed against some unknown object. We

approached, when our ears were saluted by a droning sound, as if twenty beehives had been overturned at

once. The air above was full of large black insects, in a state of great commotion, and multitudes were flying

about just above the tops of the grass blades.

"Don't be afraid," called the captain, observing us recoil. "The brutes won't sting."

At this I knocked one down with my hat, and discovered him to be no other than a "dorbug"; and looking

closer, we found the ground thickly perforated with their holes.

We took a hasty leave of this flourishing colony, and walking up the rising ground to the tents, found

Delorier's fire still glowing brightly. We sat down around it, and Shaw began to expatiate on the admirable

facilities for bathing that we had discovered, and recommended the captain by all means to go down there

before breakfast in the morning. The captain was in the act of remarking that he couldn't have believed it

possible, when he suddenly interrupted himself, and clapped his hand to his cheek, exclaiming that "those

infernal humbugs were at him again." In fact, we began to hear sounds as if bullets were humming over our

heads. In a moment something rapped me sharply on the forehead, then upon the neck, and immediately I felt

an indefinite number of sharp wiry claws in active motion, as if their owner were bent on pushing his

explorations farther. I seized him, and dropped him into the fire. Our party speedily broke up, and we

adjourned to our respective tents, where, closing the opening fast, we hoped to be exempt from invasion. But

all precaution was fruitless. The dorbugs hummed through the tent, and marched over our faces until

daylight; when, opening our blankets, we found several dozen clinging there with the utmost tenacity. The

first object that met our eyes in the morning was Delorier, who seemed to be apostrophizing his fryingpan,

which he held by the handle at arm's length. It appeared that he had left it at night by the fire; and the bottom

was now covered with dorbugs, firmly imbedded. Multitudes beside, curiously parched and shriveled, lay

scattered among the ashes.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  17



Top




Page No 20


The horses and mules were turned loose to feed. We had just taken our seats at breakfast, or rather reclined in

the classic mode, when an exclamation from Henry Chatillon, and a shout of alarm from the captain, gave

warning of some casualty, and looking up, we saw the whole band of animals, twentythree in number, filing

off for the settlements, the incorrigible Pontiac at their head, jumping along with hobbled feet, at a gait much

more rapid than graceful. Three or four of us ran to cut them off, dashing as best we might through the tall

grass, which was glittering with myriads of dewdrops. After a race of a mile or more, Shaw caught a horse.

Tying the trailrope by way of bridle round the animal's jaw, and leaping upon his back, he got in advance of

the remaining fugitives, while we, soon bringing them together, drove them in a crowd up to the tents, where

each man caught and saddled his own. Then we heard lamentations and curses; for half the horses had broke

their hobbles, and many were seriously galled by attempting to run in fetters.

It was late that morning before we were on the march; and early in the afternoon we were compelled to

encamp, for a thundergust came up and suddenly enveloped us in whirling sheets of rain. With much ado,

we pitched our tents amid the tempest, and all night long the thunder bellowed and growled over our heads.

In the morning, light peaceful showers succeeded the cataracts of rain, that had been drenching us through the

canvas of our tents. About noon, when there were some treacherous indications of fair weather, we got in

motion again.

Not a breath of air stirred over the free and open prairie; the clouds were like light piles of cotton; and where

the blue sky was visible, it wore a hazy and languid aspect. The sun beat down upon us with a sultry

penetrating heat almost insupportable, and as our party crept slowly along over the interminable level, the

horses hung their heads as they waded fetlock deep through the mud, and the men slouched into the easiest

position upon the saddle. At last, toward evening, the old familiar black heads of thunderclouds rose fast

above the horizon, and the same deep muttering of distant thunder that had become the ordinary

accompaniment of our afternoon's journey began to roll hoarsely over the prairie. Only a few minutes elapsed

before the whole sky was densely shrouded, and the prairie and some clusters of woods in front assumed a

purple hue beneath the inky shadows. Suddenly from the densest fold of the cloud the flash leaped out,

quivering again and again down to the edge of the prairie; and at the same instant came the sharp burst and

the long rolling peal of the thunder. A cool wind, filled with the smell of rain, just then overtook us, leveling

the tall grass by the side of the path.

"Come on; we must ride for it!" shouted Shaw, rushing past at full speed, his led horse snorting at his side.

The whole party broke into full gallop, and made for the trees in front. Passing these, we found beyond them

a meadow which they half inclosed. We rode pell mell upon the ground, leaped from horseback, tore off our

saddles; and in a moment each man was kneeling at his horse's feet. The hobbles were adjusted, and the

animals turned loose; then, as the wagons came wheeling rapidly to the spot, we seized upon the tent poles,

and just as the storm broke, we were prepared to receive it. It came upon us almost with the darkness of night;

the trees, which were close at hand, were completely shrouded by the roaring torrents of rain.

We were sitting in the tent, when Delorier, with his broad felt hat hanging about his ears, and his shoulders

glistening with rain, thrust in his head.

"Voulezvous du souper, tout de suite? I can make a fire, sous la charetteI b'lieve soI try."

"Never mind supper, man; come in out of the rain."

Delorier accordingly crouched in the entrance, for modesty would not permit him to intrude farther.

Our tent was none of the best defense against such a cataract. The rain could not enter bodily, but it beat

through the canvas in a fine drizzle, that wetted us just as effectively. We sat upon our saddles with faces of

the utmost surliness, while the water dropped from the vizors of our caps, and trickled down our cheeks. My


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  18



Top




Page No 21


indiarubber cloak conducted twenty little rapid streamlets to the ground; and Shaw's blanketcoat was

saturated like a sponge. But what most concerned us was the sight of several puddles of water rapidly

accumulating; one in particular, that was gathering around the tent pole, threatened to overspread the whole

area within the tent, holding forth but an indifferent promise of a comfortable night's rest. Toward sunset,

however, the storm ceased as suddenly as it began. A bright streak of clear red sky appeared above the

western verge of the prairie, the horizontal rays of the sinking sun streamed through it and glittered in a

thousand prismatic colors upon the dripping groves and the prostrate grass. The pools in the tent dwindled

and sunk into the saturated soil.

But all our hopes were delusive. Scarcely had night set in, when the tumult broke forth anew. The thunder

here is not like the tame thunder of the Atlantic coast. Bursting with a terrific crash directly above our heads,

it roared over the boundless waste of prairie, seeming to roll around the whole circle of the firmament with a

peculiar and awful reverberation. The lightning flashed all night, playing with its livid glare upon the

neighboring trees, revealing the vast expanse of the plain, and then leaving us shut in as by a palpable wall of

darkness.

It did not disturb us much. Now and then a peal awakened us, and made us conscious of the electric battle

that was raging, and of the floods that dashed upon the stanch canvas over our heads. We lay upon

indiarubber cloths, placed between our blankets and the soil. For a while they excluded the water to

admiration; but when at length it accumulated and began to run over the edges, they served equally well to

retain it, so that toward the end of the night we were unconsciously reposing in small pools of rain.

On finally awaking in the morning the prospect was not a cheerful one. The rain no longer poured in torrents;

but it pattered with a quiet pertinacity upon the strained and saturated canvas. We disengaged ourselves from

our blankets, every fiber of which glistened with little beadlike drops of water, and looked out in vain hope of

discovering some token of fair weather. The clouds, in lead colored volumes, rested upon the dismal verge

of the prairie, or hung sluggishly overhead, while the earth wore an aspect no more attractive than the

heavens, exhibiting nothing but pools of water, grass beaten down, and mud well trampled by our mules and

horses. Our companions' tent, with an air of forlorn and passive misery, and their wagons in like manner,

drenched and woebegone, stood not far off. The captain was just returning from his morning's inspection of

the horses. He stalked through the mist and rain, with his plaid around his shoulders; his little pipe, dingy as

an antiquarian relic, projecting from beneath his mustache, and his brother Jack at his heels.

"Goodmorning, captain."

"Goodmorning to your honors," said the captain, affecting the Hibernian accent; but at that instant, as he

stooped to enter the tent, he tripped upon the cords at the entrance, and pitched forward against the guns

which were strapped around the pole in the center.

"You are nice men, you are!" said he, after an ejaculation not necessary to be recorded, "to set a mantrap

before your door every morning to catch your visitors."

Then he sat down upon Henry Chatillon's saddle. We tossed a piece of buffalo robe to Jack, who was looking

about in some embarrassment. He spread it on the ground, and took his seat, with a stolid countenance, at his

brother's side.

"Exhilarating weather, captain!"

"Oh, delightful, delightful!" replied the captain. "I knew it would be so; so much for starting yesterday at

noon! I knew how it would turn out; and I said so at the time."


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  19



Top




Page No 22


"You said just the contrary to us. We were in no hurry, and only moved because you insisted on it."

"Gentlemen," said the captain, taking his pipe from his mouth with an air of extreme gravity, "it was no plan

of mine. There is a man among us who is determined to have everything his own way. You may express your

opinion; but don't expect him to listen. You may be as reasonable as you like: oh, it all goes for nothing! That

man is resolved to rule the roost and he'll set his face against any plan that he didn't think of himself."

The captain puffed for a while at his pipe, as if meditating upon his grievances; then he began again:

"For twenty years I have been in the British army; and in all that time I never had half so much dissension,

and quarreling, and nonsense, as since I have been on this cursed prairie. He's the most uncomfortable man I

ever met."

"Yes," said Jack; "and don't you know, Bill, how he drank up all the coffee last night, and put the rest by for

himself till the morning!"

"He pretends to know everything," resumed the captain; "nobody must give orders but he! It's, oh! we must

do this; and, oh! we must do that; and the tent must be pitched here, and the horses must be picketed there;

for nobody knows as well as he does."

We were a little surprised at this disclosure of domestic dissensions among our allies, for though we knew of

their existence, we were not aware of their extent. The persecuted captain seeming wholly at a loss as to the

course of conduct that he should pursue, we recommended him to adopt prompt and energetic measures; but

all his military experience had failed to teach him the indispensable lesson to be "hard," when the emergency

requires it.

"For twenty years," he repeated, "I have been in the British army, and in that time I have been intimately

acquainted with some two hundred officers, young and old, and I never yet quarreled with any man. Oh,

'anything for a quiet life!' that's my maxim."

We intimated that the prairie was hardly the place to enjoy a quiet life, but that, in the present circumstances,

the best thing he could do toward securing his wishedfor tranquillity, was immediately to put a period to the

nuisance that disturbed it. But again the captain's easy goodnature recoiled from the task. The somewhat

vigorous measures necessary to gain the desired result were utterly repugnant to him; he preferred to pocket

his grievances, still retaining the privilege of grumbling about them. "Oh, anything for a quiet life!" he said

again, circling back to his favorite maxim.

But to glance at the previous history of our transatlantic confederates. The captain had sold his commission,

and was living in bachelor ease and dignity in his paternal halls, near Dublin. He hunted, fished, rode

steeplechases, ran races, and talked of his former exploits. He was surrounded with the trophies of his rod

and gun; the walls were plentifully garnished, he told us, with moose horns and deerhorns, bearskins, and

foxtails; for the captain's doublebarreled rifle had seen service in Canada and Jamaica; he had killed

salmon in Nova Scotia, and trout, by his own account, in all the streams of the three kingdoms. But in an evil

hour a seductive stranger came from London; no less a person than R., who, among other multitudinous

wanderings, had once been upon the western prairies, and naturally enough was anxious to visit them again.

The captain's imagination was inflamed by the pictures of a hunter's paradise that his guest held forth; he

conceived an ambition to add to his other trophies the horns of a buffalo, and the claws of a grizzly bear; so

he and R. struck a league to travel in company. Jack followed his brother, as a matter of course. Two weeks

on board the Atlantic steamer brought them to Boston; in two weeks more of hard traveling they reached St.

Louis, from which a ride of six days carried them to the frontier; and here we found them, in full tide of

preparation for their journey.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  20



Top




Page No 23


We had been throughout on terms of intimacy with the captain, but R., the motive power of our companions'

branch of the expedition, was scarcely known to us. His voice, indeed, might be heard incessantly; but at

camp he remained chiefly within the tent, and on the road he either rode by himself, or else remained in close

conversation with his friend Wright, the muleteer. As the captain left the tent that morning, I observed R.

standing by the fire, and having nothing else to do, I determined to ascertain, if possible, what manner of man

he was. He had a book under his arm, but just at present he was engrossed in actively superintending the

operations of Sorel, the hunter, who was cooking some cornbread over the coals for breakfast. R. was a

wellformed and rather goodlooking man, some thirty years old; considerably younger than the captain. He

wore a beard and mustache of the oakum complexion, and his attire was altogether more elegant than one

ordinarily sees on the prairie. He wore his cap on one side of his head; his checked shirt, open in front, was in

very neat order, considering the circumstances, and his blue pantaloons, of the John Bull cut, might once have

figured in Bond Street.

"Turn over that cake, man! turn it over, quick! Don't you see it burning?"

"It ain't half done," growled Sorel, in the amiable tone of a whipped bulldog.

"It is. Turn it over, I tell you!"

Sorel, a strong, sullenlooking Canadian, who from having spent his life among the wildest and most remote

of the Indian tribes, had imbibed much of their dark, vindictive spirit, looked ferociously up, as if he longed

to leap upon his bourgeois and throttle him; but he obeyed the order, coming from so experienced an artist.

"It was a good idea of yours," said I, seating myself on the tongue of a wagon, "to bring Indian meal with

you."

"Yes, yes" said R. "It's good bread for the prairiegood bread for the prairie. I tell you that's burning again."

Here he stooped down, and unsheathing the silvermounted hunting knife in his belt, began to perform the

part of cook himself; at the same time requesting me to hold for a moment the book under his arm, which

interfered with the exercise of these important functions. I opened it; it was "Macaulay's Lays"; and I made

some remark, expressing my admiration of the work.

"Yes, yes; a pretty good thing. Macaulay can do better than that though. I know him very well. I have

traveled with him. Where was it we first metat Damascus? No, no; it was in Italy."

"So," said I, "you have been over the same ground with your countryman, the author of 'Eothen'? There has

been some discussion in America as to who he is. I have heard Milne's name mentioned."

"Milne's? Oh, no, no, no; not at all. It was Kinglake; Kinglake's the man. I know him very well; that is, I have

seen him."

Here Jack C., who stood by, interposed a remark (a thing not common with him), observing that he thought

the weather would become fair before twelve o'clock.

"It's going to rain all day," said R., "and clear up in the middle of the night."

Just then the clouds began to dissipate in a very unequivocal manner; but Jack, not caring to defend his point

against so authoritative a declaration, walked away whistling, and we resumed our conversation.

"Borrow, the author of 'The Bible in Spain,' I presume you know him too?"


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  21



Top




Page No 24


"Oh, certainly; I know all those men. By the way, they told me that one of your American writers, Judge

Story, had died lately. I edited some of his works in London; not without faults, though."

Here followed an erudite commentary on certain points of law, in which he particularly animadverted on the

errors into which he considered that the judge had been betrayed. At length, having touched successively on

an infinite variety of topics, I found that I had the happiness of discovering a man equally competent to

enlighten me upon them all, equally an authority on matters of science or literature, philosophy or fashion.

The part I bore in the conversation was by no means a prominent one; it was only necessary to set him going,

and when he had run long enough upon one topic, to divert him to another and lead him on to pour out his

heaps of treasure in succession.

"What has that fellow been saying to you?" said Shaw, as I returned to the tent. "I have heard nothing but his

talking for the last halfhour."

R. had none of the peculiar traits of the ordinary "British snob"; his absurdities were all his own, belonging to

no particular nation or clime. He was possessed with an active devil that had driven him over land and sea, to

no great purpose, as it seemed; for although he had the usual complement of eyes and ears, the avenues

between these organs and his brain appeared remarkably narrow and untrodden. His energy was much more

conspicuous than his wisdom; but his predominant characteristic was a magnanimous ambition to exercise on

all occasions an awful rule and supremacy, and this propensity equally displayed itself, as the reader will

have observed, whether the matter in question was the baking of a hoecake or a point of international law.

When such diverse elements as he and the easy tempered captain came in contact, no wonder some

commotion ensued; R. rode roughshod, from morning till night, over his military ally.

At noon the sky was clear and we set out, trailing through mud and slime six inches deep. That night we were

spared the customary infliction of the shower bath.

On the next afternoon we were moving slowly along, not far from a patch of woods which lay on the right.

Jack C. rode a little in advance;

The livelong day he had not spoke; when suddenly he faced about, pointed to the woods, and roared out to his

brother:

"O Bill! here's a cow!"

The captain instantly galloped forward, and he and Jack made a vain attempt to capture the prize; but the

cow, with a wellgrounded distrust of their intentions, took refuge among the trees. R. joined them, and they

soon drove her out. We watched their evolutions as they galloped around here, trying in vain to noose her

with their trailropes, which they had converted into lariettes for the occasion. At length they resorted to

milder measures, and the cow was driven along with the party. Soon after the usual thunderstorm came up,

the wind blowing with such fury that the streams of rain flew almost horizontally along the prairie, roaring

like a cataract. The horses turned tail to the storm, and stood hanging their heads, bearing the infliction with

an air of meekness and resignation; while we drew our heads between our shoulders, and crouched forward,

so as to make our backs serve as a penthouse for the rest of our persons. Meanwhile the cow, taking

advantage of the tumult, ran off, to the great discomfiture of the captain, who seemed to consider her as his

own especial prize, since she had been discovered by Jack. In defiance of the storm, he pulled his cap tight

over his brows, jerked a huge buffalo pistol from his holster, and set out at full speed after her. This was the

last we saw of them for some time, the mist and rain making an impenetrable veil; but at length we heard the

captain's shout, and saw him looming through the tempest, the picture of a Hibernian cavalier, with his

cocked pistol held aloft for safety's sake, and a countenance of anxiety and excitement. The cow trotted

before him, but exhibited evident signs of an intention to run off again, and the captain was roaring to us to


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE"  22



Top




Page No 25


head her. But the rain had got in behind our coat collars, and was traveling over our necks in numerous little

streamlets, and being afraid to move our heads, for fear of admitting more, we sat stiff and immovable,

looking at the captain askance, and laughing at his frantic movements. At last the cow made a sudden plunge

and ran off; the captain grasped his pistol firmly, spurred his horse, and galloped after, with evident designs

of mischief. In a moment we heard the faint report, deadened by the rain, and then the conqueror and his

victim reappeared, the latter shot through the body, and quite helpless. Not long after the storm moderated

and we advanced again. The cow walked painfully along under the charge of Jack, to whom the captain had

committed her, while he himself rode forward in his old capacity of vedette. We were approaching a long line

of trees, that followed a stream stretching across our path, far in front, when we beheld the vedette galloping

toward us, apparently much excited, but with a broad grin on his face.

"Let that cow drop behind!" he shouted to us; "here's her owners!" And in fact, as we approached the line of

trees, a large white object, like a tent, was visible behind them. On approaching, however, we found, instead

of the expected Mormon camp, nothing but the lonely prairie, and a large white rock standing by the path.

The cow therefore resumed her place in our procession. She walked on until we encamped, when R. firmly

approaching with his enormous English doublebarreled rifle, calmly and deliberately took aim at her heart,

and discharged into it first one bullet and then the other. She was then butchered on the most approved

principles of woodcraft, and furnished a very welcome item to our somewhat limited bill of fare.

In a day or two more we reached the river called the "Big Blue." By titles equally elegant, almost all the

streams of this region are designated. We had struggled through ditches and little brooks all that morning; but

on traversing the dense woods that lined the banks of the Blue, we found more formidable difficulties awaited

us, for the stream, swollen by the rains, was wide, deep, and rapid.

No sooner were we on the spot than R. had flung off his clothes, and was swimming across, or splashing

through the shallows, with the end of a rope between his teeth. We all looked on in admiration, wondering

what might be the design of this energetic preparation; but soon we heard him shouting: "Give that rope a

turn round that stump! You, Sorel: do you hear? Look sharp now, Boisverd! Come over to this side, some of

you, and help me!" The men to whom these orders were directed paid not the least attention to them, though

they were poured out without pause or intermission. Henry Chatillon directed the work, and it proceeded

quietly and rapidly. R.'s sharp brattling voice might have been heard incessantly; and he was leaping about

with the utmost activity, multiplying himself, after the manner of great commanders, as if his universal

presence and supervision were of the last necessity. His commands were rather amusingly inconsistent; for

when he saw that the men would not do as he told them, he wisely accommodated himself to circumstances,

and with the utmost vehemence ordered them to do precisely that which they were at the time engaged upon,

no doubt recollecting the story of Mahomet and the refractory mountain. Shaw smiled significantly; R.

observed it, and, approaching with a countenance of lofty indignation, began to vapor a little, but was

instantly reduced to silence.

The raft was at length complete. We piled our goods upon it, with the exception of our guns, which each man

chose to retain in his own keeping. Sorel, Boisverd, Wright and Delorier took their stations at the four

corners, to hold it together, and swim across with it; and in a moment more, all our earthly possessions were

floating on the turbid waters of the Big Blue. We sat on the bank, anxiously watching the result, until we saw

the raft safe landed in a little cove far down on the opposite bank. The empty wagons were easily passed

across; and then each man mounting a horse, we rode through the stream, the stray animals following of their

own accord.

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT"

We were now arrived at the close of our solitary journeyings along the St. Joseph's trail. On the evening of

the 23d of May we encamped near its junction with the old legitimate trail of the Oregon emigrants. We had


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 23



Top




Page No 26


ridden long that afternoon, trying in vain to find wood and water, until at length we saw the sunset sky

reflected from a pool encircled by bushes and a rock or two. The water lay in the bottom of a hollow, the

smooth prairie gracefully rising in ocean like swells on every side. We pitched our tents by it; not however

before the keen eye of Henry Chatillon had discerned some unusual object upon the faintlydefined outline

of the distant swell. But in the moist, hazy atmosphere of the evening, nothing could be clearly distinguished.

As we lay around the fire after supper, a low and distant sound, strange enough amid the loneliness of the

prairie, reached our earspeals of laughter, and the faint voices of men and women. For eight days we had

not encountered a human being, and this singular warning of their vicinity had an effect extremely wild and

impressive.

About dark a sallowfaced fellow descended the hill on horseback, and splashing through the pool rode up to

the tents. He was enveloped in a huge cloak, and his broad felt hat was weeping about his ears with the

drizzling moisture of the evening. Another followed, a stout, squarebuilt, intelligentlooking man, who

announced himself as leader of an emigrant party encamped a mile in advance of us. About twenty wagons,

he said, were with him; the rest of his party were on the other side of the Big Blue, waiting for a woman who

was in the pains of childbirth, and quarreling meanwhile among themselves.

These were the first emigrants that we had overtaken, although we had found abundant and melancholy traces

of their progress throughout the whole course of the journey. Sometimes we passed the grave of one who had

sickened and died on the way. The earth was usually torn up, and covered thickly with wolftracks. Some

had escaped this violation. One morning a piece of plank, standing upright on the summit of a grassy hill,

attracted our notice, and riding up to it we found the following words very roughly traced upon it, apparently

by a redhot piece of iron:

MARY ELLIS

DIED MAY 7TH, 1845.

Aged two months.

Such tokens were of common occurrence, nothing could speak more for the hardihood, or rather infatuation,

of the adventurers, or the sufferings that await them upon the journey.

We were late in breaking up our camp on the following morning, and scarcely had we ridden a mile when we

saw, far in advance of us, drawn against the horizon, a line of objects stretching at regular intervals along the

level edge of the prairie. An intervening swell soon hid them from sight, until, ascending it a quarter of an

hour after, we saw close before us the emigrant caravan, with its heavy white wagons creeping on in their

slow procession, and a large drove of cattle following behind. Half a dozen yellowvisaged Missourians,

mounted on horseback, were cursing and shouting among them; their lank angular proportions enveloped in

brown homespun, evidently cut and adjusted by the hands of a domestic female tailor. As we approached,

they greeted us with the polished salutation: "How are ye, boys? Are ye for Oregon or California?"

As we pushed rapidly past the wagons, children's faces were thrust out from the white coverings to look at us;

while the careworn, thinfeatured matron, or the buxom girl, seated in front, suspended the knitting on

which most of them were engaged to stare at us with wondering curiosity. By the side of each wagon stalked

the proprietor, urging on his patient oxen, who shouldered heavily along, inch by inch, on their interminable

journey. It was easy to see that fear and dissension prevailed among them; some of the menbut these, with

one exception, were bachelorslooked wistfully upon us as we rode lightly and swiftly past, and then

impatiently at their own lumbering wagons and heavygaited oxen. Others were unwilling to advance at all

until the party they had left behind should have rejoined them. Many were murmuring against the leader they

had chosen, and wished to depose him; and this discontent was fermented by some ambitious spirits, who had


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 24



Top




Page No 27


hopes of succeeding in his place. The women were divided between regrets for the homes they had left and

apprehension of the deserts and the savages before them.

We soon left them far behind, and fondly hoped that we had taken a final leave; but unluckily our

companions' wagon stuck so long in a deep muddy ditch that, before it was extricated, the van of the emigrant

caravan appeared again, descending a ridge close at hand. Wagon after wagon plunged through the mud; and

as it was nearly noon, and the place promised shade and water, we saw with much gratification that they were

resolved to encamp. Soon the wagons were wheeled into a circle; the cattle were grazing over the meadow,

and the men with sour, sullen faces, were looking about for wood and water. They seemed to meet with but

indifferent success. As we left the ground, I saw a tall slouching fellow with the nasal accent of "down east,"

contemplating the contents of his tin cup, which he had just filled with water.

"Look here, you," he said; "it's chock full of animals!"

The cup, as he held it out, exhibited in fact an extraordinary variety and profusion of animal and vegetable

life.

Riding up the little hill and looking back on the meadow, we could easily see that all was not right in the

camp of the emigrants. The men were crowded together, and an angry discussion seemed to be going

forward. R. was missing from his wonted place in the line, and the captain told us that he had remained

behind to get his horse shod by a blacksmith who was attached to the emigrant party. Something whispered in

our ears that mischief was on foot; we kept on, however, and coming soon to a stream of tolerable water, we

stopped to rest and dine. Still the absentee lingered behind. At last, at the distance of a mile, he and his horse

suddenly appeared, sharply defined against the sky on the summit of a hill; and close behind, a huge white

object rose slowly into view.

"What is that blockhead bringing with him now?"

A moment dispelled the mystery. Slowly and solemnly one behind the other, four long trains of oxen and four

emigrant wagons rolled over the crest of the declivity and gravely descended, while R. rode in state in the

van. It seems that, during the process of shoeing the horse, the smothered dissensions among the emigrants

suddenly broke into open rupture. Some insisted on pushing forward, some on remaining where they were,

and some on going back. Kearsley, their captain, threw up his command in disgust. "And now, boys," said he,

"if any of you are for going ahead, just you come along with me."

Four wagons, with ten men, one woman, and one small child, made up the force of the "goahead" faction,

and R., with his usual proclivity toward mischief, invited them to join our party. Fear of the Indiansfor I

can conceive of no other motivemust have induced him to court so burdensome an alliance. As may well

be conceived, these repeated instances of highhanded dealing sufficiently exasperated us. In this case,

indeed, the men who joined us were all that could be desired; rude indeed in manner, but frank, manly, and

intelligent. To tell them we could not travel with them was of course out of the question. I merely reminded

Kearsley that if his oxen could not keep up with our mules he must expect to be left behind, as we could not

consent to be further delayed on the journey; but he immediately replied, that his oxen "SHOULD keep up;

and if they couldn't, why he allowed that he'd find out how to make 'em!" Having availed myself of what

satisfaction could be derived from giving R. to understand my opinion of his conduct, I returned to our side

of the camp.

On the next day, as it chanced, our English companions broke the axletree of their wagon, and down came

the whole cumbrous machine lumbering into the bed of a brook! Here was a day's work cut out for us.

Meanwhile, our emigrant associates kept on their way, and so vigorously did they urge forward their

powerful oxen that, with the broken axletree and other calamities, it was full a week before we overtook


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 25



Top




Page No 28


them; when at length we discovered them, one afternoon, crawling quietly along the sandy brink of the Platte.

But meanwhile various incidents occurred to ourselves.

It was probable that at this stage of our journey the Pawnees would attempt to rob us. We began therefore to

stand guard in turn, dividing the night into three watches, and appointing two men for each. Delorier and I

held guard together. We did not march with military precision to and fro before the tents; our discipline was

by no means so stringent and rigid. We wrapped ourselves in our blankets, and sat down by the fire; and

Delorier, combining his culinary functions with his duties as sentinel, employed himself in boiling the head

of an antelope for our morning's repast. Yet we were models of vigilance in comparison with some of the

party; for the ordinary practice of the guard was to establish himself in the most comfortable posture he

could; lay his rifle on the ground, and enveloping his nose in the blanket, meditate on his mistress, or

whatever subject best pleased him. This is all well enough when among Indians who do not habitually

proceed further in their hostility than robbing travelers of their horses and mules, though, indeed, a Pawnee's

forebearance is not always to be trusted; but in certain regions farther to the west, the guard must beware how

he exposes his person to the light of the fire, lest perchance some keeneyed skulking marksman should let

fly a bullet or an arrow from amid the darkness.

Among various tales that circulated around our camp fire was a rather curious one, told by Boisverd, and not

inappropriate here. Boisverd was trapping with several companions on the skirts of the Blackfoot country.

The man on guard, well knowing that it behooved him to put forth his utmost precaution, kept aloof from the

firelight, and sat watching intently on all sides. At length he was aware of a dark, crouching figure, stealing

noiselessly into the circle of the light. He hastily cocked his rifle, but the sharp click of the lock caught the ear

of Blackfoot, whose senses were all on the alert. Raising his arrow, already fitted to the string, he shot in the

direction of the sound. So sure was his aim that he drove it through the throat of the unfortunate guard, and

then, with a loud yell, bounded from the camp.

As I looked at the partner of my watch, puffing and blowing over his fire, it occurred to me that he might not

prove the most efficient auxiliary in time of trouble.

"Delorier," said I, "would you run away if the Pawnees should fire at us?"

"Ah! oui, oui, monsieur!" he replied very decisively.

I did not doubt the fact, but was a little surprised at the frankness of the confession.

At this instant a most whimsical variety of voicesbarks, howls, yelps, and whinesall mingled as it were

together, sounded from the prairie, not far off, as if a whole conclave of wolves of every age and sex were

assembled there. Delorier looked up from his work with a laugh, and began to imitate this curious medley of

sounds with a most ludicrous accuracy. At this they were repeated with redoubled emphasis, the musician

being apparently indignant at the successful efforts of a rival. They all proceeded from the throat of one little

wolf, not larger than a spaniel, seated by himself at some distance. He was of the species called the prairie

wolf; a grimvisaged, but harmless little brute, whose worst propensity is creeping among horses and

gnawing the ropes of raw hide by which they are picketed around the camp. But other beasts roam the

prairies, far more formidable in aspect and in character. These are the large white and gray wolves, whose

deep howl we heard at intervals from far and near.

At last I fell into a doze, and, awakening from it, found Delorier fast asleep. Scandalized by this breach of

discipline, I was about to stimulate his vigilance by stirring him with the stock of my rifle; but compassion

prevailing, I determined to let him sleep awhile, and then to arouse him, and administer a suitable reproof for

such a forgetfulness of duty. Now and then I walked the rounds among the silent horses, to see that all was

right. The night was chill, damp, and dark, the dank grass bending under the icy dewdrops. At the distance of


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 26



Top




Page No 29


a rod or two the tents were invisible, and nothing could be seen but the obscure figures of the horses, deeply

breathing, and restlessly starting as they slept, or still slowly champing the grass. Far off, beyond the black

outline of the prairie, there was a ruddy light, gradually increasing, like the glow of a conflagration; until at

length the broad disk of the moon, bloodred, and vastly magnified by the vapors, rose slowly upon the

darkness, flecked by one or two little clouds, and as the light poured over the gloomy plain, a fierce and stern

howl, close at hand, seemed to greet it as an unwelcome intruder. There was something impressive and awful

in the place and the hour; for I and the beasts were all that had consciousness for many a league around.

Some days elapsed, and brought us near the Platte. Two men on horseback approached us one morning, and

we watched them with the curiosity and interest that, upon the solitude of the plains, such an encounter

always excites. They were evidently whites, from their mode of riding, though, contrary to the usage of that

region, neither of them carried a rifle.

"Fools!" remarked Henry Chatillon, "to ride that way on the prairie; Pawnee find themthen they catch it!"

Pawnee HAD found them, and they had come very near "catching it"; indeed, nothing saved them from

trouble but the approach of our party. Shaw and I knew one of them; a man named Turner, whom we had

seen at Westport. He and his companion belonged to an emigrant party encamped a few miles in advance,

and had returned to look for some stray oxen, leaving their rifles, with characteristic rashness or ignorance

behind them. Their neglect had nearly cost them dear; for just before we came up, half a dozen Indians

approached, and seeing them apparently defenseless, one of the rascals seized the bridle of Turner's fine

horse, and ordered him to dismount. Turner was wholly unarmed; but the other jerked a little revolving pistol

out of his pocket, at which the Pawnee recoiled; and just then some of our men appearing in the distance, the

whole party whipped their rugged little horses, and made off. In no way daunted, Turner foolishly persisted in

going forward.

Long after leaving him, and late this afternoon, in the midst of a gloomy and barren prairie, we came

suddenly upon the great Pawnee trail, leading from their villages on the Platte to their war and hunting

grounds to the southward. Here every summer pass the motley concourse; thousands of savages, men,

women, and children, horses and mules, laden with their weapons and implements, and an innumerable

multitude of unruly wolfish dogs, who have not acquired the civilized accomplishment of barking, but howl

like their wild cousins of the prairie.

The permanent winter villages of the Pawnees stand on the lower Platte, but throughout the summer the

greater part of the inhabitants are wandering over the plains, a treacherous cowardly banditti, who by a

thousand acts of pillage and murder have deserved summary chastisement at the hands of government. Last

year a Dakota warrior performed a signal exploit at one of these villages. He approached it alone in the

middle of a dark night, and clambering up the outside of one of the lodges which are in the form of a

halfsphere, he looked in at the round hole made at the top for the escape of smoke. The dusky light from the

smoldering embers showed him the forms of the sleeping inmates; and dropping lightly through the opening,

he unsheathed his knife, and stirring the fire coolly selected his victims. One by one he stabbed and scalped

them, when a child suddenly awoke and screamed. He rushed from the lodge, yelled a Sioux warcry,

shouted his name in triumph and defiance, and in a moment had darted out upon the dark prairie, leaving the

whole village behind him in a tumult, with the howling and baying of dogs, the screams of women and the

yells of the enraged warriors.

Our friend Kearsley, as we learned on rejoining him, signalized himself by a less bloody achievement. He

and his men were good woodsmen, and well skilled in the use of the rifle, but found themselves wholly out of

their element on the prairie. None of them had ever seen a buffalo and they had very vague conceptions of his

nature and appearance. On the day after they reached the Platte, looking toward a distant swell, they beheld a

multitude of little black specks in motion upon its surface.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 27



Top




Page No 30


"Take your rifles, boys," said Kearsley, "and we'll have fresh meat for supper." This inducement was quite

sufficient. The ten men left their wagons and set out in hot haste, some on horseback and some on foot, in

pursuit of the supposed buffalo. Meanwhile a high grassy ridge shut the game from view; but mounting it

after half an hour's running and riding, they found themselves suddenly confronted by about thirty mounted

Pawnees! The amazement and consternation were mutual. Having nothing but their bows and arrows, the

Indians thought their hour was come, and the fate that they were no doubt conscious of richly deserving about

to overtake them. So they began, one and all, to shout forth the most cordial salutations of friendship, running

up with extreme earnestness to shake hands with the Missourians, who were as much rejoiced as they were to

escape the expected conflict.

A low undulating line of sandhills bounded the horizon before us. That day we rode ten consecutive hours,

and it was dusk before we entered the hollows and gorges of these gloomy little hills. At length we gained the

summit, and the long expected valley of the Platte lay before us. We all drew rein, and, gathering in a knot on

the crest of the hill, sat joyfully looking down upon the prospect. It was right welcome; strange too, and

striking to the imagination, and yet it had not one picturesque or beautiful feature; nor had it any of the

features of grandeur, other than its vast extent, its solitude, and its wilderness. For league after league a plain

as level as a frozen lake was outspread beneath us; here and there the Platte, divided into a dozen threadlike

sluices, was traversing it, and an occasional clump of wood, rising in the midst like a shadowy island,

relieved the monotony of the waste. No living thing was moving throughout the vast landscape, except the

lizards that darted over the sand and through the rank grass and pricklypear just at our feet. And yet stern

and wild associations gave a singular interest to the view; for here each man lives by the strength of his arm

and the valor of his heart. Here society is reduced to its original elements, the whole fabric of art and

conventionality is struck rudely to pieces, and men find themselves suddenly brought back to the wants and

resources of their original natures.

We had passed the more toilsome and monotonous part of the journey; but four hundred miles still intervened

between us and Fort Laramie; and to reach that point cost us the travel of three additional weeks. During the

whole of this time we were passing up the center of a long narrow sandy plain, reaching like an outstretched

belt nearly to the Rocky Mountains. Two lines of sandhills, broken often into the wildest and most fantastic

forms, flanked the valley at the distance of a mile or two on the right and left; while beyond them lay a

barren, trackless wasteThe Great American Desertextending for hundreds of miles to the Arkansas on

the one side, and the Missouri on the other. Before us and behind us, the level monotony of the plain was

unbroken as far as the eye could reach. Sometimes it glared in the sun, an expanse of hot, bare sand;

sometimes it was veiled by long coarse grass. Huge skulls and whitening bones of buffalo were scattered

everywhere; the ground was tracked by myriads of them, and often covered with the circular indentations

where the bulls had wallowed in the hot weather. From every gorge and ravine, opening from the hills,

descended deep, wellworn paths, where the buffalo issue twice a day in regular procession down to drink in

the Platte. The river itself runs through the midst, a thin sheet of rapid, turbid water, half a mile wide, and

scarce two feet deep. Its low banks for the most part without a bush or a tree, are of loose sand, with which

the stream is so charged that it grates on the teeth in drinking. The naked landscape is, of itself, dreary and

monotonous enough, and yet the wild beasts and wild men that frequent the valley of the Platte make it a

scene of interest and excitement to the traveler. Of those who have journeyed there, scarce one, perhaps, fails

to look back with fond regret to his horse and his rifle.

Early in the morning after we reached the Platte, a long procession of squalid savages approached our camp.

Each was on foot, leading his horse by a rope of bullhide. His attire consisted merely of a scanty cincture

and an old buffalo robe, tattered and begrimed by use, which hung over his shoulders. His head was close

shaven, except a ridge of hair reaching over the crown from the center of the forehead, very much like the

long bristles on the back of a hyena, and he carried his bow and arrows in his hand, while his meager little

horse was laden with dried buffalo meat, the produce of his hunting. Such were the first specimens that we

metand very indifferent ones they wereof the genuine savages of the prairie.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT" 28



Top




Page No 31


They were the Pawnees whom Kearsley had encountered the day before, and belonged to a large hunting

party known to be ranging the prairie in the vicinity. They strode rapidly past, within a furlong of our tents,

not pausing or looking toward us, after the manner of Indians when meditating mischief or conscious of

illdesert. I went out and met them; and had an amicable conference with the chief, presenting him with half

a pound of tobacco, at which unmerited bounty he expressed much gratification. These fellows, or some of

their companions had committed a dastardly outrage upon an emigrant party in advance of us. Two men, out

on horseback at a distance, were seized by them, but lashing their horses, they broke loose and fled. At this

the Pawnees raised the yell and shot at them, transfixing the hindermost through the back with several arrows,

while his companion galloped away and brought in the news to his party. The panic stricken emigrants

remained for several days in camp, not daring even to send out in quest of the dead body.

The reader will recollect Turner, the man whose narrow escape was mentioned not long since. We heard that

the men, whom the entreaties of his wife induced to go in search of him, found him leisurely driving along

his recovered oxen, and whistling in utter contempt of the Pawnee nation. His party was encamped within

two miles of us; but we passed them that morning, while the men were driving in the oxen, and the women

packing their domestic utensils and their numerous offspring in the spacious patriarchal wagons. As we

looked back we saw their caravan dragging its slow length along the plain; wearily toiling on its way, to

found new empires in the West.

Our New England climate is mild and equable compared with that of the Platte. This very morning, for

instance, was close and sultry, the sun rising with a faint oppressive heat; when suddenly darkness gathered in

the west, and a furious blast of sleet and hail drove full in our faces, icy cold, and urged with such demoniac

vehemence that it felt like a storm of needles. It was curious to see the horses; they faced about in extreme

displeasure, holding their tails like whipped dogs, and shivering as the angry gusts, howling louder than a

concert of wolves, swept over us. Wright's long train of mules came sweeping round before the storm like a

flight of brown snowbirds driven by a winter tempest. Thus we all remained stationary for some minutes,

crouching close to our horses' necks, much too surly to speak, though once the captain looked up from

between the collars of his coat, his face bloodred, and the muscles of his mouth contracted by the cold into a

most ludicrous grin of agony. He grumbled something that sounded like a curse, directed as we believed,

against the unhappy hour when he had first thought of leaving home. The thing was too good to last long; and

the instant the puffs of wind subsided we erected our tents, and remained in camp for the rest of a gloomy and

lowering day. The emigrants also encamped near at hand. We, being first on the ground, had appropriated all

the wood within reach; so that our fire alone blazed cheerfully. Around it soon gathered a group of uncouth

figures, shivering in the drizzling rain. Conspicuous among them were two or three of the halfsavage men

who spend their reckless lives in trapping among the Rocky Mountains, or in trading for the Fur Company in

the Indian villages. They were all of Canadian extraction; their hard, weatherbeaten faces and bushy

mustaches looked out from beneath the hoods of their white capotes with a bad and brutish expression, as if

their owner might be the willing agent of any villainy. And such in fact is the character of many of these men.

On the day following we overtook Kearsley's wagons, and thenceforward, for a week or two, we were

fellowtravelers. One good effect, at least, resulted from the alliance; it materially diminished the serious

fatigue of standing guard; for the party being now more numerous, there were longer intervals between each

man's turns of duty.

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO

Four days on the Platte, and yet no buffalo! Last year's signs of them were provokingly abundant; and wood

being extremely scarce, we found an admirable substitute in bois de vache, which burns exactly like peat,

producing no unpleasant effects. The wagons one morning had left the camp; Shaw and I were already on

horseback, but Henry Chatillon still sat crosslegged by the dead embers of the fire, playing pensively with

the lock of his rifle, while his sturdy Wyandotte pony stood quietly behind him, looking over his head. At last


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 29



Top




Page No 32


he got up, patted the neck of the pony (whom, from an exaggerated appreciation of his merits, he had

christened "Five Hundred Dollar"), and then mounted with a melancholy air.

"What is it, Henry?"

"Ah, I feel lonesome; I never been here before; but I see away yonder over the buttes, and down there on the

prairie, blackall black with buffalo!"

In the afternoon he and I left the party in search of an antelope; until at the distance of a mile or two on the

right, the tall white wagons and the little black specks of horsemen were just visible, so slowly advancing that

they seemed motionless; and far on the left rose the broken line of scorched, desolate sandhills. The vast

plain waved with tall rank grass that swept our horses' bellies; it swayed to and fro in billows with the light

breeze, and far and near antelope and wolves were moving through it, the hairy backs of the latter alternately

appearing and disappearing as they bounded awkwardly along; while the antelope, with the simple curiosity

peculiar to them, would often approach as closely, their little horns and white throats just visible above the

grass tops, as they gazed eagerly at us with their round black eyes.

I dismounted, and amused myself with firing at the wolves. Henry attentively scrutinized the surrounding

landscape; at length he gave a shout, and called on me to mount again, pointing in the direction of the

sandhills. A mile and a half from us, two minute black specks slowly traversed the face of one of the bare

glaring declivities, and disappeared behind the summit. "Let us go!" cried Henry, belaboring the sides of Five

Hundred Dollar; and I following in his wake, we galloped rapidly through the rank grass toward the base of

the hills.

From one of their openings descended a deep ravine, widening as it issued on the prairie. We entered it, and

galloping up, in a moment were surrounded by the bleak sandhills. Half of their steep sides were bare; the

rest were scantily clothed with clumps of grass, and various uncouth plants, conspicuous among which

appeared the reptile like pricklypear. They were gashed with numberless ravines; and as the sky had

suddenly darkened, and a cold gusty wind arisen, the strange shrubs and the dreary hills looked doubly wild

and desolate. But Henry's face was all eagerness. He tore off a little hair from the piece of buffalo robe under

his saddle, and threw it up, to show the course of the wind. It blew directly before us. The game were

therefore to windward, and it was necessary to make our best speed to get around them.

We scrambled from this ravine, and galloping away through the hollows, soon found another, winding like a

snake among the hills, and so deep that it completely concealed us. We rode up the bottom of it, glancing

through the shrubbery at its edge, till Henry abruptly jerked his rein, and slid out of his saddle. Full a quarter

of a mile distant, on the outline of the farthest hill, a long procession of buffalo were walking, in Indian file,

with the utmost gravity and deliberation; then more appeared, clambering from a hollow not far off, and

ascending, one behind the other, the grassy slope of another hill; then a shaggy head and a pair of short

broken horns appeared issuing out of a ravine close at hand, and with a slow, stately step, one by one, the

enormous brutes came into view, taking their way across the valley, wholly unconscious of an enemy. In a

moment Henry was worming his way, lying flat on the ground, through grass and pricklypears, toward his

unsuspecting victims. He had with him both my rifle and his own. He was soon out of sight, and still the

buffalo kept issuing into the valley. For a long time all was silent. I sat holding his horse, and wondering

what he was about, when suddenly, in rapid succession, came the sharp reports of the two rifles, and the

whole line of buffalo, quickening their pace into a clumsy trot, gradually disappeared over the ridge of the

hill. Henry rose to his feet, and stood looking after them.

"You have missed them," said I.

"Yes," said Henry; "let us go." He descended into the ravine, loaded the rifles, and mounted his horse.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 30



Top




Page No 33


We rode up the hill after the buffalo. The herd was out of sight when we reached the top, but lying on the

grass not far off, was one quite lifeless, and another violently struggling in the death agony.

"You see I miss him!" remarked Henry. He had fired from a distance of more than a hundred and fifty yards,

and both balls had passed through the lungsthe true mark in shooting buffalo.

The darkness increased, and a driving storm came on. Tying our horses to the horns of the victims, Henry

began the bloody work of dissection, slashing away with the science of a connoisseur, while I vainly

endeavored to imitate him. Old Hendrick recoiled with horror and indignation when I endeavored to tie the

meat to the strings of raw hide, always carried for this purpose, dangling at the back of the saddle. After some

difficulty we overcame his scruples; and heavily burdened with the more eligible portions of the buffalo, we

set out on our return. Scarcely had we emerged from the labyrinth of gorges and ravines, and issued upon the

open prairie, when the pricking sleet came driving, gust upon gust, directly in our faces. It was strangely dark,

though wanting still an hour of sunset. The freezing storm soon penetrated to the skin, but the uneasy trot of

our heavygaited horses kept us warm enough, as we forced them unwillingly in the teeth of the sleet and

rain, by the powerful suasion of our Indian whips. The prairie in this place was hard and level. A flourishing

colony of prairie dogs had burrowed into it in every direction, and the little mounds of fresh earth around

their holes were about as numerous as the hills in a cornfield; but not a yelp was to be heard; not the nose of a

single citizen was visible; all had retired to the depths of their burrows, and we envied them their dry and

comfortable habitations. An hour's hard riding showed us our tent dimly looming through the storm, one side

puffed out by the force of the wind, and the other collapsed in proportion, while the disconsolate horses stood

shivering close around, and the wind kept up a dismal whistling in the boughs of three old halfdead trees

above. Shaw, like a patriarch, sat on his saddle in the entrance, with a pipe in his mouth, and his arms folded,

contemplating, with cool satisfaction, the piles of meat that we flung on the ground before him. A dark and

dreary night succeeded; but the sun rose with heat so sultry and languid that the captain excused himself on

that account from waylaying an old buffalo bull, who with stupid gravity was walking over the prairie to

drink at the river. So much for the climate of the Platte!

But it was not the weather alone that had produced this sudden abatement of the sportsmanlike zeal which the

captain had always professed. He had been out on the afternoon before, together with several members of his

party; but their hunting was attended with no other result than the loss of one of their best horses, severely

injured by Sorel, in vainly chasing a wounded bull. The captain, whose ideas of hard riding were all derived

from transatlantic sources, expressed the utmost amazement at the feats of Sorel, who went leaping ravines,

and dashing at full speed up and down the sides of precipitous hills, lashing his horse with the recklessness of

a Rocky Mountain rider. Unfortunately for the poor animal he was the property of R., against whom Sorel

entertained an unbounded aversion. The captain himself, it seemed, had also attempted to "run" a buffalo, but

though a good and practiced horseman, he had soon given over the attempt, being astonished and utterly

disgusted at the nature of the ground he was required to ride over.

Nothing unusual occurred on that day; but on the following morning Henry Chatillon, looking over the ocean

like expanse, saw near the foot of the distant hills something that looked like a band of buffalo. He was not

sure, he said, but at all events, if they were buffalo, there was a fine chance for a race. Shaw and I at once

determined to try the speed of our horses.

"Come, captain; we'll see which can ride hardest, a Yankee or an Irishman."

But the captain maintained a grave and austere countenance. He mounted his led horse, however, though very

slowly; and we set out at a trot. The game appeared about three miles distant. As we proceeded the captain

made various remarks of doubt and indecision; and at length declared he would have nothing to do with such

a breakneck business; protesting that he had ridden plenty of steeple chases in his day, but he never knew

what riding was till he found himself behind a band of buffalo day before yesterday. "I am convinced," said


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 31



Top




Page No 34


the captain, "that, 'running' is out of the question.* Take my advice now and don't attempt it. It's dangerous,

and of no use at all."

*The method of hunting called "running" consists in attacking the buffalo on horseback and shooting him

with bullets or arrows when at fullspeed. In "approaching," the hunter conceals himself and crawls on the

ground toward the game, or lies in wait to kill them.

"Then why did you come out with us? What do you mean to do?"

"I shall 'approach,'" replied the captain.

"You don't mean to 'approach' with your pistols, do you? We have all of us left our rifles in the wagons."

The captain seemed staggered at the suggestion. In his characteristic indecision, at setting out, pistols, rifles,

"running" and "approaching" were mingled in an inextricable medley in his brain. He trotted on in silence

between us for a while; but at length he dropped behind and slowly walked his horse back to rejoin the party.

Shaw and I kept on; when lo! as we advanced, the band of buffalo were transformed into certain clumps of

tall bushes, dotting the prairie for a considerable distance. At this ludicrous termination of our chase, we

followed the example of our late ally, and turned back toward the party. We were skirting the brink of a deep

ravine, when we saw Henry and the broadchested pony coming toward us at a gallop.

"Here's old Papin and Frederic, down from Fort Laramie!" shouted Henry, long before he came up. We had

for some days expected this encounter. Papin was the bourgeois of Fort Laramie. He had come down the river

with the buffalo robes and the beaver, the produce of the last winter's trading. I had among our baggage a

letter which I wished to commit to their hands; so requesting Henry to detain the boats if he could until my

return, I set out after the wagons. They were about four miles in advance. In half an hour I overtook them, got

the letter, trotted back upon the trail, and looking carefully, as I rode, saw a patch of broken, stormblasted

trees, and moving near them some little black specks like men and horses. Arriving at the place, I found a

strange assembly. The boats, eleven in number, deepladen with the skins, hugged close to the shore, to

escape being borne down by the swift current. The rowers, swarthy ignoble Mexicans, turned their brutish

faces upward to look, as I reached the bank. Papin sat in the middle of one of the boats upon the canvas

covering that protected the robes. He was a stout, robust fellow, with a little gray eye, that had a peculiarly

sly twinkle. "Frederic" also stretched his tall rawboned proportions close by the bourgeois, and

"mountainmen" completed the group; some lounging in the boats, some strolling on shore; some attired in

gayly painted buffalo robes, like Indian dandies; some with hair saturated with red paint, and beplastered with

glue to their temples; and one bedaubed with vermilion upon his forehead and each cheek. They were a

mongrel race; yet the French blood seemed to predominate; in a few, indeed, might be seen the black snaky

eye of the Indian halfbreed, and one and all, they seemed to aim at assimilating themselves to their savage

associates.

I shook hands with the bourgeois, and delivered the letter; then the boats swung round into the stream and

floated away. They had reason for haste, for already the voyage from Fort Laramie had occupied a full

month, and the river was growing daily more shallow. Fifty times a day the boats had been aground, indeed;

those who navigate the Platte invariably spend half their time upon sandbars. Two of these boats, the

property of private traders, afterward separating from the rest, got hopelessly involved in the shallows, not

very far from the Pawnee villages, and were soon surrounded by a swarm of the inhabitants. They carried off

everything that they considered valuable, including most of the robes; and amused themselves by tying up the

men left on guard and soundly whipping them with sticks.

We encamped that night upon the bank of the river. Among the emigrants there was an overgrown boy, some

eighteen years old, with a head as round and about as large as a pumpkin, and feverandague fits had dyed


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 32



Top




Page No 35


his face of a corresponding color. He wore an old white hat, tied under his chin with a handkerchief; his body

was short and stout, but his legs of disproportioned and appalling length. I observed him at sunset, breasting

the hill with gigantic strides, and standing against the sky on the summit, like a colossal pair of tongs. In a

moment after we heard him screaming frantically behind the ridge, and nothing doubting that he was in the

clutches of Indians or grizzly bears, some of the party caught up their rifles and ran to the rescue. His

outcries, however, proved but an ebullition of joyous excitement; he had chased two little wolf pups to their

burrow, and he was on his knees, grubbing away like a dog at the mouth of the hole, to get at them.

Before morning he caused more serious disquiet in the camp. It was his turn to hold the middle guard; but no

sooner was he called up, than he coolly arranged a pair of saddlebags under a wagon, laid his head upon

them, closed his eyes, opened his mouth and fell asleep. The guard on our side of the camp, thinking it no

part of his duty to look after the cattle of the emigrants, contented himself with watching our own horses and

mules; the wolves, he said, were unusually noisy; but still no mischief was anticipated until the sun rose, and

not a hoof or horn was in sight! The cattle were gone! While Tom was quietly slumbering, the wolves had

driven them away.

Then we reaped the fruits of R.'s precious plan of traveling in company with emigrants. To leave them in

their distress was not to be thought of, and we felt bound to wait until the cattle could be searched for, and, if

possible, recovered. But the reader may be curious to know what punishment awaited the faithless Tom. By

the wholesome law of the prairie, he who falls asleep on guard is condemned to walk all day leading his horse

by the bridle, and we found much fault with our companions for not enforcing such a sentence on the

offender. Nevertheless had he been of our party, I have no doubt he would in like manner have escaped

scotfree. But the emigrants went farther than mere forebearance; they decreed that since Tom couldn't stand

guard without falling asleep, he shouldn't stand guard at all, and henceforward his slumbers were unbroken.

Establishing such a premium on drowsiness could have no very beneficial effect upon the vigilance of our

sentinels; for it is far from agreeable, after riding from sunrise to sunset, to feel your slumbers interrupted by

the butt of a rifle nudging your side, and a sleepy voice growling in your ear that you must get up, to shiver

and freeze for three weary hours at midnight.

"Buffalo! buffalo!" It was but a grim old bull, roaming the prairie by himself in misanthropic seclusion; but

there might be more behind the hills. Dreading the monotony and languor of the camp, Shaw and I saddled

our horses, buckled our holsters in their places, and set out with Henry Chatillon in search of the game.

Henry, not intending to take part in the chase, but merely conducting us, carried his rifle with him, while we

left ours behind as incumbrances. We rode for some five or six miles, and saw no living thing but wolves,

snakes, and prairie dogs.

"This won't do at all," said Shaw.

"What won't do?"

"There's no wood about here to make a litter for the wounded man; I have an idea that one of us will need

something of the sort before the day is over."

There was some foundation for such an apprehension, for the ground was none of the best for a race, and

grew worse continually as we proceeded; indeed it soon became desperately bad, consisting of abrupt hills

and deep hollows, cut by frequent ravines not easy to pass. At length, a mile in advance, we saw a band of

bulls. Some were scattered grazing over a green declivity, while the rest were crowded more densely together

in the wide hollow below. Making a circuit to keep out of sight, we rode toward them until we ascended a hill

within a furlong of them, beyond which nothing intervened that could possibly screen us from their view. We

dismounted behind the ridge just out of sight, drew our saddlegirths, examined our pistols, and mounting

again rode over the hill, and descended at a canter toward them, bending close to our horses' necks. Instantly


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 33



Top




Page No 36


they took the alarm; those on the hill descended; those below gathered into a mass, and the whole got in

motion, shouldering each other along at a clumsy gallop. We followed, spurring our horses to full speed; and

as the herd rushed, crowding and trampling in terror through an opening in the hills, we were close at their

heels, half suffocated by the clouds of dust. But as we drew near, their alarm and speed increased; our horses

showed signs of the utmost fear, bounding violently aside as we approached, and refusing to enter among the

herd. The buffalo now broke into several small bodies, scampering over the hills in different directions, and I

lost sight of Shaw; neither of us knew where the other had gone. Old Pontiac ran like a frantic elephant up

hill and down hill, his ponderous hoofs striking the prairie like sledgehammers. He showed a curious

mixture of eagerness and terror, straining to overtake the panic stricken herd, but constantly recoiling in

dismay as we drew near. The fugitives, indeed, offered no very attractive spectacle, with their enormous size

and weight, their shaggy manes and the tattered remnants of their last winter's hair covering their backs in

irregular shreds and patches, and flying off in the wind as they ran. At length I urged my horse close behind a

bull, and after trying in vain, by blows and spurring, to bring him alongside, I shot a bullet into the buffalo

from this disadvantageous position. At the report, Pontiac swerved so much that I was again thrown a little

behind the game. The bullet, entering too much in the rear, failed to disable the bull, for a buffalo requires to

be shot at particular points, or he will certainly escape. The herd ran up a hill, and I followed in pursuit. As

Pontiac rushed headlong down on the other side, I saw Shaw and Henry descending the hollow on the right,

at a leisurely gallop; and in front, the buffalo were just disappearing behind the crest of the next hill, their

short tails erect, and their hoofs twinkling through a cloud of dust.

At that moment, I heard Shaw and Henry shouting to me; but the muscles of a stronger arm than mine could

not have checked at once the furious course of Pontiac, whose mouth was as insensible as leather. Added to

this, I rode him that morning with a common snaffle, having the day before, for the benefit of my other horse,

unbuckled from my bridle the curb which I ordinarily used. A stronger and hardier brute never trod the

prairie; but the novel sight of the buffalo filled him with terror, and when at full speed he was almost

incontrollable. Gaining the top of the ridge, I saw nothing of the buffalo; they had all vanished amid the

intricacies of the hills and hollows. Reloading my pistols, in the best way I could, I galloped on until I saw

them again scuttling along at the base of the hill, their panic somewhat abated. Down went old Pontiac among

them, scattering them to the right and left, and then we had another long chase. About a dozen bulls were

before us, scouring over the hills, rushing down the declivities with tremendous weight and impetuosity, and

then laboring with a weary gallop upward. Still Pontiac, in spite of spurring and beating, would not close with

them. One bull at length fell a little behind the rest, and by dint of much effort I urged my horse within six or

eight yards of his side. His back was darkened with sweat; he was panting heavily, while his tongue lolled out

a foot from his jaws. Gradually I came up abreast of him, urging Pontiac with leg and rein nearer to his side,

then suddenly he did what buffalo in such circumstances will always do; he slackened his gallop, and turning

toward us, with an aspect of mingled rage and distress, lowered his huge shaggy head for a charge. Pontiac

with a snort, leaped aside in terror, nearly throwing me to the ground, as I was wholly unprepared for such an

evolution. I raised my pistol in a passion to strike him on the head, but thinking better of it fired the bullet

after the bull, who had resumed his flight, then drew rein and determined to rejoin my companions. It was

high time. The breath blew hard from Pontiac's nostrils, and the sweat rolled in big drops down his sides; I

myself felt as if drenched in warm water. Pledging myself (and I redeemed the pledge) to take my revenge at

a future opportunity, I looked round for some indications to show me where I was, and what course I ought to

pursue; I might as well have looked for landmarks in the midst of the ocean. How many miles I had run or in

what direction, I had no idea; and around me the prairie was rolling in steep swells and pitches, without a

single distinctive feature to guide me. I had a little compass hung at my neck; and ignorant that the Platte at

this point diverged considerably from its easterly course, I thought that by keeping to the northward I should

certainly reach it. So I turned and rode about two hours in that direction. The prairie changed as I advanced,

softening away into easier undulations, but nothing like the Platte appeared, nor any sign of a human being;

the same wild endless expanse lay around me still; and to all appearance I was as far from my object as ever.

I began now to consider myself in danger of being lost; and therefore, reining in my horse, summoned the

scanty share of woodcraft that I possessed (if that term he applicable upon the prairie) to extricate me.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 34



Top




Page No 37


Looking round, it occurred to me that the buffalo might prove my best guides. I soon found one of the paths

made by them in their passage to the river; it ran nearly at right angles to my course; but turning my horse's

head in the direction it indicated, his freer gait and erected ears assured me that I was right.

But in the meantime my ride had been by no means a solitary one. The whole face of the country was dotted

far and wide with countless hundreds of buffalo. They trooped along in files and columns, bulls cows, and

calves, on the green faces of the declivities in front. They scrambled away over the hills to the right and left;

and far off, the pale blue swells in the extreme distance were dotted with innumerable specks. Sometimes I

surprised shaggy old bulls grazing alone, or sleeping behind the ridges I ascended. They would leap up at my

approach, stare stupidly at me through their tangled manes, and then gallop heavily away. The antelope were

very numerous; and as they are always bold when in the neighborhood of buffalo, they would approach quite

near to look at me, gazing intently with their great round eyes, then suddenly leap aside, and stretch lightly

away over the prairie, as swiftly as a racehorse. Squalid, ruffianlike wolves sneaked through the hollows and

sandy ravines. Several times I passed through villages of prairie dogs, who sat, each at the mouth of his

burrow, holding his paws before him in a supplicating attitude, and yelping away most vehemently,

energetically whisking his little tail with every squeaking cry he uttered. Prairie dogs are not fastidious in

their choice of companions; various long, checkered snakes were sunning themselves in the midst of the

village, and demure little gray owls, with a large white ring around each eye, were perched side by side with

the rightful inhabitants. The prairie teemed with life. Again and again I looked toward the crowded hillsides,

and was sure I saw horsemen; and riding near, with a mixture of hope and dread, for Indians were abroad, I

found them transformed into a group of buffalo. There was nothing in human shape amid all this vast

congregation of brute forms.

When I turned down the buffalo path, the prairie seemed changed; only a wolf or two glided past at intervals,

like conscious felons, never looking to the right or left. Being now free from anxiety, I was at leisure to

observe minutely the objects around me; and here, for the first time, I noticed insects wholly different from

any of the varieties found farther to the eastward. Gaudy butterflies fluttered about my horse's head; strangely

formed beetles, glittering with metallic luster, were crawling upon plants that I had never seen before;

multitudes of lizards, too, were darting like lightning over the sand.

I had run to a great distance from the river. It cost me a long ride on the buffalo path before I saw from the

ridge of a sandhill the pale surface of the Platte glistening in the midst of its desert valleys, and the faint

outline of the hills beyond waving along the sky. From where I stood, not a tree nor a bush nor a living thing

was visible throughout the whole extent of the sunscorched landscape. In half an hour I came upon the trail,

not far from the river; and seeing that the party had not yet passed, I turned eastward to meet them, old

Pontiac's long swinging trot again assuring me that I was right in doing so. Having been slightly ill on leaving

camp in the morning six or seven hours of rough riding had fatigued me extremely. I soon stopped, therefore;

flung my saddle on the ground, and with my head resting on it, and my horse's trailrope tied loosely to my

arm, lay waiting the arrival of the party, speculating meanwhile on the extent of the injuries Pontiac had

received. At length the white wagon coverings rose from the verge of the plain. By a singular coincidence,

almost at the same moment two horsemen appeared coming down from the hills. They were Shaw and Henry,

who had searched for me a while in the morning, but well knowing the futility of the attempt in such a broken

country, had placed themselves on the top of the highest hill they could find, and picketing their horses near

them, as a signal to me, had laid down and fallen asleep. The stray cattle had been recovered, as the emigrants

told us, about noon. Before sunset, we pushed forward eight miles farther.

JUNE 7, 1846.Four men are missing; R., Sorel and two emigrants. They set out this morning after buffalo,

and have not yet made their appearance; whether killed or lost, we cannot tell.

I find the above in my notebook, and well remember the council held on the occasion. Our fire was the scene

of it; or the palpable superiority of Henry Chatillon's experience and skill made him the resort of the whole


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 35



Top




Page No 38


camp upon every question of difficulty. He was molding bullets at the fire, when the captain drew near, with

a perturbed and careworn expression of countenance, faithfully reflected on the heavy features of Jack, who

followed close behind. Then emigrants came straggling from their wagons toward the common center;

various suggestions were made to account for the absence of the four men, and one or two of the emigrants

declared that when out after the cattle they had seen Indians dogging them, and crawling like wolves along

the ridges of the hills. At this time the captain slowly shook his head with double gravity, and solemnly

remarked:

"It's a serious thing to be traveling through this cursed wilderness"; an opinion in which Jack immediately

expressed a thorough coincidence. Henry would not commit himself by declaring any positive opinion.

"Maybe he only follow the buffalo too far; maybe Indian kill him; maybe he got lost; I cannot tell!"

With this the auditors were obliged to rest content; the emigrants, not in the least alarmed, though curious to

know what had become of their comrades, walked back to their wagons and the captain betook himself

pensively to his tent. Shaw and I followed his example.

"It will be a bad thing for our plans," said he as we entered, "if these fellows don't get back safe. The captain

is as helpless on the prairie as a child. We shall have to take him and his brother in tow; they will hang on us

like lead."

"The prairie is a strange place," said I. "A month ago I should have thought it rather a startling affair to have

an acquaintance ride out in the morning and lose his scalp before night, but here it seems the most natural

thing in the world; not that I believe that R. has lost his yet."

If a man is constitutionally liable to nervous apprehensions, a tour on the distant prairies would prove the best

prescription; for though when in the neighborhood of the Rocky Mountains he may at times find himself

placed in circumstances of some danger, I believe that few ever breathe that reckless atmosphere without

becoming almost indifferent to any evil chance that may befall themselves or their friends.

Shaw had a propensity for luxurious indulgence. He spread his blanket with the utmost accuracy on the

ground, picked up the sticks and stones that he thought might interfere with his comfort, adjusted his saddle

to serve as a pillow, and composed himself for his night's rest. I had the first guard that evening; so, taking

my rifle, I went out of the tent. It was perfectly dark. A brisk wind blew down from the hills, and the sparks

from the fire were streaming over the prairie. One of the emigrants, named Morton, was my companion; and

laying our rifles on the grass, we sat down together by the fire. Morton was a Kentuckian, an athletic fellow,

with a fine intelligent face, and in his manners and conversation he showed the essential characteristics of a

gentleman. Our conversation turned on the pioneers of his gallant native State. The three hours of our watch

dragged away at last, and we went to call up the relief.

R.'s guard succeeded mine. He was absent; but the captain, anxious lest the camp should be left defenseless,

had volunteered to stand in his place; so I went to wake him up. There was no occasion for it, for the captain

had been awake since nightfall. A fire was blazing outside of the tent, and by the light which struck through

the canvas, I saw him and Jack lying on their backs, with their eyes wide open. The captain responded

instantly to my call; he jumped up, seized the doublebarreled rifle, and came out of the tent with an air of

solemn determination, as if about to devote himself to the safety of the party. I went and lay down, not

doubting that for the next three hours our slumbers would be guarded with sufficient vigilance.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO 36



Top




Page No 39


CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE

On the 8th of June, at eleven o'clock, we reached the South Fork of the Platte, at the usual fording place. For

league upon league the desert uniformity of the prospect was almost unbroken; the hills were dotted with

little tufts of shriveled grass, but betwixt these the white sand was glaring in the sun; and the channel of the

river, almost on a level with the plain, was but one great sandbed, about half a mile wide. It was covered

with water, but so scantily that the bottom was scarcely hidden; for, wide as it is, the average depth of the

Platte does not at this point exceed a foot and a half. Stopping near its bank, we gathered bois de vache, and

made a meal of buffalo meat. Far off, on the other side, was a green meadow, where we could see the white

tents and wagons of an emigrant camp; and just opposite to us we could discern a group of men and animals

at the water's edge. Four or five horsemen soon entered the river, and in ten minutes had waded across and

clambered up the loose sandbank. They were illlooking fellows, thin and swarthy, with careworn,

anxious faces and lips rigidly compressed. They had good cause for anxiety; it was three days since they first

encamped here, and on the night of their arrival they had lost 123 of their best cattle, driven off by the

wolves, through the neglect of the man on guard. This discouraging and alarming calamity was not the first

that had overtaken them. Since leaving the settlements, they had met with nothing but misfortune. Some of

their party had died; one man had been killed by the Pawnees; and about a week before, they had been

plundered by the Dakotas of all their best horses, the wretched animals on which our visitors were mounted

being the only ones that were left. They had encamped, they told us, near sunset, by the side of the Platte, and

their oxen were scattered over the meadow, while the band of horses were feeding a little farther off.

Suddenly the ridges of the hills were alive with a swarm of mounted Indians, at least six hundred in number,

who, with a tremendous yell, came pouring down toward the camp, rushing up within a few rods, to the great

terror of the emigrants; but suddenly wheeling, they swept around the band of horses, and in five minutes had

disappeared with their prey through the openings of the hills.

As these emigrants were telling their story, we saw four other men approaching. They proved to be R. and his

companions, who had encountered no mischance of any kind, but had only wandered too far in pursuit of the

game. They said they had seen no Indians, but only "millions of buffalo"; and both R. and Sorel had meat

dangling behind their saddles.

The emigrants recrossed the river, and we prepared to follow. First the heavy oxwagons plunged down the

bank, and dragged slowly over the sandbeds; sometimes the hoofs of the oxen were scarcely wetted by the

thin sheet of water; and the next moment the river would be boiling against their sides, and eddying fiercely

around the wheels. Inch by inch they receded from the shore, dwindling every moment, until at length they

seemed to be floating far in the very middle of the river. A more critical experiment awaited us; for our little

mulecart was but illfitted for the passage of so swift a stream. We watched it with anxiety till it seemed to

be a little motionless white speck in the midst of the waters; and it WAS motionless, for it had stuck fast in a

quicksand. The little mules were losing their footing, the wheels were sinking deeper and deeper, and the

water began to rise through the bottom and drench the goods within. All of us who had remained on the hither

bank galloped to the rescue; the men jumped into the water, adding their strength to that of the mules, until by

much effort the cart was extricated, and conveyed in safety across.

As we gained the other bank, a rough group of men surrounded us. They were not robust, nor large of frame,

yet they had an aspect of hardy endurance. Finding at home no scope for their fiery energies, they had

betaken themselves to the prairie; and in them seemed to be revived, with redoubled force, that fierce spirit

which impelled their ancestors, scarce more lawless than themselves, from the German forests, to inundate

Europe and break to pieces the Roman empire. A fortnight afterward this unfortunate party passed Fort

Laramie, while we were there. Not one of their missing oxen had been recovered, though they had remained

encamped a week in search of them; and they had been compelled to abandon a great part of their baggage

and provisions, and yoke cows and heifers to their wagons to carry them forward upon their journey, the most

toilsome and hazardous part of which lay still before them.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE  37



Top




Page No 40


It is worth noticing that on the Platte one may sometimes see the shattered wrecks of ancient clawfooted

tables, well waxed and rubbed, or massive bureaus of carved oak. These, many of them no doubt the relics of

ancestral prosperity in the colonial time, must have encountered strange vicissitudes. Imported, perhaps,

originally from England; then, with the declining fortunes of their owners, borne across the Alleghenies to the

remote wilderness of Ohio or Kentucky; then to Illinois or Missouri; and now at last fondly stowed away in

the family wagon for the interminable journey to Oregon. But the stern privations of the way are little

anticipated. The cherished relic is soon flung out to scorch and crack upon the hot prairie.

We resumed our journey; but we had gone scarcely a mile, when R. called out from the rear:

"We'll camp here."

"Why do you want to camp? Look at the sun. It is not three o'clock yet."

"We'll camp here!"

This was the only reply vouchsafed. Delorier was in advance with his cart. Seeing the mulewagon wheeling

from the track, he began to turn his own team in the same direction.

"Go on, Delorier," and the little cart advanced again. As we rode on, we soon heard the wagon of our

confederates creaking and jolting on behind us, and the driver, Wright, discharging a furious volley of oaths

against his mules; no doubt venting upon them the wrath which he dared not direct against a more appropriate

object.

Something of this sort had frequently occurred. Our English friend was by no means partial to us, and we

thought we discovered in his conduct a deliberate intention to thwart and annoy us, especially by retarding

the movements of the party, which he knew that we, being Yankees, were anxious to quicken. Therefore, he

would insist on encamping at all unseasonable hours, saying that fifteen miles was a sufficient day's journey.

Finding our wishes systematically disregarded, we took the direction of affairs into our own hands. Keeping

always in advance, to the inexpressible indignation of R., we encamped at what time and place we thought

proper, not much caring whether the rest chose to follow or not. They always did so, however, pitching their

tents near ours, with sullen and wrathful countenances.

Traveling together on these agreeable terms did not suit our tastes; for some time we had meditated a

separation. The connection with this party had cost us various delays and inconveniences; and the glaring

want of courtesy and good sense displayed by their virtual leader did not dispose us to bear these annoyances

with much patience. We resolved to leave camp early in the morning, and push forward as rapidly as possible

for Fort Laramie, which we hoped to reach, by hard traveling, in four or five days. The captain soon trotted

up between us, and we explained our intentions.

"A very extraordinary proceeding, upon my word!" he remarked. Then he began to enlarge upon the enormity

of the design. The most prominent impression in his mind evidently was that we were acting a base and

treacherous part in deserting his party, in what he considered a very dangerous stage of the journey. To

palliate the atrocity of our conduct, we ventured to suggest that we were only four in number while his party

still included sixteen men; and as, moreover, we were to go forward and they were to follow, at least a full

proportion of the perils he apprehended would fall upon us. But the austerity of the captain's features would

not relax. "A very extraordinary proceeding, gentlemen!" and repeating this, he rode off to confer with his

principal.

By good luck, we found a meadow of fresh grass, and a large pool of rainwater in the midst of it. We

encamped here at sunset. Plenty of buffalo skulls were lying around, bleaching in the sun; and sprinkled


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE  38



Top




Page No 41


thickly among the grass was a great variety of strange flowers. I had nothing else to do, and so gathering a

handful, I sat down on a buffalo skull to study them. Although the offspring of a wilderness, their texture was

frail and delicate, and their colors extremely rich; pure white, dark blue, and a transparent crimson. One

traveling in this country seldom has leisure to think of anything but the stern features of the scenery and its

accompaniments, or the practical details of each day's journey. Like them, he and his thoughts grow hard and

rough. But now these flowers suddenly awakened a train of associations as alien to the rude scene around me

as they were themselves; and for the moment my thoughts went back to New England. A throng of fair and

wellremembered faces rose, vividly as life, before me. "There are good things," thought I, "in the savage

life, but what can it offer to replace those powerful and ennobling influences that can reach unimpaired over

more than three thousand miles of mountains, forests and deserts?"

Before sunrise on the next morning our tent was down; we harnessed our best horses to the cart and left the

camp. But first we shook hands with our friends the emigrants, who sincerely wished us a safe journey,

though some others of the party might easily have been consoled had we encountered an Indian war party on

the way. The captain and his brother were standing on the top of a hill, wrapped in their plaids, like spirits of

the mist, keeping an anxious eye on the band of horses below. We waved adieu to them as we rode off the

ground. The captain replied with a salutation of the utmost dignity, which Jack tried to imitate; but being little

practiced in the gestures of polite society, his effort was not a very successful one.

In five minutes we had gained the foot of the hills, but here we came to a stop. Old Hendrick was in the

shafts, and being the very incarnation of perverse and brutish obstinacy, he utterly refused to move. Delorier

lashed and swore till he was tired, but Hendrick stood like a rock, grumbling to himself and looking askance

at his enemy, until he saw a favorable opportunity to take his revenge, when he struck out under the shaft

with such cool malignity of intention that Delorier only escaped the blow by a sudden skip into the air, such

as no one but a Frenchman could achieve. Shaw and he then joined forces, and lashed on both sides at once.

The brute stood still for a while till he could bear it no longer, when all at once he began to kick and plunge

till he threatened the utter demolition of the cart and harness. We glanced back at the camp, which was in full

sight. Our companions, inspired by emulation, were leveling their tents and driving in their cattle and horses.

"Take the horse out," said I.

I took the saddle from Pontiac and put it upon Hendrick; the former was harnessed to the cart in an instant.

"Avance donc!" cried Delorier. Pontiac strode up the hill, twitching the little cart after him as if it were a

feather's weight; and though, as we gained the top, we saw the wagons of our deserted comrades just getting

into motion, we had little fear that they could overtake us. Leaving the trail, we struck directly across the

country, and took the shortest cut to reach the main stream of the Platte. A deep ravine suddenly intercepted

us. We skirted its sides until we found them less abrupt, and then plunged through the best way we could.

Passing behind the sandy ravines called "Ash Hollow," we stopped for a short nooning at the side of a pool of

rainwater; but soon resumed our journey, and some hours before sunset were descending the ravines and

gorges opening downward upon the Platte to the west of Ash Hollow. Our horses waded to the fetlock in

sand; the sun scorched like fire, and the air swarmed with sandflies and mosquitoes.

At last we gained the Platte. Following it for about five miles, we saw, just as the sun was sinking, a great

meadow, dotted with hundreds of cattle, and beyond them an emigrant encampment. A party of about a dozen

came out to meet us, looking upon us at first with cold and suspicious faces. Seeing four men, different in

appearance and equipment from themselves, emerging from the hills, they had taken us for the van of the

muchdreaded Mormons, whom they were very apprehensive of encountering. We made known our true

character, and then they greeted us cordially. They expressed much surprise that so small a party should

venture to traverse that region, though in fact such attempts are not unfrequently made by trappers and Indian

traders. We rode with them to their camp. The wagons, some fifty in number, with here and there a tent

intervening, were arranged as usual in a circle; in the area within the best horses were picketed, and the whole


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE  39



Top




Page No 42


circumference was glowing with the dusky light of the fires, displaying the forms of the women and children

who were crowded around them. This patriarchal scene was curious and striking enough; but we made our

escape from the place with all possible dispatch, being tormented by the intrusive curiosity of the men who

crowded around us. Yankee curiosity was nothing to theirs. They demanded our names, where we came from,

where we were going, and what was our business. The last query was particularly embarrassing; since

traveling in that country, or indeed anywhere, from any other motive than gain, was an idea of which they

took no cognizance. Yet they were finelooking fellows, with an air of frankness, generosity, and even

courtesy, having come from one of the least barbarous of the frontier counties.

We passed about a mile beyond them, and encamped. Being too few in number to stand guard without

excessive fatigue, we extinguished our fire, lest it should attract the notice of wandering Indians; and

picketing our horses close around us, slept undisturbed till morning. For three days we traveled without

interruption, and on the evening of the third encamped by the wellknown spring on Scott's Bluff.

Henry Chatillon and I rode out in the morning, and descending the western side of the Bluff, were crossing

the plain beyond. Something that seemed to me a file of buffalo came into view, descending the hills several

miles before us. But Henry reined in his horse, and keenly peering across the prairie with a better and more

practiced eye, soon discovered its real nature. "Indians!" he said. "Old Smoke's lodges, I b'lieve. Come! let us

go! Wah! get up, now, Five Hundred Dollar!" And laying on the lash with good will, he galloped forward,

and I rode by his side. Not long after, a black speck became visible on the prairie, full two miles off. It grew

larger and larger; it assumed the form of a man and horse; and soon we could discern a naked Indian,

careering at full gallop toward us. When within a furlong he wheeled his horse in a wide circle, and made him

describe various mystic figures upon the prairie; and Henry immediately compelled Five Hundred Dollar to

execute similar evolutions. "It IS Old Smoke's village," said he, interpreting these signals; "didn't I say so?"

As the Indian approached we stopped to wait for him, when suddenly he vanished, sinking, as it were, into

the earth. He had come upon one of the deep ravines that everywhere intersect these prairies. In an instant the

rough head of his horse stretched upward from the edge and the rider and steed came scrambling out, and

hounded up to us; a sudden jerk of the rein brought the wild panting horse to a full stop. Then followed the

needful formality of shaking hands. I forget our visitor's name. He was a young fellow, of no note in his

nation; yet in his person and equipments he was a good specimen of a Dakota warrior in his ordinary

traveling dress. Like most of his people, he was nearly six feet high; lithely and gracefully, yet strongly

proportioned; and with a skin singularly clear and delicate. He wore no paint; his head was bare; and his long

hair was gathered in a clump behind, to the top of which was attached transversely, both by way of ornament

and of talisman, the mystic whistle, made of the wingbone of the war eagle, and endowed with various magic

virtues. From the back of his head descended a line of glittering brass plates, tapering from the size of a

doubloon to that of a half dime, a cumbrous ornament, in high vogue among the Dakotas, and for which

they pay the traders a most extravagant price; his chest and arms were naked, the buffalo robe, worn over

them when at rest, had fallen about his waist, and was confined there by a belt. This, with the gay moccasins

on his feet, completed his attire. For arms he carried a quiver of dogskin at his back, and a rude but powerful

bow in his hand. His horse had no bridle; a cord of hair, lashed around his jaw, served in place of one. The

saddle was of most singular construction; it was made of wood covered with raw hide, and both pommel and

cantle rose perpendicularly full eighteen inches, so that the warrior was wedged firmly in his seat, whence

nothing could dislodge him but the bursting of the girths.

Advancing with our new companion, we found more of his people seated in a circle on the top of a hill; while

a rude procession came straggling down the neighboring hollow, men, women, and children, with horses

dragging the lodgepoles behind them. All that morning, as we moved forward, tall savages were stalking

silently about us. At noon we reached Horse Creek; and as we waded through the shallow water, we saw a

wild and striking scene. The main body of the Indians had arrived before us. On the farther bank stood a large

and strong man, nearly naked, holding a white horse by a long cord, and eyeing us as we approached. This


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE  40



Top




Page No 43


was the chief, whom Henry called "Old Smoke." Just behind him his youngest and favorite squaw sat astride

of a fine mule; it was covered with caparisons of whitened skins, garnished with blue and white beads, and

fringed with little ornaments of metal that tinkled with every movement of the animal. The girl had a light

clear complexion, enlivened by a spot of vermilion on each cheek; she smiled, not to say grinned, upon us,

showing two gleaming rows of white teeth. In her hand, she carried the tall lance of her unchivalrous lord,

fluttering with feathers; his round white shield hung at the side of her mule; and his pipe was slung at her

back. Her dress was a tunic of deerskin, made beautifully white by means of a species of clay found on the

prairie, and ornamented with beads, arrayed in figures more gay than tasteful, and with long fringes at all the

seams. Not far from the chief stood a group of stately figures, their white buffalo robes thrown over their

shoulders, gazing coldly upon us; and in the rear, for several acres, the ground was covered with a temporary

encampment; men, women, and children swarmed like bees; hundreds of dogs, of all sizes and colors, ran

restlessly about; and, close at hand, the wide shallow stream was alive with boys, girls, and young squaws,

splashing, screaming, and laughing in the water. At the same time a long train of emigrant wagons were

crossing the creek, and dragging on in their slow, heavy procession, passed the encampment of the people

whom they and their descendants, in the space of a century, are to sweep from the face of the earth.

The encampment itself was merely a temporary one during the heat of the day. None of the lodges were

erected; but their heavy leather coverings, and the long poles used to support them, were scattered

everywhere around, among weapons, domestic utensils, and the rude harness of mules and horses. The

squaws of each lazy warrior had made him a shelter from the sun, by stretching a few buffalo robes, or the

corner of a lodgecovering upon poles; and here he sat in the shade, with a favorite young squaw, perhaps, at

his side, glittering with all imaginable trinkets. Before him stood the insignia of his rank as a warrior, his

white shield of bullhide, his medicine bag, his bow and quiver, his lance and his pipe, raised aloft on a

tripod of three poles. Except the dogs, the most active and noisy tenants of the camp were the old women,

ugly as Macbeth's witches, with their hair streaming loose in the wind, and nothing but the tattered fragment

of an old buffalo robe to hide their shriveled wiry limbs. The day of their favoritism passed two generations

ago; now the heaviest labors of the camp devolved upon them; they were to harness the horses, pitch the

lodges, dress the buffalo robes, and bring in meat for the hunters. With the cracked voices of these hags, the

clamor of dogs, the shouting and laughing of children and girls, and the listless tranquillity of the warriors,

the whole scene had an effect too lively and picturesque ever to be forgotten.

We stopped not far from the Indian camp, and having invited some of the chiefs and warriors to dinner,

placed before them a sumptuous repast of biscuit and coffee. Squatted in a half circle on the ground, they

soon disposed of it. As we rode forward on the afternoon journey, several of our late guests accompanied us.

Among the rest was a huge bloated savage of more than three hundred pounds' weight, christened La Cochon,

in consideration of his preposterous dimensions and certain corresponding traits of his character. "The Hog"

bestrode a little white pony, scarce able to bear up under the enormous burden, though, by way of keeping up

the necessary stimulus, the rider kept both feet in constant motion, playing alternately against his ribs. The

old man was not a chief; he never had ambition enough to become one; he was not a warrior nor a hunter, for

he was too fat and lazy: but he was the richest man in the whole village. Riches among the Dakotas consist in

horses, and of these The Hog had accumulated more than thirty. He had already ten times as many as he

wanted, yet still his appetite for horses was insatiable. Trotting up to me he shook me by the hand, and gave

me to understand that he was a very devoted friend; and then he began a series of most earnest signs and

gesticulations, his oily countenance radiant with smiles, and his little eyes peeping out with a cunning twinkle

from between the masses of flesh that almost obscured them. Knowing nothing at that time of the sign

language of the Indians, I could only guess at his meaning. So I called on Henry to explain it.

The Hog, it seems, was anxious to conclude a matrimonial bargain. He said he had a very pretty daughter in

his lodge, whom he would give me, if I would give him my horse. These flattering overtures I chose to reject;

at which The Hog, still laughing with undiminished good humor, gathered his robe about his shoulders, and

rode away.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE  41



Top




Page No 44


Where we encamped that night, an arm of the Platte ran between high bluffs; it was turbid and swift as

heretofore, but trees were growing on its crumbling banks, and there was a nook of grass between the water

and the hill. Just before entering this place, we saw the emigrants encamping at two or three miles' distance

on the right; while the whole Indian rabble were pouring down the neighboring hill in hope of the same sort

of entertainment which they had experienced from us. In the savage landscape before our camp, nothing but

the rushing of the Platte broke the silence. Through the ragged boughs of the trees, dilapidated and half dead,

we saw the sun setting in crimson behind the peaks of the Black Hills; the restless bosom of the river was

suffused with red; our white tent was tinged with it, and the sterile bluffs, up to the rocks that crowned them,

partook of the same fiery hue. It soon passed away; no light remained, but that from our fire, blazing high

among the dusky trees and bushes. We lay around it wrapped in our blankets, smoking and conversing until a

late hour, and then withdrew to our tent.

We crossed a sunscorched plain on the next morning; the line of old cottonwood trees that fringed the bank

of the Platte forming its extreme verge. Nestled apparently close beneath them, we could discern in the

distance something like a building. As we came nearer, it assumed form and dimensions, and proved to be a

rough structure of logs. It was a little trading fort, belonging to two private traders; and originally intended,

like all the forts of the country, to form a hollow square, with rooms for lodging and storage opening upon the

area within. Only two sides of it had been completed; the place was now as illfitted for the purposes of

defense as any of those little loghouses, which upon our constantly shifting frontier have been so often

successfully maintained against overwhelming odds of Indians. Two lodges were pitched close to the fort; the

sun beat scorching upon the logs; no living thing was stirring except one old squaw, who thrust her round

head from the opening of the nearest lodge, and three or four stout young pups, who were peeping with looks

of eager inquiry from under the covering. In a moment a door opened, and a little, swarthy blackeyed

Frenchman came out. His dress was rather singular; his black curling hair was parted in the middle of his

head, and fell below his shoulders; he wore a tight frock of smoked deerskin, very gayly ornamented with

figures worked in dyed porcupine quills. His moccasins and leggings were also gaudily adorned in the same

manner; and the latter had in addition a line of long fringes, reaching down the seams. The small frame of

Richard, for by this name Henry made him known to us, was in the highest degree athletic and vigorous.

There was no superfluity, and indeed there seldom is among the active white men of this country, but every

limb was compact and hard; every sinew had its full tone and elasticity, and the whole man wore an air of

mingled hardihood and buoyancy.

Richard committed our horses to a Navahoe slave, a mean looking fellow taken prisoner on the Mexican

frontier; and, relieving us of our rifles with ready politeness, led the way into the principal apartment of his

establishment. This was a room ten feet square. The walls and floor were of black mud, and the roof of rough

timber; there was a huge fireplace made of four flat rocks, picked up on the prairie. An Indian bow and

otterskin quiver, several gaudy articles of Rocky Mountain finery, an Indian medicine bag, and a pipe and

tobacco pouch, garnished the walls, and rifles rested in a corner. There was no furniture except a sort of

rough settle covered with buffalo robes, upon which lolled a tall halfbreed, with his hair glued in masses

upon each temple, and saturated with vermilion. Two or three more "mountain men" sat crosslegged on the

floor. Their attire was not unlike that of Richard himself; but the most striking figure of the group was a

naked Indian boy of sixteen, with a handsome face, and light, active proportions, who sat in an easy posture

in the corner near the door. Not one of his limbs moved the breadth of a hair; his eye was fixed immovably,

not on any person present, but, as it appeared, on the projecting corner of the fireplace opposite to him.

On these prairies the custom of smoking with friends is seldom omitted, whether among Indians or whites.

The pipe, therefore, was taken from the wall, and its great red bowl crammed with the tobacco and

shongsasha, mixed in suitable proportions. Then it passed round the circle, each man inhaling a few whiffs

and handing it to his neighbor. Having spent half an hour here, we took our leave; first inviting our new

friends to drink a cup of coffee with us at our camp, a mile farther up the river. By this time, as the reader

may conceive, we had grown rather shabby; our clothes had burst into rags and tatters; and what was worse,


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE  42



Top




Page No 45


we had very little means of renovation. Fort Laramie was but seven miles before us. Being totally averse to

appearing in such plight among any society that could boast an approximation to the civilized, we soon

stopped by the river to make our toilet in the best way we could. We hung up small lookingglasses against

the trees and shaved, an operation neglected for six weeks; we performed our ablutions in the Platte, though

the utility of such a proceeding was questionable, the water looking exactly like a cup of chocolate, and the

banks consisting of the softest and richest yellow mud, so that we were obliged, as a preliminary, to build a

causeway of stout branches and twigs. Having also put on radiant moccasins, procured from a squaw of

Richard's establishment, and made what other improvements our narrow circumstances allowed, we took our

seats on the grass with a feeling of greatly increased respectability, to wait the arrival of our guests. They

came; the banquet was concluded, and the pipe smoked. Bidding them adieu, we turned our horses' heads

toward the fort.

An hour elapsed. The barren hills closed across our front, and we could see no farther; until having

surmounted them, a rapid stream appeared at the foot of the descent, running into the Platte; beyond was a

green meadow, dotted with bushes, and in the midst of these, at the point where the two rivers joined, were

the low clay walls of a fort. This was not Fort Laramie, but another post of less recent date, which having

sunk before its successful competitor was now deserted and ruinous. A moment after the hills, seeming to

draw apart as we advanced, disclosed Fort Laramie itself, its high bastions and perpendicular walls of clay

crowning an eminence on the left beyond the stream, while behind stretched a line of arid and desolate ridges,

and behind these again, towering aloft seven thousand feet, arose the grim Black Hills.

We tried to ford Laramie Creek at a point nearly opposite the fort, but the stream, swollen with the rains in

the mountains, was too rapid. We passed up along its bank to find a better crossing place. Men gathered on

the wall to look at us. "There's Bordeaux!" called Henry, his face brightening as he recognized his

acquaintance; "him there with the spyglass; and there's old Vaskiss, and Tucker, and May; and, by George!

there's Cimoneau!" This Cimoneau was Henry's fast friend, and the only man in the country who could rival

him in hunting.

We soon found a ford. Henry led the way, the pony approaching the bank with a countenance of cool

indifference, bracing his feet and sliding into the stream with the most unmoved composure.

At the first plunge the horse sunk low, And the water broke o'er the saddlebow

We followed; the water boiled against our saddles, but our horses bore us easily through. The unfortunate

little mules came near going down with the current, cart and all; and we watched them with some solicitude

scrambling over the loose round stones at the bottom, and bracing stoutly against the stream. All landed

safely at last; we crossed a little plain, descended a hollow, and riding up a steep bank found ourselves before

the gateway of Fort Laramie, under the impending blockhouse erected above it to defend the entrance.

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE

Looking back, after the expiration of a year, upon Fort Laramie and its inmates, they seem less like a reality

than like some fanciful picture of the olden time; so different was the scene from any which this tamer side of

the world can present. Tall Indians, enveloped in their white buffalo robes, were striding across the area or

reclining at full length on the low roofs of the buildings which inclosed it. Numerous squaws, gayly

bedizened, sat grouped in front of the apartments they occupied; their mongrel offspring, restless and

vociferous, rambled in every direction through the fort; and the trappers, traders, and ENGAGES of the

establishment were busy at their labor or their amusements.

We were met at the gate, but by no means cordially welcomed. Indeed, we seemed objects of some distrust

and suspicion until Henry Chatillon explained that we were not traders, and we, in confirmation, handed to


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE  43



Top




Page No 46


the bourgeois a letter of introduction from his principals. He took it, turned it upside down, and tried hard to

read it; but his literary attainments not being adequate to the task, he applied for relief to the clerk, a sleek,

smiling Frenchman, named Montalon. The letter read, Bordeaux (the bourgeois) seemed gradually to awaken

to a sense of what was expected of him. Though not deficient in hospitable intentions, he was wholly

unaccustomed to act as master of ceremonies. Discarding all formalities of reception, he did not honor us

with a single word, but walked swiftly across the area, while we followed in some admiration to a railing and

a flight of steps opposite the entrance. He signed to us that we had better fasten our horses to the railing; then

he walked up the steps, tramped along a rude balcony, and kicking open a door displayed a large room, rather

more elaborately finished than a barn. For furniture it had a rough bedstead, but no bed; two chairs, a chest of

drawers, a tin pail to hold water, and a board to cut tobacco upon. A brass crucifix hung on the wall, and

close at hand a recent scalp, with hair full a yard long, was suspended from a nail. I shall again have occasion

to mention this dismal trophy, its history being connected with that of our subsequent proceedings.

This apartment, the best in Fort Laramie, was that usually occupied by the legitimate bourgeois, Papin; in

whose absence the command devolved upon Bordeaux. The latter, a stout, bluff little fellow, much inflated

by a sense of his new authority, began to roar for buffalo robes. These being brought and spread upon the

floor formed our beds; much better ones than we had of late been accustomed to. Our arrangements made, we

stepped out to the balcony to take a more leisurely survey of the long lookedfor haven at which we had

arrived at last. Beneath us was the square area surrounded by little rooms, or rather cells, which opened upon

it. These were devoted to various purposes, but served chiefly for the accommodation of the men employed at

the fort, or of the equally numerous squaws, whom they were allowed to maintain in it. Opposite to us rose

the blockhouse above the gateway; it was adorned with a figure which even now haunts my memory; a horse

at full speed, daubed upon the boards with red paint, and exhibiting a degree of skill which might rival that

displayed by the Indians in executing similar designs upon their robes and lodges. A busy scene was enacting

in the area. The wagons of Vaskiss, an old trader, were about to set out for a remote post in the mountains,

and the Canadians were going through their preparations with all possible bustle, while here and there an

Indian stood looking on with imperturbable gravity.

Fort Laramie is one of the posts established by the American Fur Company, who wellnigh monopolize the

Indian trade of this whole region. Here their officials rule with an absolute sway; the arm of the United States

has little force; for when we were there, the extreme outposts of her troops were about seven hundred miles to

the eastward. The little fort is built of bricks dried in the sun, and externally is of an oblong form, with

bastions of clay, in the form of ordinary blockhouses, at two of the corners. The walls are about fifteen feet

high, and surmounted by a slender palisade. The roofs of the apartments within, which are built close against

the walls, serve the purpose of a banquette. Within, the fort is divided by a partition; on one side is the square

area surrounded by the storerooms, offices, and apartments of the inmates; on the other is the corral, a narrow

place, encompassed by the high clay walls, where at night, or in presence of dangerous Indians, the horses

and mules of the fort are crowded for safekeeping. The main entrance has two gates, with an arched passage

intervening. A little square window, quite high above the ground, opens laterally from an adjoining chamber

into this passage; so that when the inner gate is closed and barred, a person without may still hold

communication with those within through this narrow aperture. This obviates the necessity of admitting

suspicious Indians, for purposes of trading, into the body of the fort; for when danger is apprehended, the

inner gate is shut fast, and all traffic is carried on by means of the little window. This precaution, though

highly necessary at some of the company's posts, is now seldom resorted to at Fort Laramie; where, though

men are frequently killed in its neighborhood, no apprehensions are now entertained of any general designs of

hostility from the Indians.

We did not long enjoy our new quarters undisturbed. The door was silently pushed open, and two eyeballs

and a visage as black as night looked in upon us; then a red arm and shoulder intruded themselves, and a tall

Indian, gliding in, shook us by the hand, grunted his salutation, and sat down on the floor. Others followed,

with faces of the natural hue; and letting fall their heavy robes from their shoulders, they took their seats,


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE  44



Top




Page No 47


quite at ease, in a semicircle before us. The pipe was now to be lighted and passed round from one to another;

and this was the only entertainment that at present they expected from us. These visitors were fathers,

brothers, or other relatives of the squaws in the fort, where they were permitted to remain, loitering about in

perfect idleness. All those who smoked with us were men of standing and repute. Two or three others

dropped in also; young fellows who neither by their years nor their exploits were entitled to rank with the old

men and warriors, and who, abashed in the presence of their superiors, stood aloof, never withdrawing their

eyes from us. Their cheeks were adorned with vermilion, their ears with pendants of shell, and their necks

with beads. Never yet having signalized themselves as hunters, or performed the honorable exploit of killing

a man, they were held in slight esteem, and were diffident and bashful in proportion. Certain formidable

inconveniences attended this influx of visitors. They were bent on inspecting everything in the room; our

equipments and our dress alike underwent their scrutiny; for though the contrary has been carelessly asserted,

few beings have more curiosity than Indians in regard to subjects within their ordinary range of thought. As

to other matters, indeed, they seemed utterly indifferent. They will not trouble themselves to inquire into

what they cannot comprehend, but are quite contented to place their hands over their mouths in token of

wonder, and exclaim that it is "great medicine." With this comprehensive solution, an Indian never is at a

loss. He never launches forth into speculation and conjecture; his reason moves in its beaten track. His soul is

dormant; and no exertions of the missionaries, Jesuit or Puritan, of the Old World or of the New, have as yet

availed to rouse it.

As we were looking, at sunset, from the wall, upon the wild and desolate plains that surround the fort, we

observed a cluster of strange objects like scaffolds rising in the distance against the red western sky. They

bore aloft some singular looking burdens; and at their foot glimmered something white like bones. This was

the place of sepulture of some Dakota chiefs, whose remains their people are fond of placing in the vicinity of

the fort, in the hope that they may thus be protected from violation at the hands of their enemies. Yet it has

happened more than once, and quite recently, that war parties of the Crow Indians, ranging through the

country, have thrown the bodies from the scaffolds, and broken them to pieces amid the yells of the Dakotas,

who remained pent up in the fort, too few to defend the honored relics from insult. The white objects upon

the ground were buffalo skulls, arranged in the mystic circle commonly seen at Indian places of sepulture

upon the prairie.

We soon discovered, in the twilight, a band of fifty or sixty horses approaching the fort. These were the

animals belonging to the establishment; who having been sent out to feed, under the care of armed guards, in

the meadows below, were now being driven into the corral for the night. A little gate opened into this

inclosure; by the side of it stood one of the guards, an old Canadian, with gray bushy eyebrows, and a

dragoon pistol stuck into his belt; while his comrade, mounted on horseback, his rifle laid across the saddle in

front of him, and his long hair blowing before his swarthy face, rode at the rear of the disorderly troop, urging

them up the ascent. In a moment the narrow corral was thronged with the halfwild horses, kicking, biting,

and crowding restlessly together.

The discordant jingling of a bell, rung by a Canadian in the area, summoned us to supper. This sumptuous

repast was served on a rough table in one of the lower apartments of the fort, and consisted of cakes of bread

and dried buffalo meatan excellent thing for strengthening the teeth. At this meal were seated the

bourgeois and superior dignitaries of the establishment, among whom Henry Chatillon was worthily

included. No sooner was it finished, than the table was spread a second time (the luxury of bread being now,

however, omitted), for the benefit of certain hunters and trappers of an inferior standing; while the ordinary

Canadian ENGAGES were regaled on dried meat in one of their lodging rooms. By way of illustrating the

domestic economy of Fort Laramie, it may not be amiss to introduce in this place a story current among the

men when we were there.

There was an old man named Pierre, whose duty it was to bring the meat from the storeroom for the men. Old

Pierre, in the kindness of his heart, used to select the fattest and the best pieces for his companions. This did


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE  45



Top




Page No 48


not long escape the keeneyed bourgeois, who was greatly disturbed at such improvidence, and cast about for

some means to stop it. At last he hit on a plan that exactly suited him. At the side of the meatroom, and

separated from it by a clay partition, was another compartment, used for the storage of furs. It had no other

communication with the fort, except through a square hole in the partition; and of course it was perfectly

dark. One evening the bourgeois, watching for a moment when no one observed him, dodged into the

meatroom, clambered through the hole, and ensconced himself among the furs and buffalo robes. Soon

after, old Pierre came in with his lantern; and, muttering to himself, began to pull over the bales of meat, and

select the best pieces, as usual. But suddenly a hollow and sepulchral voice proceeded from the inner

apartment: "Pierre! Pierre! Let that fat meat alone! Take nothing but lean!" Pierre dropped his lantern, and

bolted out into the fort, screaming, in an agony of terror, that the devil was in the storeroom; but tripping on

the threshold, he pitched over upon the gravel, and lay senseless, stunned by the fall. The Canadians ran out

to the rescue. Some lifted the unlucky Pierre; and others, making an extempore crucifix out of two sticks,

were proceeding to attack the devil in his stronghold, when the bourgeois, with a crest fallen countenance,

appeared at the door. To add to the bourgeois' mortification, he was obliged to explain the whole stratagem to

Pierre, in order to bring the latter to his senses.

We were sitting, on the following morning, in the passageway between the gates, conversing with the

traders Vaskiss and May. These two men, together with our sleek friend, the clerk Montalon, were, I believe,

the only persons then in the fort who could read and write. May was telling a curious story about the traveler

Catlin, when an ugly, diminutive Indian, wretchedly mounted, came up at a gallop, and rode past us into the

fort. On being questioned, he said that Smoke's village was close at hand. Accordingly only a few minutes

elapsed before the hills beyond the river were covered with a disorderly swarm of savages, on horseback and

on foot. May finished his story; and by that time the whole array had descended to Laramie Creek, and

commenced crossing it in a mass. I walked down to the bank. The stream is wide, and was then between three

and four feet deep, with a very swift current. For several rods the water was alive with dogs, horses, and

Indians. The long poles used in erecting the lodges are carried by the horses, being fastened by the heavier

end, two or three on each side, to a rude sort of pack saddle, while the other end drags on the ground. About a

foot behind the horse, a kind of large basket or pannier is suspended between the poles, and firmly lashed in

its place on the back of the horse are piled various articles of luggage; the basket also is well filled with

domestic utensils, or, quite as often, with a litter of puppies, a brood of small children, or a superannuated old

man. Numbers of these curious vehicles, called, in the bastard language of the country travaux were now

splashing together through the stream. Among them swam countless dogs, often burdened with miniature

travaux; and dashing forward on horseback through the throng came the superbly formed warriors, the

slender figure of some lynxeyed boy, clinging fast behind them. The women sat perched on the pack

saddles, adding not a little to the load of the already overburdened horses. The confusion was prodigious. The

dogs yelled and howled in chorus; the puppies in the travaux set up a dismal whine as the water invaded their

comfortable retreat; the little blackeyed children, from one year of age upward, clung fast with both hands

to the edge of their basket, and looked over in alarm at the water rushing so near them, sputtering and making

wry mouths as it splashed against their faces. Some of the dogs, encumbered by their loads, were carried

down by the current, yelping piteously; and the old squaws would rush into the water, seize their favorites by

the neck, and drag them out. As each horse gained the bank, he scrambled up as he could. Stray horses and

colts came among the rest, often breaking away at full speed through the crowd, followed by the old hags,

screaming after their fashion on all occasions of excitement. Buxom young squaws, blooming in all the

charms of vermilion, stood here and there on the bank, holding aloft their master's lance, as a signal to collect

the scattered portions of his household. In a few moments the crowd melted away; each family, with its

horses and equipage, filing off to the plain at the rear of the fort; and here, in the space of half an hour, arose

sixty or seventy of their tapering lodges. Their horses were feeding by hundreds over the surrounding prairie,

and their dogs were roaming everywhere. The fort was full of men, and the children were whooping and

yelling incessantly under the walls.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE  46



Top




Page No 49


These newcomers were scarcely arrived, when Bordeaux was running across the fort, shouting to his squaw

to bring him his spyglass. The obedient Marie, the very model of a squaw, produced the instrument, and

Bordeaux hurried with it up to the wall. Pointing it to the eastward, he exclaimed, with an oath, that the

families were coming. But a few moments elapsed before the heavy caravan of the emigrant wagons could be

seen, steadily advancing from the hills. They gained the river, and without turning or pausing plunged in;

they passed through, and slowly ascending the opposing bank, kept directly on their way past the fort and the

Indian village, until, gaining a spot a quarter of a mile distant, they wheeled into a circle. For some time our

tranquillity was undisturbed. The emigrants were preparing their encampment; but no sooner was this

accomplished than Fort Laramie was fairly taken by storm. A crowd of broadbrimmed hats, thin visages,

and staring eyes appeared suddenly at the gate. Tall awkward men, in brown homespun; women with

cadaverous faces and long lank figures came thronging in together, and, as if inspired by the very demon of

curiosity, ransacked every nook and corner of the fort. Dismayed at this invasion, we withdrew in all speed to

our chamber, vainly hoping that it might prove an inviolable sanctuary. The emigrants prosecuted their

investigations with untiring vigor. They penetrated the rooms or rather dens, inhabited by the astonished

squaws. They explored the apartments of the men, and even that of Marie and the bourgeois. At last a

numerous deputation appeared at our door, but were immediately expelled. Being totally devoid of any sense

of delicacy or propriety, they seemed resolved to search every mystery to the bottom.

Having at length satisfied their curiosity, they next proceeded to business. The men occupied themselves in

procuring supplies for their onward journey; either buying them with money or giving in exchange

superfluous articles of their own.

The emigrants felt a violent prejudice against the French Indians, as they called the trappers and traders. They

thought, and with some justice, that these men bore them no good will. Many of them were firmly persuaded

that the French were instigating the Indians to attack and cut them off. On visiting the encampment we were

at once struck with the extraordinary perplexity and indecision that prevailed among the emigrants. They

seemed like men totally out of their elements; bewildered and amazed, like a troop of schoolboys lost in the

woods. It was impossible to be long among them without being conscious of the high and bold spirit with

which most of them were animated. But the FOREST is the home of the backwoodsman. On the remote

prairie he is totally at a loss. He differs much from the genuine "mountain man," the wild prairie hunter, as a

Canadian voyageur, paddling his canoe on the rapids of the Ottawa, differs from an American sailor among

the storms of Cape Horn. Still my companion and I were somewhat at a loss to account for this perturbed

state of mind. It could not be cowardice; these men were of the same stock with the volunteers of Monterey

and Buena Vista. Yet, for the most part, they were the rudest and most ignorant of the frontier population;

they knew absolutely nothing of the country and its inhabitants; they had already experienced much

misfortune, and apprehended more; they had seen nothing of mankind, and had never put their own resources

to the test.

A full proportion of suspicion fell upon us. Being strangers we were looked upon as enemies. Having

occasion for a supply of lead and a few other necessary articles, we used to go over to the emigrant camps to

obtain them. After some hesitation, some dubious glances, and fumbling of the hands in the pockets, the

terms would be agreed upon, the price tendered, and the emigrant would go off to bring the article in

question. After waiting until our patience gave out, we would go in search of him, and find him seated on the

tongue of his wagon.

"Well, stranger," he would observe, as he saw us approach, "I reckon I won't trade!"

Some friend of his followed him from the scene of the bargain and suggested in his ear, that clearly we meant

to cheat him, and he had better have nothing to do with us.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE  47



Top




Page No 50


This timorous mood of the emigrants was doubly unfortunate, as it exposed them to real danger. Assume, in

the presence of Indians a bold bearing, selfconfident yet vigilant, and you will find them tolerably safe

neighbors. But your safety depends on the respect and fear you are able to inspire. If you betray timidity or

indecision, you convert them from that moment into insidious and dangerous enemies. The Dakotas saw

clearly enough the perturbation of the emigrants and instantly availed themselves of it. They became

extremely insolent and exacting in their demands. It has become an established custom with them to go to the

camp of every party, at it arrives in succession at the fort, and demand a feast. Smoke's village had come with

the express design, having made several days' journey with no other object than that of enjoying a cup of

coffee and two or three biscuits. So the "feast" was demanded, and the emigrants dared not refuse it.

One evening, about sunset, the village was deserted. We met old men, warriors, squaws, and children in gay

attire, trooping off to the encampment, with faces of anticipation; and, arriving here, they seated themselves

in a semicircle. Smoke occupied the center, with his warriors on either hand; the young men and boys next

succeeded, and the squaws and children formed the horns of the crescent. The biscuit and coffee were most

promptly dispatched, the emigrants staring openmouthed at their savage guests. With each new emigrant

party that arrived at Fort Laramie this scene was renewed; and every day the Indians grew more rapacious

and presumptuous. One evening they broke to pieces, out of mere wantonness, the cups from which they had

been feasted; and this so exasperated the emigrants that many of them seized their rifles and could scarcely be

restrained from firing on the insolent mob of Indians. Before we left the country this dangerous spirit on the

part of the Dakota had mounted to a yet higher pitch. They began openly to threaten the emigrants with

destruction, and actually fired upon one or two parties of whites. A military force and military law are

urgently called for in that perilous region; and unless troops are speedily stationed at Fort Laramie, or

elsewhere in the neighborhood, both the emigrants and other travelers will be exposed to most imminent

risks.

The Ogallalla, the Brules, and other western bands of the Dakota, are thorough savages, unchanged by any

contact with civilization. Not one of them can speak a European tongue, or has ever visited an American

settlement. Until within a year or two, when the emigrants began to pass through their country on the way to

Oregon, they had seen no whites except the handful employed about the Fur Company's posts. They esteemed

them a wise people, inferior only to themselves, living in leather lodges, like their own, and subsisting on

buffalo. But when the swarm of MENEASKA, with their oxen and wagons, began to invade them, their

astonishment was unbounded. They could scarcely believe that the earth contained such a multitude of white

men. Their wonder is now giving way to indignation; and the result, unless vigilantly guarded against, may

be lamentable in the extreme.

But to glance at the interior of a lodge. Shaw and I used often to visit them. Indeed, we spent most of our

evenings in the Indian village; Shaw's assumption of the medical character giving us a fair pretext. As a

sample of the rest I will describe one of these visits. The sun had just set, and the horses were driven into the

corral. The Prairie Cock, a noted beau, came in at the gate with a bevy of young girls, with whom he began to

dance in the area, leading them round and round in a circle, while he jerked up from his chest a succession of

monotonous sounds, to which they kept time in a rueful chant. Outside the gate boys and young men were

idly frolicking; and close by, looking grimly upon them, stood a warrior in his robe, with his face painted

jetblack, in token that he had lately taken a Pawnee scalp. Passing these, the tall dark lodges rose between us

and the red western sky. We repaired at once to the lodge of Old Smoke himself. It was by no means better

than the others; indeed, it was rather shabby; for in this democratic community, the chief never assumes

superior state. Smoke sat crosslegged on a buffalo robe, and his grunt of salutation as we entered was

unusually cordial, out of respect no doubt to Shaw's medical character. Seated around the lodge were several

squaws, and an abundance of children. The complaint of Shaw's patients was, for the most part, a severe

inflammation of the eyes, occasioned by exposure to the sun, a species of disorder which he treated with

some success. He had brought with him a homeopathic medicine chest, and was, I presume, the first who

introduced that harmless system of treatment among the Ogallalla. No sooner had a robe been spread at the


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE  48



Top




Page No 51


head of the lodge for our accommodation, and we had seated ourselves upon it, than a patient made her

appearance; the chief's daughter herself, who, to do her justice, was the bestlooking girl in the village. Being

on excellent terms with the physician, she placed herself readily under his hands, and submitted with a good

grace to his applications, laughing in his face during the whole process, for a squaw hardly knows how to

smile. This case dispatched, another of a different kind succeeded. A hideous, emaciated old woman sat in the

darkest corner of the lodge rocking to and fro with pain and hiding her eyes from the light by pressing the

palms of both hands against her face. At Smoke's command, she came forward, very unwillingly, and

exhibited a pair of eyes that had nearly disappeared from excess of inflammation. No sooner had the doctor

fastened his grips upon her than she set up a dismal moaning, and writhed so in his grasp that he lost all

patience, but being resolved to carry his point, he succeeded at last in applying his favorite remedies.

"It is strange," he said, when the operation was finished, "that I forgot to bring any Spanish flies with me; we

must have something here to answer for a counterirritant!"

So, in the absence of better, he seized upon a redhot brand from the fire, and clapped it against the temple of

the old squaw, who set up an unearthly howl, at which the rest of the family broke out into a laugh.

During these medical operations Smoke's eldest squaw entered the lodge, with a sort of stone mallet in her

hand. I had observed some time before a litter of wellgrown black puppies, comfortably nestled among

some buffalo robes at one side; but this newcomer speedily disturbed their enjoyment; for seizing one of them

by the hind paw, she dragged him out, and carrying him to the entrance of the lodge, hammered him on the

head till she killed him. Being quite conscious to what this preparation tended, I looked through a hole in the

back of the lodge to see the next steps of the process. The squaw, holding the puppy by the legs, was

swinging him to and fro through the blaze of a fire, until the hair was singed off. This done, she unsheathed

her knife and cut him into small pieces, which she dropped into a kettle to boil. In a few moments a large

wooden dish was set before us, filled with this delicate preparation. We felt conscious of the honor. A

dogfeast is the greatest compliment a Dakota can offer to his guest; and knowing that to refuse eating would

be an affront, we attacked the little dog and devoured him before the eyes of his unconscious parent. Smoke

in the meantime was preparing his great pipe. It was lighted when we had finished our repast, and we passed

it from one to another till the bowl was empty. This done, we took our leave without further ceremony,

knocked at the gate of the fort, and after making ourselves known were admitted.

One morning, about a week after reaching Fort Laramie, we were holding our customary Indian levee, when

a bustle in the area below announced a new arrival; and looking down from our balcony, I saw a familiar red

beard and mustache in the gateway. They belonged to the captain, who with his party had just crossed the

stream. We met him on the stairs as he came up, and congratulated him on the safe arrival of himself and his

devoted companions. But he remembered our treachery, and was grave and dignified accordingly; a tendency

which increased as he observed on our part a disposition to laugh at him. After remaining an hour or two at

the fort he rode away with his friends, and we have heard nothing of him since. As for R., he kept carefully

aloof. It was but too evident that we had the unhappiness to have forfeited the kind regards of our London

fellowtraveler.

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES

The summer of 1846 was a season of much warlike excitement among all the western bands of the Dakota. In

1845 they encountered great reverses. Many war parties had been sent out; some of them had been totally cut

off, and others had returned broken and disheartened, so that the whole nation was in mourning. Among the

rest, ten warriors had gone to the Snake country, led by the son of a prominent Ogallalla chief, called The

Whirlwind. In passing over Laramie Plains they encountered a superior number of their enemies, were

surrounded, and killed to a man. Having performed this exploit the Snakes became alarmed, dreading the

resentment of the Dakota, and they hastened therefore to signify their wish for peace by sending the scalp of


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 49



Top




Page No 52


the slain partisan, together with a small parcel of tobacco attached, to his tribesmen and relations. They had

employed old Vaskiss, the trader, as their messenger, and the scalp was the same that hung in our room at the

fort. But The Whirlwind proved inexorable. Though his character hardly corresponds with his name, he is

nevertheless an Indian, and hates the Snakes with his whole soul. Long before the scalp arrived he had made

his preparations for revenge. He sent messengers with presents and tobacco to all the Dakota within three

hundred miles, proposing a grand combination to chastise the Snakes, and naming a place and time of

rendezvous. The plan was readily adopted and at this moment many villages, probably embracing in the

whole five or six thousand souls, were slowly creeping over the prairies and tending towards the common

center at La Bonte's Camp, on the Platte. Here their warlike rites were to be celebrated with more than

ordinary solemnity, and a thousand warriors, as it was said, were to set out for the enemy country. The

characteristic result of this preparation will appear in the sequel.

I was greatly rejoiced to hear of it. I had come into the country almost exclusively with a view of observing

the Indian character. Having from childhood felt a curiosity on this subject, and having failed completely to

gratify it by reading, I resolved to have recourse to observation. I wished to satisfy myself with regard to the

position of the Indians among the races of men; the vices and the virtues that have sprung from their innate

character and from their modes of life, their government, their superstitions, and their domestic situation. To

accomplish my purpose it was necessary to live in the midst of them, and become, as it were, one of them. I

proposed to join a village and make myself an inmate of one of their lodges; and henceforward this narrative,

so far as I am concerned, will be chiefly a record of the progress of this design apparently so easy of

accomplishment, and the unexpected impediments that opposed it.

We resolved on no account to miss the rendezvous at La Bonte's Camp. Our plan was to leave Delorier at the

fort, in charge of our equipage and the better part of our horses, while we took with us nothing but our

weapons and the worst animals we had. In all probability jealousies and quarrels would arise among so many

hordes of fierce impulsive savages, congregated together under no common head, and many of them

strangers, from remote prairies and mountains. We were bound in common prudence to be cautious how we

excited any feeling of cupidity. This was our plan, but unhappily we were not destined to visit La Bonte's

Camp in this manner; for one morning a young Indian came to the fort and brought us evil tidings. The

newcomer was a dandy of the first water. His ugly face was painted with vermilion; on his head fluttered the

tail of a prairie cock (a large species of pheasant, not found, as I have heard, eastward of the Rocky

Mountains); in his ears were hung pendants of shell, and a flaming red blanket was wrapped around him. He

carried a dragoon sword in his hand, solely for display, since the knife, the arrow, and the rifle are the arbiters

of every prairie fight; but no one in this country goes abroad unarmed, the dandy carried a bow and arrows in

an otterskin quiver at his back. In this guise, and bestriding his yellow horse with an air of extreme dignity,

The Horse, for that was his name, rode in at the gate, turning neither to the right nor the left, but casting

glances askance at the groups of squaws who, with their mongrel progeny, were sitting in the sun before their

doors. The evil tidings brought by The Horse were of the following import: The squaw of Henry Chatillon, a

woman with whom he had been connected for years by the strongest ties which in that country exist between

the sexes, was dangerously ill. She and her children were in the village of The Whirlwind, at the distance of a

few days' journey. Henry was anxious to see the woman before she died, and provide for the safety and

support of his children, of whom he was extremely fond. To have refused him this would have been gross

inhumanity. We abandoned our plan of joining Smoke's village, and of proceeding with it to the rendezvous,

and determined to meet The Whirlwind, and go in his company.

I had been slightly ill for several weeks, but on the third night after reaching Fort Laramie a violent pain

awoke me, and I found myself attacked by the same disorder that occasioned such heavy losses to the army

on the Rio Grande. In a day and a half I was reduced to extreme weakness, so that I could not walk without

pain and effort. Having within that time taken six grains of opium, without the least beneficial effect, and

having no medical adviser, nor any choice of diet, I resolved to throw myself upon Providence for recovery,

using, without regard to the disorder, any portion of strength that might remain to me. So on the 20th of June


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 50



Top




Page No 53


we set out from Fort Laramie to meet The Whirlwind's village. Though aided by the highbowed "mountain

saddle," I could scarcely keep my seat on horseback. Before we left the fort we hired another man, a long

haired Canadian, with a face like an owl's, contrasting oddly enough with Delorier's mercurial countenance.

This was not the only re enforcement to our party. A vagrant Indian trader, named Reynal, joined us,

together with his squaw Margot, and her two nephews, our dandy friend, The Horse, and his younger brother,

The Hail Storm. Thus accompanied, we betook ourselves to the prairie, leaving the beaten trail, and passing

over the desolate hills that flank the bottoms of Laramie Creek. In all, Indians and whites, we counted eight

men and one woman.

Reynal, the trader, the image of sleek and selfish complacency, carried The Horse's dragoon sword in his

hand, delighting apparently in this useless parade; for, from spending half his life among Indians, he had

caught not only their habits but their ideas. Margot, a female animal of more than two hundred pounds'

weight, was couched in the basket of a travail, such as I have before described; besides her ponderous bulk,

various domestic utensils were attached to the vehicle, and she was leading by a trailrope a packhorse, who

carried the covering of Reynal's lodge. Delorier walked briskly by the side of the cart, and Raymond came

behind, swearing at the spare horses, which it was his business to drive. The restless young Indians, their

quivers at their backs, and their bows in their hand, galloped over the hills, often starting a wolf or an

antelope from the thick growth of wildsage bushes. Shaw and I were in keeping with the rest of the rude

cavalcade, having in the absence of other clothing adopted the buckskin attire of the trappers. Henry

Chatillon rode in advance of the whole. Thus we passed hill after hill and hollow after hollow, a country arid,

broken and so parched by the sun that none of the plants familiar to our more favored soil would flourish

upon it, though there were multitudes of strange medicinal herbs, more especially the absanth, which covered

every declivity, and cacti were hanging like reptiles at the edges of every ravine. At length we ascended a

high hill, our horses treading upon pebbles of flint, agate, and rough jasper, until, gaining the top, we looked

down on the wild bottoms of Laramie Creek, which far below us wound like a writhing snake from side to

side of the narrow interval, amid a growth of shattered cottonwood and ash trees. Lines of tall cliffs, white

as chalk, shut in this green strip of woods and meadow land, into which we descended and encamped for the

night. In the morning we passed a wide grassy plain by the river; there was a grove in front, and beneath its

shadows the ruins of an old trading fort of logs. The grove bloomed with myriads of wild roses, with their

sweet perfume fraught with recollections of home. As we emerged from the trees, a rattlesnake, as large as a

man's arm, and more than four feet long, lay coiled on a rock, fiercely rattling and hissing at us; a gray hare,

double the size of those in New England, leaped up from the tall ferns; curlew were screaming over our

heads, and a whole host of little prairie dogs sat yelping at us at the mouths of their burrows on the dry plain

beyond. Suddenly an antelope leaped up from the wildsage bushes, gazed eagerly at us, and then, erecting

his white tail, stretched away like a greyhound. The two Indian boys found a white wolf, as large as a calf in a

hollow, and giving a sharp yell, they galloped after him; but the wolf leaped into the stream and swam across.

Then came the crack of a rifle, the bullet whistling harmlessly over his head, as he scrambled up the steep

declivity, rattling down stones and earth into the water below. Advancing a little, we beheld on the farther

bank of the stream, a spectacle not common even in that region; for, emerging from among the trees, a herd

of some two hundred elk came out upon the meadow, their antlers clattering as they walked forward in dense

throng. Seeing us, they broke into a run, rushing across the opening and disappearing among the trees and

scattered groves. On our left was a barren prairie, stretching to the horizon; on our right, a deep gulf, with

Laramie Creek at the bottom. We found ourselves at length at the edge of a steep descent; a narrow valley,

with long rank grass and scattered trees stretching before us for a mile or more along the course of the stream.

Reaching the farther end, we stopped and encamped. An old huge cottonwood tree spread its branches

horizontally over our tent. Laramie Creek, circling before our camp, half inclosed us; it swept along the

bottom of a line of tall white cliffs that looked down on us from the farther bank. There were dense copses on

our right; the cliffs, too, were half hidden by shrubbery, though behind us a few cottonwood trees, dotting

the green prairie, alone impeded the view, and friend or enemy could be discerned in that direction at a mile's

distance. Here we resolved to remain and await the arrival of The Whirlwind, who would certainly pass this

way in his progress toward La Bonte's Camp. To go in search of him was not expedient, both on account of


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 51



Top




Page No 54


the broken and impracticable nature of the country and the uncertainty of his position and movements;

besides, our horses were almost worn out, and I was in no condition to travel. We had good grass, good

water, tolerable fish from the stream, and plenty of smaller game, such as antelope and deer, though no

buffalo. There was one little drawback to our satisfactiona certain extensive tract of bushes and dried

grass, just behind us, which it was by no means advisable to enter, since it sheltered a numerous brood of

rattlesnakes. Henry Chatillon again dispatched The Horse to the village, with a message to his squaw that she

and her relatives should leave the rest and push on as rapidly as possible to our camp.

Our daily routine soon became as regular as that of a wellordered household. The weatherbeaten old tree

was in the center; our rifles generally rested against its vast trunk, and our saddles were flung on the ground

around it; its distorted roots were so twisted as to form one or two convenient armchairs, where we could sit

in the shade and read or smoke; but mealtimes became, on the whole, the most interesting hours of the day,

and a bountiful provision was made for them. An antelope or a deer usually swung from a stout bough, and

haunches were suspended against the trunk. That camp is daguerreotyped on my memory; the old tree, the

white tent, with Shaw sleeping in the shadow of it, and Reynal's miserable lodge close by the bank of the

stream. It was a wretched ovenshaped structure, made of begrimed and tattered buffalo hides stretched over

a frame of poles; one side was open, and at the side of the opening hung the powder horn and bullet pouch of

the owner, together with his long red pipe, and a rich quiver of otterskin, with a bow and arrows; for Reynal,

an Indian in most things but color, chose to hunt buffalo with these primitive weapons. In the darkness of this

cavernlike habitation, might be discerned Madame Margot, her overgrown bulk stowed away among her

domestic implements, furs, robes, blankets, and painted cases of PAR' FLECHE, in which dried meat is kept.

Here she sat from sunrise to sunset, a bloated impersonation of gluttony and laziness, while her affectionate

proprietor was smoking, or begging petty gifts from us, or telling lies concerning his own achievements, or

perchance engaged in the more profitable occupation of cooking some preparation of prairie delicacies.

Reynal was an adept at this work; he and Delorier have joined forces and are hard at work together over the

fire, while Raymond spreads, by way of tablecloth, a buffalo hide, carefully whitened with pipeclay, on the

grass before the tent. Here, with ostentatious display, he arranges the teacups and plates; and then, creeping

on all fours like a dog, he thrusts his head in at the opening of the tent. For a moment we see his round owlish

eyes rolling wildly, as if the idea he came to communicate had suddenly escaped him; then collecting his

scattered thoughts, as if by an effort, he informs us that supper is ready, and instantly withdraws.

When sunset came, and at that hour the wild and desolate scene would assume a new aspect, the horses were

driven in. They had been grazing all day in the neighboring meadow, but now they were picketed close about

the camp. As the prairie darkened we sat and conversed around the fire, until becoming drowsy we spread our

saddles on the ground, wrapped our blankets around us and lay down. We never placed a guard, having by

this time become too indolent; but Henry Chatillon folded his loaded rifle in the same blanket with himself,

observing that he always took it to bed with him when he camped in that place. Henry was too bold a man to

use such a precaution without good cause. We had a hint now and then that our situation was none of the

safest; several Crow war parties were known to be in the vicinity, and one of them, that passed here some

time before, had peeled the bark from a neighboring tree, and engraved upon the white wood certain

hieroglyphics, to signify that they had invaded the territories of their enemies, the Dakota, and set them at

defiance. One morning a thick mist covered the whole country. Shaw and Henry went out to ride, and soon

came back with a startling piece of intelligence; they had found within rifleshot of our camp the recent trail

of about thirty horsemen. They could not be whites, and they could not be Dakota, since we knew no such

parties to be in the neighborhood; therefore they must be Crows. Thanks to that friendly mist, we had escaped

a hard battle; they would inevitably have attacked us and our Indian companions had they seen our camp.

Whatever doubts we might have entertained, were quite removed a day or two after, by two or three Dakota,

who came to us with an account of having hidden in a ravine on that very morning, from whence they saw

and counted the Crows; they said that they followed them, carefully keeping out of sight, as they passed up

Chugwater; that here the Crows discovered five dead bodies of Dakota, placed according to the national

custom in trees, and flinging them to the ground, they held their guns against them and blew them to atoms.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 52



Top




Page No 55


If our camp were not altogether safe, still it was comfortable enough; at least it was so to Shaw, for I was

tormented with illness and vexed by the delay in the accomplishment of my designs. When a respite in my

disorder gave me some returning strength, I rode out wellarmed upon the prairie, or bathed with Shaw in the

stream, or waged a petty warfare with the inhabitants of a neighborhood prairie dog village. Around our fire

at night we employed ourselves in inveighing against the fickleness and inconstancy of Indians, and

execrating The Whirlwind and all his village. At last the thing grew insufferable.

"Tomorrow morning," said I, "I will start for the fort, and see if I can hear any news there." Late that

evening, when the fire had sunk low, and all the camp were asleep, a loud cry sounded from the darkness.

Henry started up, recognized the voice, replied to it, and our dandy friend, The Horse, rode in among us, just

returned from his mission to the village. He coolly picketed his mare, without saying a word, sat down by the

fire and began to eat, but his imperturbable philosophy was too much for our patience. Where was the

village? about fifty miles south of us; it was moving slowly and would not arrive in less than a week; and

where was Henry's squaw? coming as fast as she could with MahtoTatonka, and the rest of her brothers, but

she would never reach us, for she was dying, and asking every moment for Henry. Henry's manly face

became clouded and downcast; he said that if we were willing he would go in the morning to find her, at

which Shaw offered to accompany him.

We saddled our horses at sunrise. Reynal protested vehemently against being left alone, with nobody but the

two Canadians and the young Indians, when enemies were in the neighborhood. Disregarding his complaints,

we left him, and coming to the mouth of Chugwater, separated, Shaw and Henry turning to the right, up the

bank of the stream, while I made for the fort.

Taking leave for a while of my friend and the unfortunate squaw, I will relate by way of episode what I saw

and did at Fort Laramie. It was not more than eighteen miles distant, and I reached it in three hours; a

shriveled little figure, wrapped from head to foot in a dingy white Canadian capote, stood in the gateway,

holding by a cord of bull's hide a shaggy wild horse, which he had lately caught. His sharp prominent

features, and his little keen snakelike eyes, looked out from beneath the shadowy hood of the capote, which

was drawn over his head exactly like the cowl of a Capuchin friar. His face was extremely thin and like an

old piece of leather, and his mouth spread from ear to ear. Extending his long wiry hand, he welcomed me

with something more cordial than the ordinary cold salute of an Indian, for we were excellent friends. He had

made an exchange of horses to our mutual advantage; and Paul, thinking himself welltreated, had declared

everywhere that the white man had a good heart. He was a Dakota from the Missouri, a reputed son of the

halfbreed interpreter, Pierre Dorion, so often mentioned in Irving's "Astoria." He said that he was going to

Richard's trading house to sell his horse to some emigrants who were encamped there, and asked me to go

with him. We forded the stream together, Paul dragging his wild charge behind him. As we passed over the

sandy plains beyond, he grew quite communicative. Paul was a cosmopolitan in his way; he had been to the

settlements of the whites, and visited in peace and war most of the tribes within the range of a thousand

miles. He spoke a jargon of French and another of English, yet nevertheless he was a thorough Indian; and as

he told of the bloody deeds of his own people against their enemies, his little eye would glitter with a fierce

luster. He told how the Dakota exterminated a village of the Hohays on the Upper Missouri, slaughtering

men, women, and children; and how an overwhelming force of them cut off sixteen of the brave Delawares,

who fought like wolves to the last, amid the throng of their enemies. He told me also another story, which I

did not believe until I had it confirmed from so many independent sources that no room was left for doubt. I

am tempted to introduce it here.

Six years ago a fellow named Jim Beckwith, a mongrel of French, American, and negro blood, was trading

for the Fur Company, in a very large village of the Crows. Jim Beckwith was last summer at St. Louis. He is

a ruffian of the first stamp; bloody and treacherous, without honor or honesty; such at least is the character he

bears upon the prairie. Yet in his case all the standard rules of character fail, for though he will stab a man in

his sleep, he will also perform most desperate acts of daring; such, for instance, as the following: While he


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 53



Top




Page No 56


was in the Crow village, a Blackfoot war party, between thirty and forty in number came stealing through the

country, killing stragglers and carrying off horses. The Crow warriors got upon their trail and pressed them so

closely that they could not escape, at which the Blackfeet, throwing up a semicircular breastwork of logs at

the foot of a precipice, coolly awaited their approach. The logs and sticks, piled four or five high, protected

them in front. The Crows might have swept over the breastwork and exterminated their enemies; but though

outnumbering them tenfold, they did not dream of storming the little fortification. Such a proceeding would

be altogether repugnant to their notions of warfare. Whooping and yelling, and jumping from side to side like

devils incarnate, they showered bullets and arrows upon the logs; not a Blackfoot was hurt, but several

Crows, in spite of their leaping and dodging, were shot down. In this childish manner the fight went on for an

hour or two. Now and then a Crow warrior in an ecstasy of valor and vainglory would scream forth his war

song, boasting himself the bravest and greatest of mankind, and grasping his hatchet, would rush up and

strike it upon the breastwork, and then as he retreated to his companions, fall dead under a shower of arrows;

yet no combined attack seemed to be dreamed of. The Blackfeet remained secure in their intrenchment. At

last Jim Beckwith lost patience.

"You are all fools and old women," he said to the Crows; "come with me, if any of you are brave enough, and

I will show you how to fight."

He threw off his trapper's frock of buckskin and stripped himself naked like the Indians themselves. He left

his rifle on the ground, and taking in his hand a small light hatchet, he ran over the prairie to the right,

concealed by a hollow from the eyes of the Blackfeet. Then climbing up the rocks, he gained the top of the

precipice behind them. Forty or fifty young Crow warriors followed him. By the cries and whoops that rose

from below he knew that the Blackfeet were just beneath him; and running forward, he leaped down the rock

into the midst of them. As he fell he caught one by the long loose hair and dragging him down tomahawked

him; then grasping another by the belt at his waist, he struck him also a stunning blow, and gaining his feet,

shouted the Crow warcry. He swung his hatchet so fiercely around him that the astonished Blackfeet bore

back and gave him room. He might, had he chosen, have leaped over the breastwork and escaped; but this

was not necessary, for with devilish yells the Crow warriors came dropping in quick succession over the rock

among their enemies. The main body of the Crows, too, answered the cry from the front and rushed up

simultaneously. The convulsive struggle within the breastwork was frightful; for an instant the Blackfeet

fought and yelled like pentup tigers; but the butchery was soon complete, and the mangled bodies lay piled

up together under the precipice. Not a Blackfoot made his escape.

As Paul finished his story we came in sight of Richard's Fort. It stood in the middle of the plain; a disorderly

crowd of men around it, and an emigrant camp a little in front.

"Now, Paul," said I, "where are your Winnicongew lodges?"

"Not come yet," said Paul, "maybe come tomorrow."

Two large villages of a band of Dakota had come three hundred miles from the Missouri, to join in the war,

and they were expected to reach Richard's that morning. There was as yet no sign of their approach; so

pushing through a noisy, drunken crowd, I entered an apartment of logs and mud, the largest in the fort; it

was full of men of various races and complexions, all more or less drunk. A company of California

emigrants, it seemed, had made the discovery at this late day that they had encumbered themselves with too

many supplies for their journey. A part, therefore, they had thrown away or sold at great loss to the traders,

but had determined to get rid of their copious stock of Missouri whisky, by drinking it on the spot. Here were

maudlin squaws stretched on piles of buffalo robes; squalid Mexicans, armed with bows and arrows; Indians

sedately drunk; longhaired Canadians and trappers, and American backwoodsmen in brown homespun, the

wellbeloved pistol and bowie knife displayed openly at their sides. In the middle of the room a tall, lank

man, with a dingy broadcloth coat, was haranguing the company in the style of the stump orator. With one


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 54



Top




Page No 57


hand he sawed the air, and with the other clutched firmly a brown jug of whisky, which he applied every

moment to his lips, forgetting that he had drained the contents long ago. Richard formally introduced me to

this personage, who was no less a man than Colonel R., once the leader of the party. Instantly the colonel

seizing me, in the absence of buttons by the leather fringes of my frock, began to define his position. His

men, he said, had mutinied and deposed him; but still he exercised over them the influence of a superior

mind; in all but the name he was yet their chief. As the colonel spoke, I looked round on the wild assemblage,

and could not help thinking that he was but ill qualified to conduct such men across the desert to California.

Conspicuous among the rest stood three tail young men, grandsons of Daniel Boone. They had clearly

inherited the adventurous character of that prince of pioneers; but I saw no signs of the quiet and tranquil

spirit that so remarkably distinguished him.

Fearful was the fate that months after overtook some of the members of that party. General Kearny, on his

late return from California, brought in the account how they were interrupted by the deep snows among the

mountains, and maddened by cold and hunger fed upon each other's flesh.

I got tired of the confusion. "Come, Paul," said I, "we will be off." Paul sat in the sun, under the wall of the

fort. He jumped up, mounted, and we rode toward Fort Laramie. When we reached it, a man came out of the

gate with a pack at his back and a rifle on his shoulder; others were gathering about him, shaking him by the

hand, as if taking leave. I thought it a strange thing that a man should set out alone and on foot for the prairie.

I soon got an explanation. Perraultthis, if I recollect right was the Canadian's namehad quarreled with

the bourgeois, and the fort was too hot to hold him. Bordeaux, inflated with his transient authority, had

abused him, and received a blow in return. The men then sprang at each other, and grappled in the middle of

the fort. Bordeaux was down in an instant, at the mercy of the incensed Canadian; had not an old Indian, the

brother of his squaw, seized hold of his antagonist, he would have fared ill. Perrault broke loose from the old

Indian, and both the white men ran to their rooms for their guns; but when Bordeaux, looking from his door,

saw the Canadian, gun in hand, standing in the area and calling on him to come out and fight, his heart failed

him; he chose to remain where he was. In vain the old Indian, scandalized by his brotherinlaw's cowardice,

called upon him to go upon the prairie and fight it out in the white man's manner; and Bordeaux's own squaw,

equally incensed, screamed to her lord and master that he was a dog and an old woman. It all availed nothing.

Bordeaux's prudence got the better of his valor, and he would not stir. Perrault stood showering approbrious

epithets at the recent bourgeois. Growing tired of this, he made up a pack of dried meat, and slinging it at his

back, set out alone for Fort Pierre on the Missouri, a distance of three hundred miles, over a desert country

full of hostile Indians.

I remained in the fort that night. In the morning, as I was coming out from breakfast, conversing with a trader

named McCluskey, I saw a strange Indian leaning against the side of the gate. He was a tall, strong man, with

heavy features.

"Who is he?" I asked. "That's The Whirlwind," said McCluskey. "He is the fellow that made all this stir about

the war. It's always the way with the Sioux; they never stop cutting each other's throats; it's all they are fit for;

instead of sitting in their lodges, and getting robes to trade with us in the winter. If this war goes on, we'll

make a poor trade of it next season, I reckon."

And this was the opinion of all the traders, who were vehemently opposed to the war, from the serious injury

that it must occasion to their interests. The Whirlwind left his village the day before to make a visit to the

fort. His warlike ardor had abated not a little since he first conceived the design of avenging his son's death.

The long and complicated preparations for the expedition were too much for his fickle, inconstant disposition.

That morning Bordeaux fastened upon him, made him presents and told him that if he went to war he would

destroy his horses and kill no buffalo to trade with the white men; in short, that he was a fool to think of such

a thing, and had better make up his mind to sit quietly in his lodge and smoke his pipe, like a wise man. The

Whirlwind's purpose was evidently shaken; he had become tired, like a child, of his favorite plan. Bordeaux


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 55



Top




Page No 58


exultingly predicted that he would not go to war. My philanthropy at that time was no match for my curiosity,

and I was vexed at the possibility that after all I might lose the rare opportunity of seeing the formidable

ceremonies of war. The Whirlwind, however, had merely thrown the firebrand; the conflagration was become

general. All the western bands of the Dakota were bent on war; and as I heard from McCluskey, six large

villages already gathered on a little stream, forty miles distant, were daily calling to the Great Spirit to aid

them in their enterprise. McCluskey had just left and represented them as on their way to La Bonte's Camp,

which they would reach in a week, UNLESS THEY SHOULD LEARN THAT THERE WERE NO

BUFFALO THERE. I did not like this condition, for buffalo this season were rare in the neighborhood. There

were also the two Minnicongew villages that I mentioned before; but about noon, an Indian came from

Richard's Fort with the news that they were quarreling, breaking up, and dispersing. So much for the whisky

of the emigrants! Finding themselves unable to drink the whole, they had sold the residue to these Indians,

and it needed no prophet to foretell the results; a spark dropped into a powder magazine would not have

produced a quicker effect. Instantly the old jealousies and rivalries and smothered feuds that exist in an

Indian village broke out into furious quarrels. They forgot the warlike enterprise that had already brought

them three hundred miles. They seemed like ungoverned children inflamed with the fiercest passions of men.

Several of them were stabbed in the drunken tumult; and in the morning they scattered and moved back

toward the Missouri in small parties. I feared that, after all, the longprojected meeting and the ceremonies

that were to attend it might never take place, and I should lose so admirable an opportunity of seeing the

Indian under his most fearful and characteristic aspect; however, in foregoing this, I should avoid a very fair

probability of being plundered and stripped, and, it might be, stabbed or shot into the bargain. Consoling

myself with this reflection, I prepared to carry the news, such as it was, to the camp.

I caught my horse, and to my vexation found he had lost a shoe and broken his tender white hoof against the

rocks. Horses are shod at Fort Laramie at the moderate rate of three dollars a foot; so I tied Hendrick to a

beam in the corral, and summoned Roubidou, the blacksmith. Roubidou, with the hoof between his knees,

was at work with hammer and file, and I was inspecting the process, when a strange voice addressed me. Two

more gone under! Well, there is more of us left yet. Here's Jean Gars and me off to the mountains tomorrow.

Our turn will come next, I suppose. It's a hard life, anyhow!" I looked up and saw a little man, not much more

than five feet high, but of very square and strong proportions. In appearance he was particularly dingy; for his

old buckskin frock was black and polished with time and grease, and his belt, knife, pouch, and powderhorn

appeared to have seen the roughest service. The first joint of each foot was entirely gone, having been frozen

off several winters before, and his moccasins were curtailed in proportion. His whole appearance and

equipment bespoke the "free trapper." He had a round ruddy face, animated with a spirit of carelessness and

gayety not at all in accordance with the words he had just spoken.

"Two more gone," said I; "what do you mean by that?"

"Oh," said he, "the Arapahoes have just killed two of us in the mountains. Old BullTail has come to tell us.

They stabbed one behind his back, and shot the other with his own rifle. That's the way we live here! I mean

to give up trapping after this year. My squaw says she wants a pacing horse and some red ribbons; I'll make

enough beaver to get them for her, and then I'm done! I'll go below and live on a farm."

"Your bones will dry on the prairie, Rouleau!" said another trapper, who was standing by; a strong,

brutallooking fellow, with a face as surly as a bulldog's.

Rouleau only laughed, and began to hum a tune and shuffle a dance on his stumps of feet.

"You'll see us, before long, passing up our way," said the other man. "Well," said I, "stop and take a cup of

coffee with us"; and as it was quite late in the afternoon, I prepared to leave the fort at once.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 56



Top




Page No 59


As I rode out, a train of emigrant wagons was passing across the stream. "Whar are ye goin' stranger?" Thus I

was saluted by two or three voices at once.

"About eighteen miles up the creek."

"It's mighty late to be going that far! Make haste, ye'd better, and keep a bright lookout for Indians!"

I thought the advice too good to be neglected. Fording the stream, I passed at a round trot over the plains

beyond. But "the more haste, the worse speed." I proved the truth in the proverb by the time I reached the

hills three miles from the fort. The trail was faintly marked, and riding forward with more rapidity than

caution, I lost sight of it. I kept on in a direct line, guided by Laramie Creek, which I could see at intervals

darkly glistening in the evening sun, at the bottom of the woody gulf on my right. Half an hour before sunset

I came upon its banks. There was something exciting in the wild solitude of the place. An antelope sprang

suddenly from the sagebushes before me. As he leaped gracefully not thirty yards before my horse, I fired,

and instantly he spun round and fell. Quite sure of him, I walked my horse toward him, leisurely reloading

my rifle, when to my surprise he sprang up and trotted rapidly away on three legs into the dark recesses of the

hills, whither I had no time to follow. Ten minutes after, I was passing along the bottom of a deep valley, and

chancing to look behind me, I saw in the dim light that something was following. Supposing it to be wolf, I

slid from my seat and sat down behind my horse to shoot it; but as it came up, I saw by its motions that it was

another antelope. It approached within a hundred yards, arched its graceful neck, and gazed intently. I leveled

at the white spot on its chest, and was about to fire when it started off, ran first to one side and then to the

other, like a vessel tacking against a wind, and at last stretched away at full speed. Then it stopped again,

looked curiously behind it, and trotted up as before; but not so boldly, for it soon paused and stood gazing at

me. I fired; it leaped upward and fell upon its tracks. Measuring the distance, I found it 204 paces. When I

stood by his side, the antelope turned his expiring eye upward. It was like a beautiful woman's, dark and rich.

"Fortunate that I am in a hurry," thought I; "I might be troubled with remorse, if I had time for it."

Cutting the animal up, not in the most skilled manner, I hung the meat at the back of my saddle, and rode on

again. The hills (I could not remember one of them) closed around me. "It is too late," thought I, "to go

forward. I will stay here tonight, and look for the path in the morning." As a last effort, however, I ascended

a high hill, from which, to my great satisfaction, I could see Laramie Creek stretching before me, twisting

from side to side amid ragged patches of timber; and far off, close beneath the shadows of the trees, the ruins

of the old trading fort were visible. I reached them at twilight. It was far from pleasant, in that uncertain light,

to be pushing through the dense trees and shrubbery of the grove beyond. I listened anxiously for the footfall

of man or beast. Nothing was stirring but one harmless brown bird, chirping among the branches. I was glad

when I gained the open prairie once more, where I could see if anything approached. When I came to the

mouth of Chugwater, it was totally dark. Slackening the reins, I let my horse take his own course. He trotted

on with unerring instinct, and by nine o'clock was scrambling down the steep ascent into the meadows where

we were encamped. While I was looking in vain for the light of the fire, Hendrick, with keener perceptions,

gave a loud neigh, which was immediately answered in a shrill note from the distance. In a moment I was

hailed from the darkness by the voice of Reynal, who had come out, rifle in hand, to see who was

approaching.

He, with his squaw, the two Canadians and the Indian boys, were the sole inmates of the camp, Shaw and

Henry Chatillon being still absent. At noon of the following day they came back, their horses looking none

the better for the journey. Henry seemed dejected. The woman was dead, and his children must henceforward

be exposed, without a protector, to the hardships and vicissitudes of Indian life. Even in the midst of his grief

he had not forgotten his attachment to his bourgeois, for he had procured among his Indian relatives two

beautifully ornamented buffalo robes, which he spread on the ground as a present to us.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 57



Top




Page No 60


Shaw lighted his pipe, and told me in a few words the history of his journey. When I went to the fort they left

me, as I mentioned, at the mouth of Chugwater. They followed the course of the little stream all day,

traversing a desolate and barren country. Several times they came upon the fresh traces of a large war

partythe same, no doubt, from whom we had so narrowly escaped an attack. At an hour before sunset,

without encountering a human being by the way, they came upon the lodges of the squaw and her brothers,

who, in compliance with Henry's message, had left the Indian village in order to join us at our camp. The

lodges were already pitched, five in number, by the side of the stream. The woman lay in one of them,

reduced to a mere skeleton. For some time she had been unable to move or speak. Indeed, nothing had kept

her alive but the hope of seeing Henry, to whom she was strongly and faithfully attached. No sooner did he

enter the lodge than she revived, and conversed with him the greater part of the night. Early in the morning

she was lifted into a travail, and the whole party set out toward our camp. There were but five warriors; the

rest were women and children. The whole were in great alarm at the proximity of the Crow war party, who

would certainly have destroyed them without mercy had they met. They had advanced only a mile or two,

when they discerned a horseman, far off, on the edge of the horizon. They all stopped, gathering together in

the greatest anxiety, from which they did not recover until long after the horseman disappeared; then they set

out again. Henry was riding with Shaw a few rods in advance of the Indians, when MahtoTatonka, a

younger brother of the woman, hastily called after them. Turning back, they found all the Indians crowded

around the travail in which the woman was lying. They reached her just in time to hear the deathrattle in her

throat. In a moment she lay dead in the basket of the vehicle. A complete stillness succeeded; then the Indians

raised in concert their cries of lamentation over the corpse, and among them Shaw clearly distinguished those

strange sounds resembling the word "Halleluyah," which together with some other accidental coincidences

has given rise to the absurd theory that the Indians are descended from the ten lost tribes of Israel.

The Indian usage required that Henry, as well as the other relatives of the woman, should make valuable

presents, to be placed by the side of the body at its last resting place. Leaving the Indians, he and Shaw set

out for the camp and reached it, as we have seen, by hard pushing, at about noon. Having obtained the

necessary articles, they immediately returned. It was very late and quite dark when they again reached the

lodges. They were all placed in a deep hollow among the dreary hills. Four of them were just visible through

the gloom, but the fifth and largest was illuminated by the ruddy blaze of a fire within, glowing through the

halftransparent covering of raw hides. There was a perfect stillness as they approached. The lodges seemed

without a tenant. Not a living thing was stirring there was something awful in the scene. They rode up to

the entrance of the lodge, and there was no sound but the tramp of their horses. A squaw came out and took

charge of the animals, without speaking a word. Entering, they found the lodge crowded with Indians; a fire

was burning in the midst, and the mourners encircled it in a triple row. Room was made for the newcomers at

the head of the lodge, a robe spread for them to sit upon, and a pipe lighted and handed to them in perfect

silence. Thus they passed the greater part of the night. At times the fire would subside into a heap of embers,

until the dark figures seated around it were scarcely visible; then a squaw would drop upon it a piece of

buffalofat, and a bright flame, instantly springing up, would reveal of a sudden the crowd of wild faces,

motionless as bronze. The silence continued unbroken. It was a relief to Shaw when daylight returned and he

could escape from this house of mourning. He and Henry prepared to return homeward; first, however, they

placed the presents they had brought near the body of the squaw, which, most gaudily attired, remained in a

sitting posture in one of the lodges. A fine horse was picketed not far off, destined to be killed that morning

for the service of her spirit, for the woman was lame, and could not travel on foot over the dismal prairies to

the villages of the dead. Food, too, was provided, and household implements, for her use upon this last

journey.

Henry left her to the care of her relatives, and came immediately with Shaw to the camp. It was some time

before he entirely recovered from his dejection.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES 58



Top




Page No 61


CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP

Reynal heard guns fired one day, at the distance of a mile or two from the camp. He grew nervous instantly.

Visions of Crow war parties began to haunt his imagination; and when we returned (for we were all absent),

he renewed his complaints about being left alone with the Canadians and the squaw. The day after, the cause

of the alarm appeared. Four trappers, one called Moran, another Saraphin, and the others nicknamed

"Rouleau" and "Jean Gras," came to our camp and joined us. They it was who fired the guns and disturbed

the dreams of our confederate Reynal. They soon encamped by our side. Their rifles, dingy and battered with

hard service, rested with ours against the old tree; their strong rude saddles, their buffalo robes, their traps,

and the few rough and simple articles of their traveling equipment, were piled near our tent. Their mountain

horses were turned to graze in the meadow among our own; and the men themselves, no less rough and

hardy, used to lie half the day in the shade of our tree lolling on the grass, lazily smoking, and telling stories

of their adventures; and I defy the annals of chivalry to furnish the record of a life more wild and perilous

than that of a Rocky Mountain trapper. With this efficient reenforcement the agitation of Reynal's nerves

subsided. He began to conceive a sort of attachment to our old camping ground; yet it was time to change our

quarters, since remaining too long on one spot must lead to certain unpleasant results not to be borne with

unless in a case of dire necessity. The grass no longer presented a smooth surface of turf; it was trampled into

mud and clay. So we removed to another old tree, larger yet, that grew by the river side at a furlong's

distance. Its trunk was full six feet in diameter; on one side it was marked by a party of Indians with various

inexplicable hieroglyphics, commemorating some warlike enterprise, and aloft among the branches were the

remains of a scaffolding, where dead bodies had once been deposited, after the Indian manner. "There comes

BullBear," said Henry Chatillon, as we sat on the grass at dinner. Looking up, we saw several horsemen

coming over the neighboring hill, and in a moment four stately young men rode up and dismounted. One of

them was BullBear, or MahtoTatonka, a compound name which he inherited from his father, the most

powerful chief in the Ogallalla band. One of his brothers and two other young men accompanied him. We

shook hands with the visitors, and when we had finished our mealfor this is the orthodox manner of

entertaining Indians, even the best of themwe handed to each a tin cup of coffee and a biscuit, at which

they ejaculated from the bottom of their throats, 'How! how!" a monosyllable by which an Indian contrives to

express half the emotions that he is susceptible of. Then we lighted the pipe, and passed it to them as they

squatted on the ground. "Where is the village?" "There," said MahtoTatonka, pointing southward; "it will

come in two days." "Will they go to the war?" "Yes." No man is a philanthropist on the prairie. We welcomed

this news most cordially, and congratulated ourselves that Bordeaux's interested efforts to divert The

Whirlwind from his congenial vocation of bloodshed had failed of success, and that no additional obstacles

would interpose between us and our plan of repairing to the rendezvous at La Bonte's Camp. For that and

several succeeding days, MahtoTatonka and his friends remained our guests. They devoured the relics of

our meals; they filled the pipe for us and also helped us to smoke it. Sometimes they stretched themselves

side by side in the shade, indulging in raillery and practical jokes ill becoming the dignity of brave and

aspiring warriors, such as two of them in reality were. Two days dragged away, and on the morning of the

third we hoped confidently to see the Indian village. It did not come; so we rode out to look for it. In place of

the eight hundred Indians we expected, we met one solitary savage riding toward us over the prairie, who told

us that the Indians had changed their plans, and would not come within three days; still he persisted that they

were going to the war. Taking along with us this messenger of evil tidings, we retraced our footsteps to the

camp, amusing ourselves by the way with execrating Indian inconstancy. When we came in sight of our little

white tent under the big tree, we saw that it no longer stood alone. A huge old lodge was erected close by its

side, discolored by rain and storms, rotted with age, with the uncouth figures of horses and men, and

outstretched hands that were painted upon it, wellnigh obliterated. The long poles which supported this

squalid habitation thrust themselves rakishly out from its pointed top, and over its entrance were suspended a

"medicinepipe" and various other implements of the magic art. While we were yet at a distance, we

observed a greatly increased population of various colors and dimensions, swarming around our quiet

encampment. Moran, the trapper, having been absent for a day or two, had returned, it seemed, bringing all

his family with him. He had taken to himself a wife for whom he had paid the established price of one horse.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 59



Top




Page No 62


This looks cheap at first sight, but in truth the purchase of a squaw is a transaction which no man should enter

into without mature deliberation, since it involves not only the payment of the first price, but the formidable

burden of feeding and supporting a rapacious horde of the bride's relatives, who hold themselves entitled to

feed upon the indiscreet white man. They gather round like leeches, and drain him of all he has.

Moran, like Reynal, had not allied himself to an aristocratic circle. His relatives occupied but a contemptible

position in Ogallalla society; for among those wild democrats of the prairie, as among us, there are virtual

distinctions of rank and place; though this great advantage they have over us, that wealth has no part in

determining such distinctions. Moran's partner was not the most beautiful of her sex, and he had the

exceedingly bad taste to array her in an old calico gown bought from an emigrant woman, instead of the neat

and graceful tunic of whitened deerskin worn ordinarily by the squaws. The moving spirit of the

establishment, in more senses than one, was a hideous old hag of eighty. Human imagination never conceived

hobgoblin or witch more ugly than she. You could count all her ribs through the wrinkles of the leathery skin

that covered them. Her withered face more resembled an old skull than the countenance of a living being,

even to the hollow, darkened sockets, at the bottom of which glittered her little black eyes. Her arms had

dwindled away into nothing but whipcord and wire. Her hair, half black, half gray, hung in total neglect

nearly to the ground, and her sole garment consisted of the remnant of a discarded buffalo robe tied round her

waist with a string of hide. Yet the old squaw's meager anatomy was wonderfully strong. She pitched the

lodge, packed the horses, and did the hardest labor of the camp. From morning till night she bustled about the

lodge, screaming like a screechowl when anything displeased her. Then there was her brother, a

"medicineman," or magician, equally gaunt and sinewy with herself. His mouth spread from ear to ear, and

his appetite, as we had full occasion to learn, was ravenous in proportion. The other inmates of the lodge

were a young bride and bridegroom; the latter one of those idle, goodfor nothing fellows who infest an

Indian village as well as more civilized communities. He was fit neither for hunting nor for war; and one

might infer as much from the stolid unmeaning expression of his face. The happy pair had just entered upon

the honeymoon. They would stretch a buffalo robe upon poles, so as to protect them from the fierce rays of

the sun, and spreading beneath this rough canopy a luxuriant couch of furs, would sit affectionately side by

side for half the day, though I could not discover that much conversation passed between them. Probably they

had nothing to say; for an Indian's supply of topics for conversation is far from being copious. There were

half a dozen children, too, playing and whooping about the camp, shooting birds with little bows and arrows,

or making miniature lodges of sticks, as children of a different complexion build houses of blocks.

A day passed, and Indians began rapidly to come in. Parties of two or three or more would ride up and

silently seat themselves on the grass. The fourth day came at last, when about noon horsemen suddenly

appeared into view on the summit of the neighboring ridge. They descended, and behind them followed a

wild procession, hurrying in haste and disorder down the hill and over the plain below; horses, mules, and

dogs, heavily burdened travaux, mounted warriors, squaws walking amid the throng, and a host of children.

For a full half hour they continued to pour down; and keeping directly to the bend of the stream, within a

furlong of us, they soon assembled there, a dark and confused throng, until, as if by magic, 150 tall lodges

sprung up. On a sudden the lonely plain was transformed into the site of a miniature city. Countless horses

were soon grazing over the meadows around us, and the whole prairie was animated by restless figures

careening on horseback, or sedately stalking in their long white robes. The Whirlwind was come at last! One

question yet remained to be answered: "Will he go to the war, in order that we, with so respectable an escort,

may pass over to the somewhat perilous rendezvous at La Bonte's Camp?"

Still this remained in doubt. Characteristic indecision perplexed their councils. Indians cannot act in large

bodies. Though their object be of the highest importance, they cannot combine to attain it by a series of

connected efforts. King Philip, Pontiac, and Tecumseh all felt this to their cost. The Ogallalla once had a war

chief who could control them; but he was dead, and now they were left to the sway of their own unsteady

impulses.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 60



Top




Page No 63


This Indian village and its inhabitants will hold a prominent place in the rest of the narrative, and perhaps it

may not be amiss to glance for an instant at the savage people of which they form a part. The Dakota (I prefer

this national designation to the unmeaning French name, Sioux) range over a vast territory, from the river St.

Peter's to the Rocky Mountains themselves. They are divided into several independent bands, united under no

central government, and acknowledge no common head. The same language, usages, and superstitions form

the sole bond between them. They do not unite even in their wars. The bands of the east fight the Ojibwas on

the Upper Lakes; those of the west make incessant war upon the Snake Indians in the Rocky Mountains. As

the whole people is divided into bands, so each band is divided into villages. Each village has a chief, who is

honored and obeyed only so far as his personal qualities may command respect and fear. Sometimes he is a

mere nominal chief; sometimes his authority is little short of absolute, and his fame and influence reach even

beyond his own village; so that the whole band to which he belongs is ready to acknowledge him as their

head. This was, a few years since, the case with the Ogallalla. Courage, address, and enterprise may raise any

warrior to the highest honor, especially if he be the son of a former chief, or a member of a numerous family,

to support him and avenge his quarrels; but when he has reached the dignity of chief, and the old men and

warriors, by a peculiar ceremony, have formally installed him, let it not be imagined that he assumes any of

the outward semblances of rank and honor. He knows too well on how frail a tenure he holds his station. He

must conciliate his uncertain subjects. Many a man in the village lives better, owns more squaws and more

horses, and goes better clad than he. Like the Teutonic chiefs of old, he ingratiates himself with his young

men by making them presents, thereby often impoverishing himself. Does he fail in gaining their favor, they

will set his authority at naught, and may desert him at any moment; for the usages of his people have

provided no sanctions by which he may enforce his authority. Very seldom does it happen, at least among

these western bands, that a chief attains to much power, unless he is the head of a numerous family.

Frequently the village is principally made up of his relatives and descendants, and the wandering community

assumes much of the patriarchal character. A people so loosely united, torn, too, with ranking feuds and

jealousies, can have little power or efficiency.

The western Dakota have no fixed habitations. Hunting and fighting, they wander incessantly through

summer and winter. Some are following the herds of buffalo over the waste of prairie; others are traversing

the Black Hills, thronging on horseback and on foot through the dark gulfs and somber gorges beneath the

vast splintering precipices, and emerging at last upon the "Parks," those beautiful but most perilous hunting

grounds. The buffalo supplies them with almost all the necessaries of life; with habitations, food, clothing,

and fuel; with strings for their bows, with thread, cordage, and trailropes for their horses, with coverings for

their saddles, with vessels to hold water, with boats to cross streams, with glue, and with the means of

purchasing all that they desire from the traders. When the buffalo are extinct, they too must dwindle away.

War is the breath of their nostrils. Against most of the neighboring tribes they cherish a deadly, rancorous

hatred, transmitted from father to son, and inflamed by constant aggression and retaliation. Many times a

year, in every village, the Great Spirit is called upon, fasts are made, the war parade is celebrated, and the

warriors go out by handfuls at a time against the enemy. This fierce and evil spirit awakens their most eager

aspirations, and calls forth their greatest energies. It is chiefly this that saves them from lethargy and utter

abasement. Without its powerful stimulus they would be like the unwarlike tribes beyond the mountains, who

are scattered among the caves and rocks like beasts, living on roots and reptiles. These latter have little of

humanity except the form; but the proud and ambitious Dakota warrior can sometimes boast of heroic virtues.

It is very seldom that distinction and influence are attained among them by any other course than that of

arms. Their superstition, however, sometimes gives great power, to those among them who pretend to the

character of magicians. Their wild hearts, too, can feel the power of oratory, and yield deference to the

masters of it.

But to return. Look into our tent, or enter, if you can bear the stifling smoke and the close atmosphere. There,

wedged close together, you will see a circle of stout warriors, passing the pipe around, joking, telling stories,

and making themselves merry, after their fashion. We were also infested by little coppercolored naked boys


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 61



Top




Page No 64


and snakeeyed girls. They would come up to us, muttering certain words, which being interpreted conveyed

the concise invitation, "Come and eat." Then we would rise, cursing the pertinacity of Dakota hospitality,

which allowed scarcely an hour of rest between sun and sun, and to which we were bound to do honor, unless

we would offend our entertainers. This necessity was particularly burdensome to me, as I was scarcely able to

walk, from the effects of illness, and was of course poorly qualified to dispose of twenty meals a day. Of

these sumptuous banquets I gave a specimen in a former chapter, where the tragical fate of the little dog was

chronicled. So bounteous an entertainment looks like an outgushing of good will; but doubtless onehalf at

least of our kind hosts, had they met us alone and unarmed on the prairie, would have robbed us of our

horses, and perchance have bestowed an arrow upon us beside. Trust not an Indian. Let your rifle be ever in

your hand. Wear next your heart the old chivalric motto SEMPER PARATUS.

One morning we were summoned to the lodge of an old man, in good truth the Nestor of his tribe. We found

him half sitting, half reclining on a pile of buffalo robes; his long hair, jetblack even now, though he had

seen some eighty winters, hung on either side of his thin features. Those most conversant with Indians in their

homes will scarcely believe me when I affirm that there was dignity in his countenance and mien. His gaunt

but symmetrical frame, did not more clearly exhibit the wreck of bygone strength, than did his dark, wasted

features, still prominent and commanding, bear the stamp of mental energies. I recalled, as I saw him, the

eloquent metaphor of the Iroquois sachem: "I am an aged hemlock; the winds of a hundred winters have

whistled through my branches, and I am dead at the top!" Opposite the patriarch was his nephew, the young

aspirant Mahto Tatonka; and besides these, there were one or two women in the lodge.

The old man's story is peculiar, and singularly illustrative of a superstitious custom that prevails in full force

among many of the Indian tribes. He was one of a powerful family, renowned for their warlike exploits.

When a very young man, he submitted to the singular rite to which most of the tribe subject themselves

before entering upon life. He painted his face black; then seeking out a cavern in a sequestered part of the

Black Hills, he lay for several days, fasting and praying to the Great Spirit. In the dreams and visions

produced by his weakened and excited state, he fancied like all Indians, that he saw supernatural revelations.

Again and again the form of an antelope appeared before him. The antelope is the graceful peace spirit of the

Ogallalla; but seldom is it that such a gentle visitor presents itself during the initiatory fasts of their young

men. The terrible grizzly bear, the divinity of war, usually appears to fire them with martial ardor and thirst

for renown. At length the antelope spoke. He told the young dreamer that he was not to follow the path of

war; that a life of peace and tranquillity was marked out for him; that henceforward he was to guide the

people by his counsels and protect them from the evils of their own feuds and dissensions. Others were to

gain renown by fighting the enemy; but greatness of a different kind was in store for him.

The visions beheld during the period of this fast usually determine the whole course of the dreamer's life, for

an Indian is bound by iron superstitions. From that time, Le Borgne, which was the only name by which we

knew him, abandoned all thoughts of war and devoted himself to the labors of peace. He told his vision to the

people. They honored his commission and respected him in his novel capacity.

A far different man was his brother, MahtoTatonka, who had transmitted his names, his features, and many

of his characteristic qualities to his son. He was the father of Henry Chatillon's squaw, a circumstance which

proved of some advantage to us, as securing for us the friendship of a family perhaps the most distinguished

and powerful in the whole Ogallalla band. MahtoTatonka, in his rude way, was a hero. No chief could vie

with him in warlike renown, or in power over his people. He had a fearless spirit, and a most impetuous and

inflexible resolution. His will was law. He was politic and sagacious, and with true Indian craft he always

befriended the whites, well knowing that he might thus reap great advantages for himself and his adherents.

When he had resolved on any course of conduct, he would pay to the warriors the empty compliment of

calling them together to deliberate upon it, and when their debates were over, he would quietly state his own

opinion, which no one ever disputed. The consequences of thwarting his imperious will were too formidable

to be encountered. Woe to those who incurred his displeasure! He would strike them or stab them on the spot;


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 62



Top




Page No 65


and this act, which, if attempted by any other chief, would instantly have cost him his life, the awe inspired

by his name enabled him to repeat again and again with impunity. In a community where, from immemorial

time, no man has acknowledged any law but his own will, MahtoTatonka, by the force of his dauntless

resolution, raised himself to power little short of despotic. His haughty career came at last to an end. He had a

host of enemies only waiting for their opportunity of revenge, and our old friend Smoke, in particular,

together with all his kinsmen, hated him most cordially. Smoke sat one day in his lodge in the midst of his

own village, when MahtoTatonka entered it alone, and approaching the dwelling of his enemy, called on

him in a loud voice to come out, if he were a man, and fight. Smoke would not move. At this,

MahtoTatonka proclaimed him a coward and an old woman, and striding close to the entrance of the lodge,

stabbed the chief's best horse, which was picketed there. Smoke was daunted, and even this insult failed to

call him forth. MahtoTatonka moved haughtily away; all made way for him, but his hour of reckoning was

near.

One hot day, five or six years ago, numerous lodges of Smoke's kinsmen were gathered around some of the

Fur Company's men, who were trading in various articles with them, whisky among the rest. Mahto Tatonka

was also there with a few of his people. As he lay in his own lodge, a fray arose between his adherents and

the kinsmen of his enemy. The warwhoop was raised, bullets and arrows began to fly, and the camp was in

confusion. The chief sprang up, and rushing in a fury from the lodge shouted to the combatants on both sides

to cease. Instantlyfor the attack was preconcertedcame the reports of two or three guns, and the

twanging of a dozen bows, and the savage hero, mortally wounded, pitched forward headlong to the ground.

Rouleau was present, and told me the particulars. The tumult became general, and was not quelled until

several had fallen on both sides. When we were in the country the feud between the two families was still

rankling, and not likely soon to cease.

Thus died MahtoTatonka, but he left behind him a goodly army of descendants, to perpetuate his renown

and avenge his fate. Besides daughters he had thirty sons, a number which need not stagger the credulity of

those who are best acquainted with Indian usages and practices. We saw many of them, all marked by the

same dark complexion and the same peculiar cast of features. Of these our visitor, young MahtoTatonka,

was the eldest, and some reported him as likely to succeed to his father's honors. Though he appeared not

more than twentyone years old, he had oftener struck the enemy, and stolen more horses and more squaws

than any young man in the village. We of the civilized world are not apt to attach much credit to the latter

species of exploits; but horsestealing is well known as an avenue to distinction on the prairies, and the other

kind of depredation is esteemed equally meritorious. Not that the act can confer fame from its own intrinsic

merits. Any one can steal a squaw, and if he chooses afterward to make an adequate present to her rightful

proprietor, the easy husband for the most part rests content, his vengeance falls asleep, and all danger from

that quarter is averted. Yet this is esteemed but a pitiful and meanspirited transaction. The danger is averted,

but the glory of the achievement also is lost. MahtoTatonka proceeded after a more gallant and dashing

fashion. Out of several dozen squaws whom he had stolen, he could boast that he had never paid for one, but

snapping his fingers in the face of the injured husband, had defied the extremity of his indignation, and no

one yet had dared to lay the finger of violence upon him. He was following close in the footsteps of his

father. The young men and the young squaws, each in their way, admired him. The one would always follow

him to war, and he was esteemed to have unrivaled charm in the eyes of the other. Perhaps his impunity may

excite some wonder. An arrow shot from a ravine, a stab given in the dark, require no great valor, and are

especially suited to the Indian genius; but MahtoTatonka had a strong protection. It was not alone his

courage and audacious will that enabled him to career so dashingly among his compeers. His enemies did not

forget that he was one of thirty warlike brethren, all growing up to manhood. Should they wreak their anger

upon him, many keen eyes would be ever upon them, many fierce hearts would thirst for their blood. The

avenger would dog their footsteps everywhere. To kill MahtoTatonka would be no better than an act of

suicide.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 63



Top




Page No 66


Though he found such favor in the eyes of the fair, he was no dandy. As among us those of highest worth and

breeding are most simple in manner and attire, so our aspiring young friend was indifferent to the gaudy

trappings and ornaments of his companions. He was content to rest his chances of success upon his own

warlike merits. He never arrayed himself in gaudy blanket and glittering necklaces, but left his statuelike

form, limbed like an Apollo of bronze, to win its way to favor. His voice was singularly deep and strong. It

sounded from his chest like the deep notes of an organ. Yet after all, he was but an Indian. See him as he lies

there in the sun before our tent, kicking his heels in the air and cracking jokes with his brother. Does he look

like a hero? See him now in the hour of his glory, when at sunset the whole village empties itself to behold

him, for to morrow their favorite young partisan goes out against the enemy. His superb headdress is

adorned with a crest of the war eagle's feathers, rising in a waving ridge above his brow, and sweeping far

behind him. His round white shield hangs at his breast, with feathers radiating from the center like a star. His

quiver is at his back; his tall lance in his hand, the iron point flashing against the declining sun, while the long

scalplocks of his enemies flutter from the shaft. Thus, gorgeous as a champion in his panoply, he rides

round and round within the great circle of lodges, balancing with a graceful buoyancy to the free movements

of his war horse, while with a sedate brow he sings his song to the Great Spirit. Young rival warriors look

askance at him; vermilioncheeked girls gaze in admiration, boys whoop and scream in a thrill of delight,

and old women yell forth his name and proclaim his praises from lodge to lodge.

MahtoTatonka, to come back to him, was the best of all our Indian friends. Hour after hour and day after

day, when swarms of savages of every age, sex, and degree beset our camp, he would lie in our tent, his lynx

eye ever open to guard our property from pillage.

The Whirlwind invited us one day to his lodge. The feast was finished, and the pipe began to circulate. It was

a remarkably large and fine one, and I expressed my admiration of its form and dimensions.

"If the Meneaska likes the pipe," asked The Whirlwind, "why does he not keep it?"

Such a pipe among the Ogallalla is valued at the price of a horse. A princely gift, thinks the reader, and

worthy of a chieftain and a warrior. The Whirlwind's generosity rose to no such pitch. He gave me the pipe,

confidently expecting that I in return should make him a present of equal or superior value. This is the

implied condition of every gift among the Indians as among the Orientals, and should it not be complied with

the present is usually reclaimed by the giver. So I arranged upon a gaudy calico handkerchief, an assortment

of vermilion, tobacco, knives, and gunpowder, and summoning the chief to camp, assured him of my

friendship and begged his acceptance of a slight token of it. Ejaculating HOW! HOW! he folded up the

offerings and withdrew to his lodge.

Several days passed and we and the Indians remained encamped side by side. They could not decide whether

or not to go to war. Toward evening, scores of them would surround our tent, a picturesque group. Late one

afternoon a party of them mounted on horseback came suddenly in sight from behind some clumps of bushes

that lined the bank of the stream, leading with them a mule, on whose back was a wretched negro, only

sustained in his seat by the high pommel and cantle of the Indian saddle. His cheeks were withered and

shrunken in the hollow of his jaws; his eyes were unnaturally dilated, and his lips seemed shriveled and

drawn back from his teeth like those of a corpse. When they brought him up before our tent, and lifted him

from the saddle, he could not walk or stand, but he crawled a short distance, and with a look of utter misery

sat down on the grass. All the children and women came pouring out of the lodges round us, and with

screams and cries made a close circle about him, while he sat supporting himself with his hands, and looking

from side to side with a vacant stare. The wretch was starving to death! For thirtythree days he had

wandered alone on the prairie, without weapon of any kind; without shoes, moccasins, or any other clothing

than an old jacket and pantaloons; without intelligence and skill to guide his course, or any knowledge of the

productions of the prairie. All this time he had subsisted on crickets and lizards, wild onions, and three eggs

which he found in the nest of a prairie dove. He had not seen a human being. Utterly bewildered in the


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 64



Top




Page No 67


boundless, hopeless desert that stretched around him, offering to his inexperienced eye no mark by which to

direct his course, he had walked on in despair till he could walk no longer, and then crawled on his knees

until the bone was laid bare. He chose the night for his traveling, lying down by day to sleep in the glaring

sun, always dreaming, as he said, of the broth and corn cake he used to eat under his old master's shed in

Missouri. Every man in the camp, both white and red, was astonished at his wonderful escape not only from

starvation but from the grizzly bears which abound in that neighborhood, and the wolves which howled

around him every night.

Reynal recognized him the moment the Indians brought him in. He had run away from his master about a

year before and joined the party of M. Richard, who was then leaving the frontier for the mountains. He had

lived with Richard ever since, until in the end of May he with Reynal and several other men went out in

search of some stray horses, when he got separated from the rest in a storm, and had never been heard of up

to this time. Knowing his inexperience and helplessness, no one dreamed that he could still be living. The

Indians had found him lying exhausted on the ground.

As he sat there with the Indians gazing silently on him, his haggard face and glazed eye were disgusting to

look upon. Delorier made him a bowl of gruel, but he suffered it to remain untasted before him. At length he

languidly raised the spoon to his lips; again he did so, and again; and then his appetite seemed suddenly

inflamed into madness, for he seized the bowl, swallowed all its contents in a few seconds, and eagerly

demanded meat. This we refused, telling him to wait until morning, but he begged so eagerly that we gave

him a small piece, which he devoured, tearing it like a dog. He said he must have more. We told him that his

life was in danger if he ate so immoderately at first. He assented, and said he knew he was a fool to do so, but

he must have meat. This we absolutely refused, to the great indignation of the senseless squaws, who, when

we were not watching him, would slyly bring dried meat and POMMES BLANCHES, and place them on the

ground by his side. Still this was not enough for him. When it grew dark he contrived to creep away between

the legs of the horses and crawl over to the Indian village, about a furlong down the stream. Here he fed to his

heart's content, and was brought back again in the morning, when Jean Gras, the trapper, put him on

horseback and carried him to the fort. He managed to survive the effects of his insane greediness, and though

slightly deranged when we left this part of the country, he was otherwise in tolerable health, and expressed

his firm conviction that nothing could ever kill him.

When the sun was yet an hour high, it was a gay scene in the village. The warriors stalked sedately among the

lodges, or along the margin of the streams, or walked out to visit the bands of horses that were feeding over

the prairie. Half the village population deserted the close and heated lodges and betook themselves to the

water; and here you might see boys and girls and young squaws splashing, swimming, and diving beneath the

afternoon sun, with merry laughter and screaming. But when the sun was just resting above the broken peaks,

and the purple mountains threw their prolonged shadows for miles over the prairie; when our grim old tree,

lighted by the horizontal rays, assumed an aspect of peaceful repose, such as one loves after scenes of tumult

and excitement; and when the whole landscape of swelling plains and scattered groves was softened into a

tranquil beauty, then our encampment presented a striking spectacle. Could Salvator Rosa have transferred it

to his canvas, it would have added new renown to his pencil. Savage figures surrounded our tent, with quivers

at their backs, and guns, lances, or tomahawks in their hands. Some sat on horseback, motionless as

equestrian statues, their arms crossed on their breasts, their eyes fixed in a steady unwavering gaze upon us.

Some stood erect, wrapped from head to foot in their long white robes of buffalo hide. Some sat together on

the grass, holding their shaggy horses by a rope, with their broad dark busts exposed to view as they suffered

their robes to fall from their shoulders. Others again stood carelessly among the throng, with nothing to

conceal the matchless symmetry of their forms; and I do not exaggerate when I say that only on the prairie

and in the Vatican have I seen such faultless models of the human figure. See that warrior standing by the

tree, towering six feet and a half in stature. Your eyes may trace the whole of his graceful and majestic

height, and discover no defect or blemish. With his free and noble attitude, with the bow in his hand, and the

quiver at his back, he might seem, but for his face, the Pythian Apollo himself. Such a figure rose before the


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 65



Top




Page No 68


imagination of West, when on first seeing the Belvidere in the Vatican, he exclaimed, "By God, a Mohawk!"

When the sky darkened and the stars began to appear; when the prairie was involved in gloom and the horses

were driven in and secured around the camp, the crowd began to melt away. Fires gleamed around, duskily

revealing the rough trappers and the graceful Indians. One of the families near us would always be gathered

about a bright blaze, that displayed the shadowy dimensions of their lodge, and sent its lights far up among

the masses of foliage above, gilding the dead and ragged branches. Withered witchlike hags flitted around the

blaze, and here for hour after hour sat a circle of children and young girls, laughing and talking, their round

merry faces glowing in the ruddy light. We could hear the monotonous notes of the drum from the Indian

village, with the chant of the war song, deadened in the distance, and the long chorus of quavering yells,

where the war dance was going on in the largest lodge. For several nights, too, we could hear wild and

mournful cries, rising and dying away like the melancholy voice of a wolf. They came from the sisters and

female relatives of MahtoTatonka, who were gashing their limbs with knives, and bewailing the death of

Henry Chatillon's squaw. The hour would grow late before all retired to rest in the camp. Then the embers of

the fires would be glowing dimly, the men would be stretched in their blankets on the ground, and nothing

could be heard but the restless motions of the crowded horses.

I recall these scenes with a mixed feeling of pleasure and pain. At this time I was so reduced by illness that I

could seldom walk without reeling like a drunken man, and when I rose from my seat upon the ground the

landscape suddenly grew dim before my eyes, the trees and lodges seemed to sway to and fro, and the prairie

to rise and fall like the swells of the ocean. Such a state of things is by no means enviable anywhere. In a

country where a man's life may at any moment depend on the strength of his arm, or it may be on the activity

of his legs, it is more particularly inconvenient. Medical assistance of course there was none; neither had I the

means of pursuing a system of diet; and sleeping on a damp ground, with an occasional drenching from a

shower, would hardly be recommended as beneficial. I sometimes suffered the extremity of languor and

exhaustion, and though at the time I felt no apprehensions of the final result, I have since learned that my

situation was a critical one.

Besides other formidable inconveniences I owe it in a great measure to the remote effects of that unlucky

disorder that from deficient eyesight I am compelled to employ the pen of another in taking down this

narrative from my lips; and I have learned very effectually that a violent attack of dysentery on the prairie is a

thing too serious for a joke. I tried repose and a very sparing diet. For a long time, with exemplary patience, I

lounged about the camp, or at the utmost staggered over to the Indian village, and walked faint and dizzy

among the lodges. It would not do, and I bethought me of starvation. During five days I sustained life on one

small biscuit a day. At the end of that time I was weaker than before, but the disorder seemed shaken in its

stronghold and very gradually I began to resume a less rigid diet. No sooner had I done so than the same

detested symptoms revisited me; my old enemy resumed his pertinacious assaults, yet not with his former

violence or constancy, and though before I regained any fair portion of my ordinary strength weeks had

elapsed, and months passed before the disorder left me, yet thanks to old habits of activity, and a merciful

Providence, I was able to sustain myself against it.

I used to lie languid and dreamy before our tent and muse on the past and the future, and when most

overcome with lassitude, my eyes turned always toward the distant Black Hills. There is a spirit of energy

and vigor in mountains, and they impart it to all who approach their presence. At that time I did not know

how many dark superstitions and gloomy legends are associated with those mountains in the minds of the

Indians, but I felt an eager desire to penetrate their hidden recesses, to explore the awful chasms and

precipices, the black torrents, the silent forests, that I fancied were concealed there.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP 66



Top




Page No 69


CHAPTER XII. ILL LUCK

A Canadian came from Fort Laramie, and brought a curious piece of intelligence. A trapper, fresh from the

mountains, had become enamored of a Missouri damsel belonging to a family who with other emigrants had

been for some days encamped in the neighborhood of the fort. If bravery be the most potent charm to win the

favor of the fair, then no wooer could be more irresistible than a Rocky Mountain trapper. In the present

instance, the suit was not urged in vain. The lovers concerted a scheme, which they proceeded to carry into

effect with all possible dispatch. The emigrant party left the fort, and on the next succeeding night but one

encamped as usual, and placed a guard. A little after midnight the enamored trapper drew near, mounted on a

strong horse and leading another by the bridle. Fastening both animals to a tree, he stealthily moved toward

the wagons, as if he were approaching a band of buffalo. Eluding the vigilance of the guard, who was

probably half asleep, he met his mistress by appointment at the outskirts of the camp, mounted her on his

spare horse, and made off with her through the darkness. The sequel of the adventure did not reach our ears,

and we never learned how the imprudent fair one liked an Indian lodge for a dwelling, and a reckless trapper

for a bridegroom.

At length The Whirlwind and his warriors determined to move. They had resolved after all their preparations

not to go to the rendezvous at La Bonte's Camp, but to pass through the Black Hills and spend a few weeks in

hunting the buffalo on the other side, until they had killed enough to furnish them with a stock of provisions

and with hides to make their lodges for the next season. This done, they were to send out a small independent

war party against the enemy. Their final determination left us in some embarrassment. Should we go to La

Bonte's Camp, it was not impossible that the other villages would prove as vacillating and indecisive as The

Whirlwinds, and that no assembly whatever would take place. Our old companion Reynal had conceived a

liking for us, or rather for our biscuit and coffee, and for the occasional small presents which we made him.

He was very anxious that we should go with the village which he himself intended to accompany. He

declared he was certain that no Indians would meet at the rendezvous, and said moreover that it would be

easy to convey our cart and baggage through the Black Hills. In saying this, he told as usual an egregious

falsehood. Neither he nor any white man with us had ever seen the difficult and obscure defiles through

which the Indians intended to make their way. I passed them afterward, and had much ado to force my

distressed horse along the narrow ravines, and through chasms where daylight could scarcely penetrate. Our

cart might as easily have been conveyed over the summit of Pike's Peak. Anticipating the difficulties and

uncertainties of an attempt to visit the rendezvous, we recalled the old proverb about "A bird in the hand,"

and decided to follow the village.

Both camps, the Indians' and our own, broke up on the morning of the 1st of July. I was so weak that the aid

of a potent auxiliary, a spoonful of whisky swallowed at short intervals, alone enabled me to sit on my hardy

little mare Pauline through the short journey of that day. For half a mile before us and half a mile behind, the

prairie was covered far and wide with the moving throng of savages. The barren, broken plain stretched away

to the right and left, and far in front rose the gloomy precipitous ridge of the Black Hills. We pushed forward

to the head of the scattered column, passing the burdened travaux, the heavily laden pack horses, the gaunt

old women on foot, the gay young squaws on horseback, the restless children running among the crowd, old

men striding along in their white buffalo robes, and groups of young warriors mounted on their best horses.

Henry Chatillon, looking backward over the distant prairie, exclaimed suddenly that a horseman was

approaching, and in truth we could just discern a small black speck slowly moving over the face of a distant

swell, like a fly creeping on a wall. It rapidly grew larger as it approached.

"White man, I b'lieve," said Henry; "look how he ride! Indian never ride that way. Yes; he got rifle on the

saddle before him."

The horseman disappeared in a hollow of the prairie, but we soon saw him again, and as he came riding at a

gallop toward us through the crowd of Indians, his long hair streaming in the wind behind him, we


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XII. ILL LUCK 67



Top




Page No 70


recognized the ruddy face and old buckskin frock of Jean Gras the trapper. He was just arrived from Fort

Laramie, where he had been on a visit, and said he had a message for us. A trader named Bisonette, one of

Henry's friends, was lately come from the settlements, and intended to go with a party of men to La Bonte's

Camp, where, as Jean Gras assured us, ten or twelve villages of Indians would certainly assemble. Bisonette

desired that we would cross over and meet him there, and promised that his men should protect our horses

and baggage while we went among the Indians. Shaw and I stopped our horses and held a council, and in an

evil hour resolved to go. For the rest of that day's journey our course and that of the Indians was the same. In

less than an hour we came to where the high barren prairie terminated, sinking down abruptly in steep

descent; and standing on these heights, we saw below us a great level meadow. Laramie Creek bounded it on

the left, sweeping along in the shadow of the declivities, and passing with its shallow and rapid current just

below us. We sat on horseback, waiting and looking on, while the whole savage array went pouring past us,

hurrying down the descent and spreading themselves over the meadow below. In a few moments the plain

was swarming with the moving multitude, some just visible, like specks in the distance, others still passing

on, pressing down, and fording the stream with bustle and confusion. On the edge of the heights sat half a

dozen of the elder warriors, gravely smoking and looking down with unmoved faces on the wild and striking

spectacle.

Up went the lodges in a circle on the margin of the stream. For the sake of quiet we pitched our tent among

some trees at half a mile's distance. In the afternoon we were in the village. The day was a glorious one, and

the whole camp seemed lively and animated in sympathy. Groups of children and young girls were laughing

gayly on the outside of the lodges. The shields, the lances, and the bows were removed from the tall tripods

on which they usually hung before the dwellings of their owners. The warriors were mounting their horses,

and one by one riding away over the prairie toward the neighboring hills.

Shaw and I sat on the grass near the lodge of Reynal. An old woman, with true Indian hospitality, brought a

bowl of boiled venison and placed it before us. We amused ourselves with watching half a dozen young

squaws who were playing together and chasing each other in and out of one of the lodges. Suddenly the wild

yell of the warwhoop came pealing from the hills. A crowd of horsemen appeared, rushing down their sides

and riding at full speed toward the village, each warrior's long hair flying behind him in the wind like a ship's

streamer. As they approached, the confused throng assumed a regular order, and entering two by two, they

circled round the area at full gallop, each warrior singing his war song as he rode. Some of their dresses were

splendid. They wore superb crests of feathers and close tunics of antelope skins, fringed with the scalplocks

of their enemies; their shields too were often fluttering with the war eagle's feathers. All had bows and arrows

at their back; some carried long lances, and a few were armed with guns. The White Shield, their partisan,

rode in gorgeous attire at their head, mounted on a black andwhite horse. MahtoTatonka and his brothers

took no part in this parade, for they were in mourning for their sister, and were all sitting in their lodges, their

bodies bedaubed from head to foot with white clay, and a lock of hair cut from each of their foreheads.

The warriors circled three times round the village; and as each distinguished champion passed, the old

women would scream out his name in honor of his bravery, and to incite the emulation of the younger

warriors. Little urchins, not two years old, followed the warlike pageant with glittering eyes, and looked with

eager wonder and admiration at those whose honors were proclaimed by the public voice of the village. Thus

early is the lesson of war instilled into the mind of an Indian, and such are the stimulants which incite his

thirst for martial renown.

The procession rode out of the village as it had entered it, and in half an hour all the warriors had returned

again, dropping quietly in, singly or in parties of two or three.

As the sun rose next morning we looked across the meadow, and could see the lodges leveled and the Indians

gathering together in preparation to leave the camp. Their course lay to the westward. We turned toward the

north with our men, the four trappers following us, with the Indian family of Moran. We traveled until night.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XII. ILL LUCK 68



Top




Page No 71


I suffered not a little from pain and weakness. We encamped among some trees by the side of a little brook,

and here during the whole of the next day we lay waiting for Bisonette, but no Bisonette appeared. Here also

two of our trapper friends left us, and set out for the Rocky Mountains. On the second morning, despairing of

Bisonette's arrival we resumed our journey, traversing a forlorn and dreary monotony of sunscorched plains,

where no living thing appeared save here and there an antelope flying before us like the wind. When noon

came we saw an unwonted and most welcome sight; a rich and luxuriant growth of trees, marking the course

of a little stream called Horseshoe Creek. We turned gladly toward it. There were lofty and spreading trees,

standing widely asunder, and supporting a thick canopy of leaves, above a surface of rich, tall grass. The

stream ran swiftly, as clear as crystal, through the bosom of the wood, sparkling over its bed of white sand

and darkening again as it entered a deep cavern of leaves and boughs. I was thoroughly exhausted, and flung

myself on the ground, scarcely able to move. All that afternoon I lay in the shade by the side of the stream,

and those bright woods and sparkling waters are associated in my mind with recollections of lassitude and

utter prostration. When night came I sat down by the fire, longing, with an intensity of which at this moment

I can hardly conceive, for some powerful stimulant.

In the morning as glorious a sun rose upon us as ever animated that desolate wilderness. We advanced and

soon were surrounded by tall bare hills, overspread from top to bottom with pricklypears and other cacti,

that seemed like clinging reptiles. A plain, flat and hard, and with scarcely the vestige of grass, lay before us,

and a line of tall misshapen trees bounded the onward view. There was no sight or sound of man or beast, or

any living thing, although behind those trees was the longlookedfor place of rendezvous, where we fondly

hoped to have found the Indians congregated by thousands. We looked and listened anxiously. We pushed

forward with our best speed, and forced our horses through the trees. There were copses of some extent

beyond, with a scanty stream creeping through their midst; and as we pressed through the yielding branches,

deer sprang up to the right and left. At length we caught a glimpse of the prairie beyond. Soon we emerged

upon it, and saw, not a plain covered with encampments and swarming with life, but a vast unbroken desert

stretching away before us league upon league, without a bush or a tree or anything that had life. We drew rein

and gave to the winds our sentiments concerning the whole aboriginal race of America. Our journey was in

vain and much worse than in vain. For myself, I was vexed and disappointed beyond measure; as I well knew

that a slight aggravation of my disorder would render this false step irrevocable, and make it quite impossible

to accomplish effectively the design which had led me an arduous journey of between three and four

thousand miles. To fortify myself as well as I could against such a contingency, I resolved that I would not

under any circumstances attempt to leave the country until my object was completely gained.

And where were the Indians? They were assembled in great numbers at a spot about twenty miles distant, and

there at that very moment they were engaged in their warlike ceremonies. The scarcity of buffalo in the

vicinity of La Bonte's Camp, which would render their supply of provisions scanty and precarious, had

probably prevented them from assembling there; but of all this we knew nothing until some weeks after.

Shaw lashed his horse and galloped forward, I, though much more vexed than he, was not strong enough to

adopt this convenient vent to my feelings; so I followed at a quiet pace, but in no quiet mood. We rode up to

a solitary old tree, which seemed the only place fit for encampment. Half its branches were dead, and the rest

were so scantily furnished with leaves that they cast but a meager and wretched shade, and the old twisted

trunk alone furnished sufficient protection from the sun. We threw down our saddles in the strip of shadow

that it cast, and sat down upon them. In silent indignation we remained smoking for an hour or more, shifting

our saddles with the shifting shadow, for the sun was intolerably hot.

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS

At last we had reached La Bonte's Camp, toward which our eyes had turned so long. Of all weary hours,

those that passed between noon and sunset of the day when we arrived there may bear away the palm of

exquisite discomfort. I lay under the tree reflecting on what course to pursue, watching the shadows which


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 69



Top




Page No 72


seemed never to move, and the sun which remained fixed in the sky, and hoping every moment to see the

men and horses of Bisonette emerging from the woods. Shaw and Henry had ridden out on a scouting

expedition, and did not return until the sun was setting. There was nothing very cheering in their faces nor in

the news they brought.

"We have been ten miles from here," said Shaw. "We climbed the highest butte we could find, and could not

see a buffalo or Indian; nothing but prairie for twenty miles around us."

Henry's horse was quite disabled by clambering up and down the sides of ravines, and Shaw's was severely

fatigued.

After supper that evening, as we sat around the fire, I proposed to Shaw to wait one day longer in hopes of

Bisonette's arrival, and if he should not come to send Delorier with the cart and baggage back to Fort

Laramie, while we ourselves followed The Whirlwind's village and attempted to overtake it as it passed the

mountains. Shaw, not having the same motive for hunting Indians that I had, was averse to the plan; I

therefore resolved to go alone. This design I adopted very unwillingly, for I knew that in the present state of

my health the attempt would be extremely unpleasant, and, as I considered, hazardous. I hoped that Bisonette

would appear in the course of the following day, and bring us some information by which to direct our

course, and enable me to accomplish my purpose by means less objectionable.

The rifle of Henry Chatillon was necessary for the subsistence of the party in my absence; so I called

Raymond, and ordered him to prepare to set out with me. Raymond rolled his eyes vacantly about, but at

length, having succeeded in grappling with the idea, he withdrew to his bed under the cart. He was a

heavymolded fellow, with a broad face exactly like an owl's, expressing the most impenetrable stupidity and

entire selfconfidence. As for his good qualities, he had a sort of stubborn fidelity, an insensibility to danger,

and a kind of instinct or sagacity, which sometimes led him right, where better heads than his were at a loss.

Besides this, he knew very well how to handle a rifle and picket a horse.

Through the following day the sun glared down upon us with a pitiless, penetrating heat. The distant blue

prairie seemed quivering under it. The lodge of our Indian associates was baking in the rays, and our rifles, as

they leaned against the tree, were too hot for the touch. There was a dead silence through our camp and all

around it, unbroken except by the hum of gnats and mosquitoes. The men, resting their foreheads on their

arms, were sleeping under the cart. The Indians kept close within their lodge except the newly married pair,

who were seated together under an awning of buffalo robes, and the old conjurer, who, with his hard,

emaciated face and gaunt ribs, was perched aloft like a turkeybuzzard among the dead branches of an old

tree, constantly on the lookout for enemies. He would have made a capital shot. A rifle bullet, skillfully

planted, would have brought him tumbling to the ground. Surely, I thought, there could be no more harm in

shooting such a hideous old villain, to see how ugly he would look when he was dead, than in shooting the

detestable vulture which he resembled. We dined, and then Shaw saddled his horse.

"I will ride back," said he, "to Horseshoe Creek, and see if Bisonette is there."

"I would go with you," I answered, "but I must reserve all the strength I have."

The afternoon dragged away at last. I occupied myself in cleaning my rifle and pistols, and making other

preparations for the journey. After supper, Henry Chatillon and I lay by the fire, discussing the properties of

that admirable weapon, the rifle, in the use of which he could fairly outrival Leatherstocking himself.

It was late before I wrapped myself in my blanket and lay down for the night, with my head on my saddle.

Shaw had not returned, but this gave no uneasiness, for we presumed that he had fallen in with Bisonette, and

was spending the night with him. For a day or two past I had gained in strength and health, but about


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 70



Top




Page No 73


midnight an attack of pain awoke me, and for some hours I felt no inclination to sleep. The moon was

quivering on the broad breast of the Platte; nothing could be heard except those low inexplicable sounds, like

whisperings and footsteps, which no one who has spent the night alone amid deserts and forests will be at a

loss to understand. As I was falling asleep, a familiar voice, shouting from the distance, awoke me again. A

rapid step approached the camp, and Shaw on foot, with his gun in his hand, hastily entered.

"Where's your horse?" said I, raising myself on my elbow.

"Lost!" said Shaw. "Where's Delorier?"

"There," I replied, pointing to a confused mass of blankets and buffalo robes.

Shaw touched them with the butt of his gun, and up sprang our faithful Canadian.

"Come, Delorier; stir up the fire, and get me something to eat."

"Where's Bisonette?" asked I.

"The Lord knows; there's nobody at Horseshoe Creek."

Shaw had gone back to the spot where we had encamped two days before, and finding nothing there but the

ashes of our fires, he had tied his horse to the tree while he bathed in the stream. Something startled his horse,

who broke loose, and for two hours Shaw tried in vain to catch him. Sunset approached, and it was twelve

miles to camp. So he abandoned the attempt, and set out on foot to join us. The greater part of his perilous

and solitary work was performed in darkness. His moccasins were worn to tatters and his feet severely

lacerated. He sat down to eat, however, with the usual equanimity of his temper not at all disturbed by his

misfortune, and my last recollection before falling asleep was of Shaw, seated crosslegged before the fire,

smoking his pipe. The horse, I may as well mention here, was found the next morning by Henry Chatillon.

When I awoke again there was a fresh damp smell in the air, a gray twilight involved the prairie, and above

its eastern verge was a streak of cold red sky. I called to the men, and in a moment a fire was blazing brightly

in the dim morning light, and breakfast was getting ready. We sat down together on the grass, to the last

civilized meal which Raymond and I were destined to enjoy for some time.

"Now, bring in the horses."

My little mare Pauline was soon standing by the fire. She was a fleet, hardy, and gentle animal, christened

after Paul Dorion, from whom I had procured her in exchange for Pontiac. She did not look as if equipped for

a morning pleasure ride. In front of the black, highbowed mountain saddle, holsters, with heavy pistols,

were fastened. A pair of saddle bags, a blanket tightly rolled, a small parcel of Indian presents tied up in a

buffalo skin, a leather bag of flour, and a smaller one of tea were all secured behind, and a long trailrope

was wound round her neck. Raymond had a strong black mule, equipped in a similar manner. We crammed

our powderhorns to the throat, and mounted.

"I will meet you at Fort Laramie on the 1st of August," said I to Shaw.

"That is," replied he, "if we don't meet before that. I think I shall follow after you in a day or two."

This in fact he attempted, and he would have succeeded if he had not encountered obstacles against which his

resolute spirit was of no avail. Two days after I left him he sent Delorier to the fort with the cart and baggage,

and set out for the mountains with Henry Chatillon; but a tremendons thunderstorm had deluged the prairie,


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 71



Top




Page No 74


and nearly obliterated not only our trail but that of the Indians themselves. They followed along the base of

the mountains, at a loss in which direction to go. They encamped there, and in the morning Shaw found

himself poisoned by ivy in such a manner that it was impossible for him to travel. So they turned back

reluctantly toward Fort Laramie. Shaw's limbs were swollen to double their usual size, and he rode in great

pain. They encamped again within twenty miles of the fort, and reached it early on the following morning.

Shaw lay serionsly ill for a week, and remained at the fort till I rejoined him some time after.

To return to my own story. We shook hands with our friends, rode out upon the prairie, and clambering the

sandy hollows that were channeled in the sides of the hills gained the high plains above. If a curse had been

pronounced upon the land it could not have worn an aspect of more dreary and forlorn barrenness. There

were abrupt broken hills, deep hollows, and wide plains; but all alike glared with an insupportable whiteness

under the burning sun. The country, as if parched by the heat, had cracked into innumerable fissures and

ravines, that not a little impeded our progress. Their steep sides were white and raw, and along the bottom we

several times discovered the broad tracks of the terrific grizzly bear, nowhere more abundant than in this

region. The ridges of the hills were hard as rock, and strewn with pebbles of flint and coarse red jasper;

looking from them, there was nothing to relieve the desert uniformity of the prospect, save here and there a

pinetree clinging at the edge of a ravine, and stretching out its rough, shaggy arms. Under the scorching heat

these melancholy trees diffused their peculiar resinous odor through the sultry air. There was something in it,

as I approached them, that recalled old associations; the pineclad mountains of New England, traversed in

days of health and buoyancy, rose like a reality before my fancy. In passing that arid waste I was goaded with

a morbid thirst produced by my disorder, and I thought with a longing desire on the crystal treasure poured in

such wasteful profusion from our thousand hills. Shutting my eyes, I more than half believed that I heard the

deep plunging and gurgling of waters in the bowels of the shaded rocks. I could see their dark ice glittering

far down amid the crevices, and the cold drops trickling from the long green mosses.

When noon came, we found a little stream, with a few trees and bushes; and here we rested for an hour. Then

we traveled on, guided by the sun, until, just before sunset, we reached another stream, called Bitter

Cottonwood Creek. A thick growth of bushes and old stormbeaten trees grew at intervals along its bank.

Near the foot of one of the trees we flung down our saddles, and hobbling our horses turned them loose to

feed. The little stream was clear and swift, and ran musically on its white sands. Small water birds were

splashing in the shallows, and filling the air with their cries and flutterings. The sun was just sinking among

gold and crimson clouds behind Mount Laramie. I well remember how I lay upon a log by the margin of the

water, and watched the restless motions of the little fish in a deep still nook below. Strange to say, I seemed

to have gained strength since the morning, and almost felt a sense of returning health.

We built our fire. Night came, and the wolves began to howl. One deep voice commenced, and it was

answered in awful responses from the hills, the plains, and the woods along the stream above and below us.

Such sounds need not and do not disturb one's sleep upon the prairie. We picketed the mare and the mule

close at our feet, and did not wake until daylight. Then we turned them loose, still hobbled, to feed for an

hour before starting. We were getting ready our morning's meal, when Raymond saw an antelope at half a

mile's distance, and said he would go and shoot it.

"Your business," said. I, "is to look after the animals. I am too weak to do much, if anything happens to them,

and you must keep within sight of the camp."

Raymond promised, and set out with his rifle in his hand. The animals had passed across the stream, and were

feeding among the long grass on the other side, much tormented by the attacks of the numerous large

greenheaded flies. As I watched them, I saw them go down into a hollow, and as several minutes elapsed

without their reappearing, I waded through the stream to look after them. To my vexation and alarm I

discovered them at a great distance, galloping away at full speed, Pauline in advance, with her hobbles

broken, and the mule, still fettered, following with awkward leaps. I fired my rifle and shouted to recall


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 72



Top




Page No 75


Raymond. In a moment he came running through the stream, with a red handkerchief bound round his head. I

pointed to the fugitives, and ordered him to pursue them. Muttering a "Sacre!" between his teeth, he set out at

full speed, still swinging his rifle in his hand. I walked up to the top of a hill, and looking away over the

prairie, could just distinguish the runaways, still at full gallop. Returning to the fire, I sat down at the foot of a

tree. Wearily and anxiously hour after hour passed away. The old loose bark dangling from the trunk behind

me flapped to and fro in the wind, and the mosquitoes kept up their incessant drowsy humming; but other

than this, there was no sight nor sound of life throughout the burning landscape. The sun rose higher and

higher, until the shadows fell almost perpendicularly, and I knew that it must be noon. It seemed scarcely

possible that the animals could be recovered. If they were not, my situation was one of serious difficulty.

Shaw, when I left him had decided to move that morning, but whither he had not determined. To look for him

would be a vain attempt. Fort Laramie was forty miles distant, and I could not walk a mile without great

effort. Not then having learned the sound philosophy of yielding to disproportionate obstacles, I resolved to

continue in any event the pursuit of the Indians. Only one plan occurred to me; this was to send Raymond to

the fort with an order for more horses, while I remained on the spot, awaiting his return, which might take

place within three days. But the adoption of this resolution did not wholly allay my anxiety, for it involved

both uncertainty and danger. To remain stationary and alone for three days, in a country full of dangerous

Indians, was not the most flattering of prospects; and protracted as my Indian hunt must be by such delay, it

was not easy to foretell its ultimate result. Revolving these matters, I grew hungry; and as our stock of

provisions, except four or five pounds of flour, was by this time exhausted, I left the camp to see what game I

could find. Nothing could be seen except four or five large curlew, which, with their loud screaming, were

wheeling over my head, and now and then alighting upon the prairie. I shot two of them, and was about

returning, when a startling sight caught my eye. A small, dark object, like a human head, suddenly appeared,

and vanished among the thick hushes along the stream below. In that country every stranger is a suspected

enemy. Instinctively I threw forward the muzzle of my rifle. In a moment the bushes were violently shaken,

two heads, but not human heads, protruded, and to my great joy I recognized the downcast, disconsolate

countenance of the black mule and the yellow visage of Pauline. Raymond came upon the mule, pale and

haggard, complaining of a fiery pain in his chest. I took charge of the animals while he kneeled down by the

side of the stream to drink. He had kept the runaways in sight as far as the Side Fork of Laramie Creek, a

distance of more than ten miles; and here with great difficulty he had succeeded in catching them. I saw that

he was unarmed, and asked him what he had done with his rifle. It had encumbered him in his pursuit, and he

had dropped it on the prairie, thinking that he could find it on his return; but in this he had failed. The loss

might prove a very formidable one. I was too much rejoiced however at the recovery of the animals to think

much about it; and having made some tea for Raymond in a tin vessel which we had brought with us, I told

him that I would give him two hours for resting before we set out again. He had eaten nothing that day; but

having no appetite, he lay down immediately to sleep. I picketed the animals among the richest grass that I

could find, and made fires of green wood to protect them from the flies; then sitting down again by the tree, I

watched the slow movements of the sun, begrudging every moment that passed.

The time I had mentioned expired, and I awoke Raymond. We saddled and set out again, but first we went in

search of the lost rifle, and in the course of an hour Raymond was fortunate enough to find it. Then we turned

westward, and moved over the hills and hollows at a slow pace toward the Black Hills. The heat no longer

tormented us, for a cloud was before the sun. Yet that day shall never be marked with white in my calendar.

The air began to grow fresh and cool, the distant mountains frowned more gloomily, there was a low

muttering of thunder, and dense black masses of cloud rose heavily behind the broken peaks. At first they

were gayly fringed with silver by the afternoon sun, but soon the thick blackness overspread the whole sky,

and the desert around us was wrapped in deep gloom. I scarcely heeded it at the time, but now I cannot but

feel that there was an awful sublimity in the hoarse murmuring of the thunder, in the somber shadows that

involved the mountains and the plain. The storm broke. It came upon us with a zigzag blinding flash, with a

terrific crash of thunder, and with a hurricane that howled over the prairie, dashing floods of water against us.

Raymond looked round, and cursed the merciless elements. There seemed no shelter near, but we discerned at

length a deep ravine gashed in the level prairie, and saw half way down its side an old pine tree, whose rough


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 73



Top




Page No 76


horizontal boughs formed a sort of penthouse against the tempest. We found a practicable passage, and

hastily descending, fastened our animals to some large loose stones at the bottom; then climbing up, we drew

our blankets over our heads, and seated ourselves close beneath the old tree. Perhaps I was no competent

judge of time, but it seemed to me that we were sitting there a full hour, while around us poured a deluge of

rain, through which the rocks on the opposite side of the gulf were barely visible. The first burst of the

tempest soon subsided, but the rain poured steadily. At length Raymond grew impatient, and scrambling out

of the ravine, he gained the level prairie above.

"What does the weather look like?" asked I, from my seat under the tree.

"It looks bad," he answered; "dark all around," and again he descended and sat down by my side. Some ten

minutes elapsed.

"Go up again," said I, "and take another look;" and he clambered up the precipice. "Well, how is it?"

"Just the same, only I see one little bright spot over the top of the mountain.

The rain by this time had begun to abate; and going down to the bottom of the ravine, we loosened the

animals, who were standing up to their knees in water. Leading them up the rocky throat of the ravine, we

reached the plain above. "Am I," I thought to myself, "the same man who a few months since, was seated, a

quiet student of BELLESLETTRES, in a cushioned armchair by a seacoal fire?"

All around us was obscurity; but the bright spot above the mountaintops grew wider and ruddier, until at

length the clouds drew apart, and a flood of sunbeams poured down from heaven, streaming along the

precipices, and involving them in a thin blue haze, as soft and lovely as that which wraps the Apennines on

an evening in spring. Rapidly the clouds were broken and scattered, like routed legions of evil spirits. The

plain lay basking in sunbeams around us; a rainbow arched the desert from north to south, and far in front a

line of woods seemed inviting us to refreshment and repose. When we reached them, they were glistening

with prismatic dewdrops, and enlivened by the song and flutterings of a hundred birds. Strange winged

insects, benumbed by the rain, were clinging to the leaves and the bark of the trees.

Raymond kindled a fire with great difficulty. The animals turned eagerly to feed on the soft rich grass, while

I, wrapping myself in my blanket, lay down and gazed on the evening landscape. The mountains, whose stern

features had lowered upon us with so gloomy and awful a frown, now seemed lighted up with a serene,

benignant smile, and the green waving undulations of the plain were gladdened with the rich sunshine. Wet,

ill, and wearied as I was, my spirit grew lighter at the view, and I drew from it an augury of good for my

future prospects.

When morning came, Raymond awoke, coughing violently, though I had apparently received no injury. We

mounted, crossed the little stream, pushed through the trees, and began our journey over the plain beyond.

And now, as we rode slowly along, we looked anxiously on every hand for traces of the Indians, not doubting

that the village had passed somewhere in that vicinity; but the scanty shriveled grass was not more than three

or four inches high, and the ground was of such unyielding hardness that a host might have marched over it

and left scarcely a trace of its passage. Up hill and down hill, and clambering through ravines, we continued

our journey. As we were skirting the foot of a hill I saw Raymond, who was some rods in advance, suddenly

jerking the reins of his mule. Sliding from his seat, and running in a crouching posture up a hollow, he

disappeared; and then in an instant I heard the sharp quick crack of his rifle. A wounded antelope came

running on three legs over the hill. I lashed Pauline and made after him. My fleet little mare soon brought me

by his side, and after leaping and bounding for a few moments in vain, he stood still, as if despairing of

escape. His glistening eyes turned up toward my face with so piteous a look that it was with feelings of

infinite compunction that I shot him through the head with a pistol. Raymond skinned and cut him up, and we


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 74



Top




Page No 77


hung the forequarters to our saddles, much rejoiced that our exhausted stock of provisions was renewed in

such good time.

Gaining the top of a hill, we could see along the cloudy verge of the prairie before us lines of trees and

shadowy groves that marked the course of Laramie Creek. Some time before noon we reached its banks and

began anxiously to search them for footprints of the Indians. We followed the stream for several miles, now

on the shore and now wading in the water, scrutinizing every sandbar and every muddy bank. So long was

the search that we began to fear that we had left the trail undiscovered behind us. At length I heard Raymond

shouting, and saw him jump from his mule to examine some object under the shelving bank. I rode up to his

side. It was the clear and palpable impression of an Indian moccasin. Encouraged by this we continued our

search, and at last some appearances on a soft surface of earth not far from the shore attracted my eye; and

going to examine them I found half a dozen tracks, some made by men and some by children. Just then

Raymond observed across the stream the mouth of a small branch entering it from the south. He forded the

water, rode in at the opening, and in a moment I heard him shouting again, so I passed over and joined him.

The little branch had a broad sandy bed, along which the water trickled in a scanty stream; and on either bank

the bushes were so close that the view was completely intercepted. I found Raymond stooping over the

footprints of three or four horses. Proceeding we found those of a man, then those of a child, then those of

more horses; and at last the bushes on each bank were beaten down and broken, and the sand plowed up with

a multitude of footsteps, and scored across with the furrows made by the lodge poles that had been dragged

through. It was now certain that we had found the trail. I pushed through the bushes, and at a little distance on

the prairie beyond found the ashes of a hundred and fifty lodge fires, with bones and pieces of buffalo robes

scattered around them, and in some instances the pickets to which horses had been secured still standing in

the ground. Elated by our success we selected a convenient tree, and turning the animals loose, prepared to

make a meal from the fat haunch of our victim.

Hardship and exposure had thriven with me wonderfully. I had gained both health and strength since leaving

La Bonte's Camp. Raymond and I made a hearty meal together in high spirits, for we rashly presumed that

having found one end of the trail we should have little difficulty in reaching the other. But when the animals

were led in we found that our old ill luck had not ceased to follow us close. As I was saddling Pauline I saw

that her eye was as dull as lead, and the hue of her yellow coat visibly darkened. I placed my foot in the

stirrup to mount, when instantly she staggered and fell flat on her side. Gaining her feet with an effort she

stood by the fire with a drooping head. Whether she had been bitten by a snake or poisoned by some noxious

plant or attacked by a sudden disorder, it was hard to say; but at all events her sickness was sufficiently

illtimed and unfortunate. I succeeded in a second attempt to mount her, and with a slow pace we moved

forward on the trail of the Indians. It led us up a hill and over a dreary plain; and here, to our great

mortification, the traces almost disappeared, for the ground was hard as adamant; and if its flinty surface had

ever retained the print of a hoof, the marks had been washed away by the deluge of yesterday. An Indian

village, in its disorderly march, is scattered over the prairie, often to the width of full half a mile; so that its

trail is nowhere clearly marked, and the task of following it is made doubly wearisome and difficult. By good

fortune plenty of large anthills, a yard or more in diameter, were scattered over the plain, and these were

frequently broken by the footprints of men and horses, and marked by traces of the lodgepoles. The

succulent leaves of the pricklypear, also bruised from the same causes, helped a little to guide us; so inch by

inch we moved along. Often we lost the trail altogether, and then would recover it again, but late in the

afternoon we found ourselves totally at fault. We stood alone without clew to guide us. The broken plain

expanded for league after league around us, and in front the long dark ridge of mountains was stretching from

north to south. Mount Laramie, a little on our right, towered high above the rest and from a dark valley just

beyond one of its lower declivities, we discerned volumes of white smoke slowly rolling up into the clear air.

"I think," said Raymond, "some Indians must be there. Perhaps we had better go." But this plan was not

rashly to be adopted, and we determined still to continue our search after the lost trail. Our good stars

prompted us to this decision, for we afterward had reason to believe, from information given us by the


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 75



Top




Page No 78


Indians, that the smoke was raised as a decoy by a Crow war party.

Evening was coming on, and there was no wood or water nearer than the foot of the mountains. So thither we

turned, directing our course toward the point where Laramie Creek issues forth upon the prairie. When we

reached it the bare tops of the mountains were still brightened with sunshine. The little river was breaking

with a vehement and angry current from its dark prison. There was something in the near vicinity of the

mountains, in the loud surging of the rapids, wonderfully cheering and exhilarating; for although once as

familiar as home itself, they had been for months strangers to my experience. There was a rich grassplot by

the river's bank, surrounded by low ridges, which would effectually screen ourselves and our fire from the

sight of wandering Indians. Here among the grass I observed numerous circles of large stones, which, as

Raymond said, were traces of a Dakota winter encampment. We lay down and did not awake till the sun was

up. A large rock projected from the shore, and behind it the deep water was slowly eddying round and round.

The temptation was irresistible. I threw off my clothes, leaped in, suffered myself to be borne once round

with the current, and then, seizing the strong root of a water plant, drew myself to the shore. The effect was

so invigorating and refreshing that I mistook it for returning health. "Pauline," thought I, as I led the little

mare up to be saddled, "only thrive as I do, and you and I will have sport yet among the buffalo beyond these

mountains." But scarcely were we mounted and on our way before the momentary glow passed. Again I hung

as usual in my seat, scarcely able to hold myself erect.

"Look yonder," said Raymond; "you see that big hollow there; the Indians must have gone that way, if they

went anywhere about here."

We reached the gap, which was like a deep notch cut into the mountain ridge, and here we soon discerned an

anthill furrowed with the mark of a lodgepole. This was quite enough; there could be no doubt now. As we

rode on, the opening growing narrower, the Indians had been compelled to march in closer order, and the

traces became numerous and distinct. The gap terminated in a rocky gateway, leading into a rough passage

upward, between two precipitous mountains. Here grass and weeds were bruised to fragments by the throng

that had passed through. We moved slowly over the rocks, up the passage; and in this toilsome manner we

advanced for an hour or two, bare precipices, hundreds of feet high, shooting up on either hand. Raymond,

with his hardy mule, was a few rods before me, when we came to the foot of an ascent steeper than the rest,

and which I trusted might prove the highest point of the defile. Pauline strained upward for a few yards,

moaning and stumbling, and then came to a dead stop, unable to proceed further. I dismounted, and attempted

to lead her; but my own exhausted strength soon gave out; so I loosened the trailrope from her neck, and

tying it round my arm, crawled up on my hands and knees. I gained the top, totally exhausted, the sweat

drops trickling from my forehead. Pauline stood like a statue by my side, her shadow falling upon the

scorching rock; and in this shade, for there was no other, I lay for some time, scarcely able to move a limb.

All around the black crags, sharp as needles at the top, stood glowing in the sun, without a tree, or a bush, or

a blade of grass, to cover their precipitous sides. The whole scene seemed parched with a pitiless, insufferable

heat.

After a while I could mount again, and we moved on, descending the rocky defile on its western side.

Thinking of that morning's journey, it has sometimes seemed to me that there was something ridiculous in my

position; a man, armed to the teeth, but wholly unable to fight, and equally so to run away, traversing a

dangerous wilderness, on a sick horse. But these thoughts were retrospective, for at the time I was in too

grave a mood to entertain a very lively sense of the ludicrous.

Raymond's saddlegirth slipped; and while I proceeded he was stopping behind to repair the mischief. I came

to the top of a little declivity, where a most welcome sight greeted my eye; a nook of fresh green grass

nestled among the cliffs, sunny clumps of bushes on one side, and shaggy old pine trees leaning forward from

the rocks on the other. A shrill, familiar voice saluted me, and recalled me to days of boyhood; that of the

insect called the "locust" by New England schoolboys, which was fast clinging among the heated boughs of


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 76



Top




Page No 79


the old pine trees. Then, too, as I passed the bushes, the low sound of falling water reached my ear. Pauline

turned of her own accord, and pushing through the boughs we found a black rock, overarched by the cool

green canopy. An icy stream was pouring from its side into a wide basin of white sand, from whence it had

no visible outlet, but filtered through into the soil below. While I filled a tin cup at the spring, Pauline was

eagerly plunging her head deep in the pool. Other visitors had been there before us. All around in the soft soil

were the footprints of elk, deer, and the Rocky Mountain sheep; and the grizzly bear too had left the recent

prints of his broad foot, with its frightful array of claws. Among these mountains was his home.

Soon after leaving the spring we found a little grassy plain, encircled by the mountains, and marked, to our

great joy, with all the traces of an Indian camp. Raymond's practiced eye detected certain signs by which he

recognized the spot where Reynal's lodge had been pitched and his horses picketed. I approached, and stood

looking at the place. Reynal and I had, I believe, hardly a feeling in common. I disliked the fellow, and it

perplexed me a good deal to understand why I should look with so much interest on the ashes of his fire,

when between him and me there seemed no other bond of sympathy than the slender and precarious one of a

kindred race.

In half an hour from this we were clear of the mountains. There was a plain before us, totally barren and

thickly peopled in many parts with the little prairie dogs, who sat at the mouths of their burrows and yelped at

us as we passed. The plain, as we thought, was about six miles wide; but it cost us two hours to cross it. Then

another mountain range rose before us, grander and more wild than the last had been. Far out of the dense

shrubbery that clothed the steeps for a thousand feet shot up black crags, all leaning one way, and shattered

by storms and thunder into grim and threatening shapes. As we entered a narrow passage on the trail of the

Indians, they impended frightfully on one side, above our heads.

Our course was through dense woods, in the shade and twinkling sunlight of overhanging boughs. I would I

could recall to mind all the startling combinations that presented themselves, as winding from side to side of

the passage, to avoid its obstructions, we could see, glancing at intervals through the foliage, the awful forms

of the gigantic cliffs, that seemed at times to hem us in on the right and on the left, before us and behind!

Another scene in a few moments greeted us; a tract of gray and sunny woods, broken into knolls and hollows,

enlivened by birds and interspersed with flowers. Among the rest I recognized the mellow whistle of the

robin, an old familiar friend whom I had scarce expected to meet in such a place. Humble bees too were

buzzing heavily about the flowers; and of these a species of larkspur caught my eye, more appropriate, it

should seem, to cultivated gardens than to a remote wilderness. Instantly it recalled a multitude of dormant

and delightful recollections.

Leaving behind us this spot and its associations, a sight soon presented itself, characteristic of that warlike

region. In an open space, fenced in by high rocks, stood two Indian forts, of a square form, rudely built of

sticks and logs. They were somewhat ruinous, having probably been constructed the year before. Each might

have contained about twenty men. Perhaps in this gloomy spot some party had been beset by their enemies,

and those scowling rocks and blasted trees might not long since have looked down on a conflict unchronicled

and unknown. Yet if any traces of bloodshed remained they were completely hidden by the bushes and tall

rank weeds.

Gradually the mountains drew apart, and the passage expanded into a plain, where again we found traces of

an Indian encampment. There were trees and bushes just before us, and we stopped here for an hour's rest and

refreshment. When we had finished our meal Raymond struck fire, and lighting his pipe, sat down at the foot

of a tree to smoke. For some time I observed him puffing away with a face of unusual solemnity. Then slowly

taking the pipe from his lips, he looked up and remarked that we had better not go any farther.

"Why not?" asked I.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 77



Top




Page No 80


He said that the country was becoming very dangerous, that we were entering the range of the Snakes,

Arapahoes and Grosventre Blackfeet, and that if any of their wandering parties should meet us, it would cost

us our lives; but he added, with a blunt fidelity that nearly reconciled me to his stupidity, that he would go

anywhere I wished. I told him to bring up the animals, and mounting them we proceeded again. I confess that,

as we moved forward, the prospect seemed but a dreary and doubtful one. I would have given the world for

my ordinary elasticity of body and mind, and for a horse of such strength and spirit as the journey required.

Closer and closer the rocks gathered round us, growing taller and steeper, and pressing more and more upon

our path. We entered at length a defile which I never had seen rivaled. The mountain was cracked from top to

bottom, and we were creeping along the bottom of the fissure, in dampness and gloom, with the clink of

hoofs on the loose shingly rocks, and the hoarse murmuring of a petulant brook which kept us company.

Sometimes the water, foaming among the stones, overspread the whole narrow passage; sometimes,

withdrawing to one side, it gave us room to pass dryshod. Looking up, we could see a narrow ribbon of

bright blue sky between the dark edges of the opposing cliffs. This did not last long. The passage soon

widened, and sunbeams found their way down, flashing upon the black waters. The defile would spread out

to many rods in width; bushes, trees, and flowers would spring by the side of the brook; the cliffs would be

feathered with shrubbery, that clung in every crevice, and fringed with trees, that grew along their sunny

edges. Then we would be moving again in the darkness. The passage seemed about four miles long, and

before we reached the end of it, the unshod hoofs of our animals were lamentably broken, and their legs cut

by the sharp stones. Issuing from the mountain we found another plain. All around it stood a circle of lofty

precipices, that seemed the impersonation of silence and solitude. Here again the Indians had encamped, as

well they might, after passing with their women, children and horses through the gulf behind us. In one day

we had made a journey which had cost them three to accomplish.

The only outlet to this amphitheater lay over a hill some two hundred feet high, up which we moved with

difficulty. Looking from the top, we saw that at last we were free of the mountains. The prairie spread before

us, but so wild and broken that the view was everywhere obstructed. Far on our left one tall hill swelled up

against the sky, on the smooth, pale green surface of which four slowly moving black specks were

discernible. They were evidently buffalo, and we hailed the sight as a good augury; for where the buffalo

were, there too the Indians would probably be found. We hoped on that very night to reach the village. We

were anxious to do so for a double reason, wishing to bring our wearisome journey to an end, and knowing,

moreover, that though to enter the village in broad daylight would be a perfectly safe experiment, yet to

encamp in its vicinity would be dangerous. But as we rode on, the sun was sinking, and soon was within half

an hour of the horizon. We ascended a hill and looked round us for a spot for our encampment. The prairie

was like a turbulent ocean, suddenly congealed when its waves were at the highest, and it lay half in light and

half in shadow, as the rich sunshine, yellow as gold, was pouring over it. The rough bushes of the wild sage

were growing everywhere, its dull pale green overspreading hill and hollow. Yet a little way before us, a

bright verdant line of grass was winding along the plain, and here and there throughout its course water was

glistening darkly. We went down to it, kindled a fire, and turned our horses loose to feed. It was a little

trickling brook, that for some yards on either bank turned the barren prairie into fertility, and here and there it

spread into deep pools, where the beaver had dammed it up.

We placed our last remaining piece of the antelope before a scanty fire, mournfully reflecting on our

exhausted stock of provisions. Just then an enormous gray hare, peculiar to these prairies, came jumping

along, and seated himself within fifty yards to look at us. I thoughtlessly raised my rifle to shoot him, but

Raymond called out to me not to fire for fear the report should reach the ears of the Indians. That night for the

first time we considered that the danger to which we were exposed was of a somewhat serious character; and

to those who are unacquainted with Indians, it may seem strange that our chief apprehensions arose from the

supposed proximity of the people whom we intended to visit. Had any straggling party of these faithful

friends caught sight of us from the hilltop, they would probably have returned in the night to plunder us of

our horses and perhaps of our scalps. But we were on the prairie, where the GENIUS LOCI is at war with all


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 78



Top




Page No 81


nervous apprehensions; and I presume that neither Raymond nor I thought twice of the matter that evening.

While he was looking after the animals, I sat by the fire engaged in the novel task of baking bread. The

utensils were of the most simple and primitive kind, consisting of two sticks inclining over the bed of coals,

one end thrust into the ground while the dough was twisted in a spiral form round the other. Under such

circumstances all the epicurean in a man's nature is apt to awaken within him. I revisited in fancy the far

distant abodes of good fare, not indeed Frascati's, or the Trois Freres Provencaux, for that were too extreme a

flight; but no other than the homely table of my old friend and host, Tom Crawford, of the White Mountains.

By a singular revulsion, Tom himself, whom I well remember to have looked upon as the impersonation of

all that is wild and backwoodsmanlike, now appeared before me as the ministering angel of comfort and

good living. Being fatigued and drowsy I began to doze, and my thoughts, following the same train of

association, assumed another form. Halfdreaming, I saw myself surrounded with the mountains of New

England, alive with waterfalls, their black crags tinctured with milkwhite mists. For this reverie I paid a

speedy penalty; for the bread was black on one side and soft on the other.

For eight hours Raymond and I, pillowed on our saddles, lay insensible as logs. Pauline's yellow head was

stretched over me when I awoke. I got up and examined her. Her feet indeed were bruised and swollen by the

accidents of yesterday, but her eye was brighter, her motions livelier, and her mysterious malady had visibly

abated. We moved on, hoping within an hour to come in sight of the Indian village; but again disappointment

awaited us. The trail disappeared, melting away upon a hard and stony plain. Raymond and I separating, rode

from side to side, scrutinizing every yard of ground, until at length I discerned traces of the lodgepoles

passing by the side of a ridge of rocks. We began again to follow them.

"What is that black spot out there on the prairie?"

"It looks like a dead buffalo," answered Raymond.

We rode out to it, and found it to be the huge carcass of a bull killed by the Indians as they had passed.

Tangled hair and scraps of hide were scattered all around, for the wolves had been making merry over it, and

had hollowed out the entire carcass. It was covered with myriads of large black crickets, and from its

appearance must certainly have lain there for four or five days. The sight was a most disheartening one, and I

observed to Raymond that the Indians might still be fifty or sixty miles before us. But he shook his head, and

replied that they dared not go so far for fear of their enemies, the Snakes.

Soon after this we lost the trail again, and ascended a neighboring ridge, totally at a loss. Before us lay a plain

perfectly flat, spreading on the right and left, without apparent limit, and bounded in front by a long broken

line of hills, ten or twelve miles distant. All was open and exposed to view, yet not a buffalo nor an Indian

was visible.

"Do you see that?" said Raymond; "Now we had better turn round."

But as Raymond's bourgeois thought otherwise, we descended the hill and began to cross the plain. We had

come so far that I knew perfectly well neither Pauline's limbs nor my own could carry me back to Fort

Laramie. I considered that the lines of expediency and inclination tallied exactly, and that the most prudent

course was to keep forward. The ground immediately around us was thickly strewn with the skulls and bones

of buffalo, for here a year or two before the Indians had made a "surround"; yet no living game presented

itself. At length, however, an antelope sprang up and gazed at us. We fired together, and by a singular fatality

we both missed, although the animal stood, a fair mark, within eighty yards. This ill success might perhaps be

charged to our own eagerness, for by this time we had no provision left except a little flour. We could discern

several small lakes, or rather extensive pools of water, glistening in the distance. As we approached them,

wolves and antelopes bounded away through the tall grass that grew in their vicinity, and flocks of large


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS 79



Top




Page No 82


white plover flew screaming over their surface. Having failed of the antelope, Raymond tried his hand at the

birds with the same ill success. The water also disappointed us. Its muddy margin was so beaten up by the

crowd of buffalo that our timorous animals were afraid to approach. So we turned away and moved toward

the hills. The rank grass, where it was not trampled down by the buffalo, fairly swept our horses' necks.

Again we found the same execrable barren prairie offering no clew by which to guide our way. As we drew

near the hills an opening appeared, through which the Indians must have gone if they had passed that way at

all. Slowly we began to ascend it. I felt the most dreary forebodings of ill success, when on looking round I

could discover neither dent of hoof, nor footprint, nor trace of lodge pole, though the passage was

encumbered by the ghastly skulls of buffalo. We heard thunder muttering; a storm was coming on.

As we gained the top of the gap, the prospect beyond began to disclose itself. First, we saw a long dark line of

ragged clouds upon the horizon, while above them rose the peak of the MedicineBow, the vanguard of the

Rocky Mountains; then little by little the plain came into view, a vast green uniformity, forlorn and

tenantless, though Laramie Creek glistened in a waving line over its surface, without a bush or a tree upon its

banks. As yet, the round projecting shoulder of a hill intercepted a part of the view. I rode in advance, when

suddenly I could distinguish a few dark spots on the prairie, along the bank of the stream.

"Buffalo!" said I. Then a sudden hope flashed upon me, and eagerly and anxiously I looked again.

"Horses!" exclaimed Raymond, with a tremendous oath, lashing his mule forward as he spoke. More and

more of the plain disclosed itself, and in rapid succession more and more horses appeared, scattered along the

river bank, or feeding in bands over the prairie. Then, suddenly, standing in a circle by the stream, swarming

with their savage inhabitants, we saw rising before us the tall lodges of the Ogallalla. Never did the heart of

wanderer more gladden at the sight of home than did mine at the sight of those wild habitations!

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE

Such a narrative as this is hardly the place for portraying the mental features of the Indians. The same picture,

slightly changed in shade and coloring, would serve with very few exceptions for all the tribes that lie north

of the Mexican territories. But with this striking similarity in their modes of thought, the tribes of the lake and

ocean shores, of the forests and of the plains, differ greatly in their manner of life. Having been domesticated

for several weeks among one of the wildest of the wild hordes that roam over the remote prairies, I had

extraordinary opportunities of observing them, and I flatter myself that a faithful picture of the scenes that

passed daily before my eyes may not be devoid of interest and value. These men were thorough savages.

Neither their manners nor their ideas were in the slightest degree modified by contact with civilization. They

knew nothing of the power and real character of the white men, and their children would scream in terror at

the sight of me. Their religion, their superstitions, and their prejudices were the same that had been handed

down to them from immemorial time. They fought with the same weapons that their fathers fought with and

wore the same rude garments of skins.

Great changes are at hand in that region. With the stream of emigration to Oregon and California, the buffalo

will dwindle away, and the large wandering communities who depend on them for support must be broken

and scattered. The Indians will soon be corrupted by the example of the whites, abased by whisky, and

overawed by military posts; so that within a few years the traveler may pass in tolerable security through their

country. Its danger and its charm will have disappeared together.

As soon as Raymond and I discovered the village from the gap in the hills, we were seen in our turn; keen

eyes were constantly on the watch. As we rode down upon the plain the side of the village nearest us was

darkened with a crowd of naked figures gathering around the lodges. Several men came forward to meet us. I

could distinguish among them the green blanket of the Frenchman Reynal. When we came up the ceremony


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 80



Top




Page No 83


of shaking hands had to be gone through with in due form, and then all were eager to know what had become

of the rest of my party. I satisfied them on this point, and we all moved forward together toward the village.

"You've missed it," said Reynal; "if you'd been here day before yesterday, you'd have found the whole prairie

over yonder black with buffalo as far as you could see. There were no cows, though; nothing but bulls. We

made a 'surround' every day till yesterday. See the village there; don't that look like good living?"

In fact I could see, even at that distance, that long cords were stretched from lodge to lodge, over which the

meat, cut by the squaws into thin sheets, was hanging to dry in the sun. I noticed too that the village was

somewhat smaller than when I had last seen it, and I asked Reynal the cause. He said that the old Le Borgne

had felt too weak to pass over the mountains, and so had remained behind with all his relations, including

MahtoTatonka and his brothers. The Whirlwind too had been unwilling to come so far, because, as Reynal

said, he was afraid. Only half a dozen lodges had adhered to him, the main body of the village setting their

chief's authority at naught, and taking the course most agreeable to their inclinations.

"What chiefs are there in the village now?" said I.

"Well," said Reynal, "there's old RedWater, and the EagleFeather, and the Big Crow, and the Mad Wolf

and the Panther, and the White Shield, andwhat's his name?the halfbreed Cheyenne."

By this time we were close to the village, and I observed that while the greater part of the lodges were very

large and neat in their appearance, there was at one side a cluster of squalid, miserable huts. I looked toward

them, and made some remark about their wretched appearance. But I was touching upon delicate ground.

"My squaw's relations live in those lodges," said Reynal very warmly, "and there isn't a better set in the

whole village."

"Are there any chiefs among them?" asked I.

"Chiefs?" said Reynal; "yes, plenty!"

"What are their names?" I inquired.

"Their names? Why, there's the ArrowHead. If he isn't a chief he ought to be one. And there's the

HailStorm. He's nothing but a boy, to be sure; but he's bound to be a chief one of these days!"

Just then we passed between two of the lodges, and entered the great area of the village. Superb naked figures

stood silently gazing on us.

"Where's the Bad Wound's lodge?" said I to Reynal.

"There, you've missed it again! The Bad Wound is away with The Whirlwind. If you could have found him

here, and gone to live in his lodge, he would have treated you better than any man in the village. But there's

the Big Crow's lodge yonder, next to old RedWater's. He's a good Indian for the whites, and I advise you to

go and live with him."

"Are there many squaws and children in his lodge?" said I.

"No; only one squaw and two or three children. He keeps the rest in a separate lodge by themselves."


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 81



Top




Page No 84


So, still followed by a crowd of Indians, Raymond and I rode up to the entrance of the Big Crow's lodge. A

squaw came out immediately and took our horses. I put aside the leather nap that covered the low opening,

and stooping, entered the Big Crow's dwelling. There I could see the chief in the dim light, seated at one side,

on a pile of buffalo robes. He greeted me with a guttural "How, cola!" I requested Reynal to tell him that

Raymond and I were come to live with him. The Big Crow gave another low exclamation. If the reader thinks

that we were intruding somewhat cavalierly, I beg him to observe that every Indian in the village would have

deemed himself honored that white men should give such preference to his hospitality.

The squaw spread a buffalo robe for us in the guest's place at the head of the lodge. Our saddles were brought

in, and scarcely were we seated upon them before the place was thronged with Indians, who came crowding

in to see us. The Big Crow produced his pipe and filled it with the mixture of tobacco and shongsasha, or red

willow bark. Round and round it passed, and a lively conversation went forward. Meanwhile a squaw placed

before the two guests a wooden bowl of boiled buffalo meat, but unhappily this was not the only banquet

destined to be inflicted on us. Rapidly, one after another, boys and young squaws thrust their heads in at the

opening, to invite us to various feasts in different parts of the village. For half an hour or more we were

actively engaged in passing from lodge to lodge, tasting in each of the bowl of meat set before us, and

inhaling a whiff or two from our entertainer's pipe. A thunderstorm that had been threatening for some time

now began in good earnest. We crossed over to Reynal's lodge, though it hardly deserved this name, for it

consisted only of a few old buffalo robes, supported on poles, and was quite open on one side. Here we sat

down, and the Indians gathered round us.

"What is it," said I, "that makes the thunder?"

"It's my belief," said Reynal, "that it is a big stone rolling over the sky."

"Very likely," I replied; "but I want to know what the Indians think about it."

So he interpreted my question, which seemed to produce some doubt and debate. There was evidently a

difference of opinion. At last old MeneSeela, or RedWater, who sat by himself at one side, looked up with

his withered face, and said he had always known what the thunder was. It was a great black bird; and once he

had seen it, in a dream, swooping down from the Black Hills, with its loud roaring wings; and when it

flapped them over a lake, they struck lightning from the water.

"The thunder is bad," said another old man, who sat muffled in his buffalo robe; "he killed my brother last

summer."

Reynal, at my request, asked for an explanation; but the old man remained doggedly silent, and would not

look up. Some time after I learned how the accident occurred. The man who was killed belonged to an

association which, among other mystic functions, claimed the exclusive power and privilege of fighting the

thunder. Whenever a storm which they wished to avert was threatening, the thunder fighters would take

their bows and arrows, their guns, their magic drum, and a sort of whistle, made out of the wingbone of the

war eagle. Thus equipped, they would run out and fire at the rising cloud, whooping, yelling, whistling, and

beating their drum, to frighten it down again. One afternoon a heavy black cloud was coming up, and they

repaired to the top of a hill, where they brought all their magic artillery into play against it. But the undaunted

thunder, refusing to be terrified, kept moving straight onward, and darted out a bright flash which struck one

of the party dead, as he was in the very act of shaking his long ironpointed lance against it. The rest

scattered and ran yelling in an ecstasy of superstitious terror back to their lodges.

The lodge of my host KongraTonga, or the Big Crow, presented a picturesque spectacle that evening. A

score or more of Indians were seated around in a circle, their dark naked forms just visible by the dull light of

the smoldering fire in the center, the pipe glowing brightly in the gloom as it passed from hand to hand round


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 82



Top




Page No 85


the lodge. Then a squaw would drop a piece of buffalofat on the dull embers. Instantly a bright glancing

flame would leap up, darting its clear light to the very apex of the tall conical structure, where the tops of the

slender poles that supported its covering of leather were gathered together. It gilded the features of the

Indians, as with animated gestures they sat around it, telling their endless stories of war and hunting. It

displayed rude garments of skins that hung around the lodge; the bow, quiver, and lance suspended over the

restingplace of the chief, and the rifles and powderhorns of the two white guests. For a moment all would

be bright as day; then the flames would die away, and fitful flashes from the embers would illumine the

lodge, and then leave it in darkness. Then all the light would wholly fade, and the lodge and all within it be

involved again in obscurity.

As I left the lodge next morning, I was saluted by howling and yelling from all around the village, and half its

canine population rushed forth to the attack. Being as cowardly as they were clamorous, they kept jumping

around me at the distance of a few yards, only one little cur, about ten inches long, having spirit enough to

make a direct assault. He dashed valiantly at the leather tassel which in the Dakota fashion was trailing

behind the heel of my moccasin, and kept his hold, growling and snarling all the while, though every step I

made almost jerked him over on his back. As I knew that the eyes of the whole village were on the watch to

see if I showed any sign of apprehension, I walked forward without looking to the right or left, surrounded

wherever I went by this magic circle of dogs. When I came to Reynal's lodge I sat down by it, on which the

dogs dispersed growling to their respective quarters. Only one large white one remained, who kept running

about before me and showing his teeth. I called him, but he only growled the more. I looked at him well. He

was fat and sleek; just such a dog as I wanted. "My friend," thought I, "you shall pay for this! I will have you

eaten this very morning!"

I intended that day to give the Indians a feast, by way of conveying a favorable impression of my character

and dignity; and a white dog is the dish which the customs of the Dakota prescribe for all occasions of

formality and importance. I consulted Reynal; he soon discovered that an old woman in the next lodge was

owner of the white dog. I took a gaudy cotton handkerchief, and laying it on the ground, arranged some

vermilion, beads, and other trinkets upon it. Then the old squaw was summoned. I pointed to the dog and to

the handkerchief. She gave a scream of delight, snatched up the prize, and vanished with it into her lodge. For

a few more trifles I engaged the services of two other squaws, each of whom took the white dog by one of his

paws, and led him away behind the lodges, while he kept looking up at them with a face of innocent surprise.

Having killed him they threw him into a fire to singe; then chopped him up and put him into two large kettles

to boil. Meanwhile I told Raymond to fry in buffalofat what little flour we had left, and also to make a kettle

of tea as an additional item of the repast.

The Big Crow's squaw was set briskly at work sweeping out the lodge for the approaching festivity. I

confided to my host himself the task of inviting the guests, thinking that I might thereby shift from my own

shoulders the odium of fancied neglect and oversight.

When feasting is in question, one hour of the day serves an Indian as well as another. My entertainment came

off about eleven o'clock. At that hour, Reynal and Raymond walked across the area of the village, to the

admiration of the inhabitants, carrying the two kettles of dogmeat slung on a pole between them. These they

placed in the center of the lodge, and then went back for the bread and the tea. Meanwhile I had put on a pair

of brilliant moccasins, and substituted for my old buckskin frock a coat which I had brought with me in view

of such public occasions. I also made careful use of the razor, an operation which no man will neglect who

desires to gain the good opinion of Indians. Thus attired, I seated myself between Reynal and Raymond at the

head of the lodge. Only a few minutes elapsed before all the guests had come in and were seated on the

ground, wedged together in a close circle around the lodge. Each brought with him a wooden bowl to hold his

share of the repast. When all were assembled, two of the officials called "soldiers" by the white men, came

forward with ladles made of the horn of the Rocky Mountain sheep, and began to distribute the feast, always

assigning a double share to the old men and chiefs. The dog vanished with astonishing celerity, and each


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 83



Top




Page No 86


guest turned his dish bottom upward to show that all was gone. Then the bread was distributed in its turn, and

finally the tea. As the soldiers poured it out into the same wooden bowls that had served for the substantial

part of the meal, I thought it had a particularly curious and uninviting color.

"Oh!" said Reynal, "there was not tea enough, so I stirred some soot in the kettle, to make it look strong."

Fortunately an Indian's palate is not very discriminating. The tea was well sweetened, and that was all they

cared for.

Now the former part of the entertainment being concluded, the time for speechmaking was come. The Big

Crow produced a flat piece of wood on which he cut up tobacco and shongsasha, and mixed them in due

proportions. The pipes were filled and passed from hand to hand around the company. Then I began my

speech, each sentence being interpreted by Reynal as I went on, and echoed by the whole audience with the

usual exclamations of assent and approval. As nearly as I can recollect, it was as follows:

I had come, I told them, from a country so far distant, that at the rate they travel, they could not reach it in a

year.

"Howo how!"

"There the Meneaska were more numerous than the blades of grass on the prairie. The squaws were far more

beautiful than any they had ever seen, and all the men were brave warriors."

"How! how! how!"

Here I was assailed by sharp twinges of conscience, for I fancied I could perceive a fragrance of perfumery in

the air, and a vision rose before me of white kid gloves and silken mustaches with the mild and gentle

countenances of numerous fairhaired young men. But I recovered myself and began again.

"While I was living in the Meneaska lodges, I had heard of the Ogallalla, how great and brave a nation they

were, how they loved the whites, and how well they could hunt the buffalo and strike their enemies. I

resolved to come and see if all that I heard was true."

"How! how! how! how!"

"As I had come on horseback through the mountains, I had been able to bring them only a very few presents."

"How!"

"But I had enough tobacco to give them all a small piece. They might smoke it, and see how much better it

was than the tobacco which they got from the traders."

"How! how! how!"

"I had plenty of powder, lead, knives, and tobacco at Fort Laramie. These I was anxious to give them, and if

any of them should come to the fort before I went away, I would make them handsome presents."

"How! howo how! how!"

Raymond then cut up and distributed among them two or three pounds of tobacco, and old MeneSeela

began to make a reply. It was quite long, but the following was the pith of it:


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 84



Top




Page No 87


"He had always loved the whites. They were the wisest people on earth. He believed they could do

everything, and he was always glad when any of them came to live in the Ogallalla lodges. It was true I had

not made them many presents, but the reason of it was plain. It was clear that I liked them, or I never should

have come so far to find their village."

Several other speeches of similar import followed, and then this more serious matter being disposed of, there

was an interval of smoking, laughing, and conversation; but old MeneSeela suddenly interrupted it with a

loud voice:

"Now is a good time," he said, "when all the old men and chiefs are here together, to decide what the people

shall do. We came over the mountain to make our lodges for next year. Our old ones are good for nothing;

they are rotten and worn out. But we have been disappointed. We have killed buffalo bulls enough, but we

have found no herds of cows, and the skins of bulls are too thick and heavy for our squaws to make lodges of.

There must be plenty of cows about the MedicineBow Mountain. We ought to go there. To be sure it is

farther westward than we have ever been before, and perhaps the Snakes will attack us, for those

huntinggrounds belong to them. But we must have new lodges at any rate; our old ones will not serve for

another year. We ought not to be afraid of the Snakes. Our warriors are brave, and they are all ready for war.

Besides, we have three white men with their rifles to help us."

I could not help thinking that the old man relied a little too much on the aid of allies, one of whom was a

coward, another a blockhead, and the third an invalid. This speech produced a good deal of debate. As Reynal

did not interpret what was said, I could only judge of the meaning by the features and gestures of the

speakers. At the end of it, however, the greater number seemed to have fallen in with MeneSeela's opinion.

A short silence followed, and then the old man struck up a discordant chant, which I was told was a song of

thanks for the entertainment I had given them.

"Now," said he, "let us go and give the white men a chance to breathe."

So the company all dispersed into the open air, and for some time the old chief was walking round the

village, singing his song in praise of the feast, after the usual custom of the nation.

At last the day drew to a close, and as the sun went down the horses came trooping from the surrounding

plains to be picketed before the dwellings of their respective masters. Soon within the great circle of lodges

appeared another concentric circle of restless horses; and here and there fires were glowing and flickering

amid the gloom of the dusky figures around them. I went over and sat by the lodge of Reynal. The

EagleFeather, who was a son of MeneSeela, and brother of my host the Big Crow, was seated there

already, and I asked him if the village would move in the morning. He shook his head, and said that nobody

could tell, for since old MahtoTatonka had died, the people had been like children that did not know their

own minds. They were no better than a body without a head. So I, as well as the Indians themselves, fell

asleep that night without knowing whether we should set out in the morning toward the country of the

Snakes.

At daybreak, however, as I was coming up from the river after my morning's ablutions, I saw that a

movement was contemplated. Some of the lodges were reduced to nothing but bare skeletons of poles; the

leather covering of others was flapping in the wind as the squaws were pulling it off. One or two chiefs of

note had resolved, it seemed, on moving; and so having set their squaws at work, the example was tacitly

followed by the rest of the village. One by one the lodges were sinking down in rapid succession, and where

the great circle of the village had been only a moment before, nothing now remained but a ring of horses and

Indians, crowded in confusion together. The ruins of the lodges were spread over the ground, together with

kettles, stone mallets, great ladles of horn, buffalo robes, and cases of painted hide, filled with dried meat.

Squaws bustled about in their busy preparations, the old hags screaming to one another at the stretch of their


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 85



Top




Page No 88


leathern lungs. The shaggy horses were patiently standing while the lodgepoles were lashed to their sides,

and the baggage piled upon their backs. The dogs, with their tongues lolling out, lay lazily panting, and

waiting for the time of departure. Each warrior sat on the ground by the decaying embers of his fire, unmoved

amid all the confusion, while he held in his hand the long trailrope of his horse.

As their preparations were completed, each family moved off the ground. The crowd was rapidly melting

away. I could see them crossing the river, and passing in quick succession along the profile of the hill on the

farther bank. When all were gone, I mounted and set out after them, followed by Raymond, and as we gained

the summit, the whole village came in view at once, straggling away for a mile or more over the barren plains

before us. Everywhere the iron points of lances were glittering. The sun never shone upon a more strange

array. Here were the heavyladen pack horses, some wretched old women leading them, and two or three

children clinging to their backs. Here were mules or ponies covered from head to tail with gaudy trappings,

and mounted by some gay young squaw, grinning bashfulness and pleasure as the Meneaska looked at her.

Boys with miniature bows and arrows were wandering over the plains, little naked children were running

along on foot, and numberless dogs were scampering among the feet of the horses. The young braves, gaudy

with paint and feathers, were riding in groups among the crowd, and often galloping, two or three at once

along the line, to try the speed of their horses. Here and there you might see a rank of sturdy pedestrians

stalking along in their white buffalo robes. These were the dignitaries of the village, the old men and

warriors, to whose age and experience that wandering democracy yielded a silent deference. With the rough

prairie and the broken hills for its background, the restless scene was striking and picturesque beyond

description. Days and weeks made me familiar with it, but never impaired its effect upon my fancy.

As we moved on the broken column grew yet more scattered and disorderly, until, as we approached the foot

of a hill, I saw the old men before mentioned seating themselves in a line upon the ground, in advance of the

whole. They lighted a pipe and sat smoking, laughing, and telling stories, while the people, stopping as they

successively came up, were soon gathered in a crowd behind them. Then the old men rose, drew their buffalo

robes over their shoulders, and strode on as before. Gaining the top of the hill, we found a very steep declivity

before us. There was not a minute's pause. The whole descended in a mass, amid dust and confusion. The

horses braced their feet as they slid down, women and children were screaming, dogs yelping as they were

trodden upon, while stones and earth went rolling to the bottom. In a few moments I could see the village

from the summit, spreading again far and wide over the plain below.

At our encampment that afternoon I was attacked anew by my old disorder. In half an hour the strength that I

had been gaining for a week past had vanished again, and I became like a man in a dream. But at sunset I lay

down in the Big Crow's lodge and slept, totally unconscious till the morning. The first thing that awakened

me was a hoarse flapping over my head, and a sudden light that poured in upon me. The camp was breaking

up, and the squaws were moving the covering from the lodge. I arose and shook off my blanket with the

feeling of perfect health; but scarcely had I gained my feet when a sense of my helpless condition was once

more forced upon me, and I found myself scarcely able to stand. Raymond had brought up Pauline and the

mule, and I stooped to raise my saddle from the ground. My strength was quite inadequate to the task. "You

must saddle her," said I to Raymond, as I sat down again on a pile of buffalo robes:

"Et hoec etiam fortasse meminisse juvabit."

I thought, while with a painful effort I raised myself into the saddle. Half an hour after, even the expectation

that Virgil's line expressed seemed destined to disappointment. As we were passing over a great plain,

surrounded by long broken ridges, I rode slowly in advance of the Indians, with thoughts that wandered far

from the time and from the place. Suddenly the sky darkened, and thunder began to mutter. Clouds were

rising over the hills, as dreary and dull as the first forebodings of an approaching calamity; and in a moment

all around was wrapped in shadow. I looked behind. The Indians had stopped to prepare for the approaching

storm, and the dark, dense mass of savages stretched far to the right and left. Since the first attack of my


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 86



Top




Page No 89


disorder the effects of rain upon me had usually been injurious in the extreme. I had no strength to spare,

having at that moment scarcely enough to keep my seat on horseback. Then, for the first time, it pressed upon

me as a strong probability that I might never leave those deserts. "Well," thought I to myself, "a prairie makes

quick and sharp work. Better to die here, in the saddle to the last, than to stifle in the hot air of a sick

chamber, and a thousand times better than to drag out life, as many have done, in the helpless inaction of

lingering disease." So, drawing the buffalo robe on which I sat over my head, I waited till the storm should

come. It broke at last with a sudden burst of fury, and passing away as rapidly as it came, left the sky clear

again. My reflections served me no other purpose than to look back upon as a piece of curious experience; for

the rain did not produce the ill effects that I had expected. We encamped within an hour. Having no change of

clothes, I contrived to borrow a curious kind of substitute from Reynal: and this done, I went home, that is, to

the Big Crow's lodge to make the entire transfer that was necessary. Half a dozen squaws were in the lodge,

and one of them taking my arm held it against her own, while a general laugh and scream of admiration were

raised at the contrast in the color of the skin.

Our encampment that afternoon was not far distant from a spur of the Black Hills, whose ridges, bristling

with fir trees, rose from the plains a mile or two on our right. That they might move more rapidly toward their

proposed huntinggrounds, the Indians determined to leave at this place their stock of dried meat and other

superfluous articles. Some left even their lodges, and contented themselves with carrying a few hides to make

a shelter from the sun and rain. Half the inhabitants set out in the afternoon, with loaded pack horses, toward

the mountains. Here they suspended the dried meat upon trees, where the wolves and grizzly bears could not

get at it. All returned at evening. Some of the young men declared that they had heard the reports of guns

among the mountains to the eastward, and many surmises were thrown out as to the origin of these sounds.

For my part, I was in hopes that Shaw and Henry Chatillon were coming to join us. I would have welcomed

them cordially, for I had no other companions than two brutish white men and five hundred savages. I little

suspected that at that very moment my unlucky comrade was lying on a buffalo robe at Fort Laramie, fevered

with ivy poison, and solacing his woes with tobacco and Shakespeare.

As we moved over the plains on the next morning, several young men were riding about the country as

scouts; and at length we began to see them occasionally on the tops of the hills, shaking their robes as a signal

that they saw buffalo. Soon after, some bulls came in sight. Horsemen darted away in pursuit, and we could

see from the distance that one or two of the buffalo were killed. Raymond suddenly became inspired. I looked

at him as he rode by my side; his face had actually grown intelligent!

"This is the country for me!" he said; "if I could only carry the buffalo that are killed here every month down

to St. Louis I'd make my fortune in one winter. I'd grow as rich as old Papin, or Mackenzie either. I call this

the poor man's market. When I'm hungry I have only got to take my rifle and go out and get better meat than

the rich folks down below can get with all their money. You won't catch me living in St. Louis another

winter."

"No," said Reynal, "you had better say that after you and your Spanish woman almost starved to death there.

What a fool you were ever to take her to the settlements."

"Your Spanish woman?" said I; "I never heard of her before. Are you married to her?"

"No," answered Raymond, again looking intelligent; "the priests don't marry their women, and why should I

marry mine?"

This honorable mention of the Mexican clergy introduced the subject of religion, and I found that my two

associates, in common with other white men in the country, were as indifferent to their future welfare as men

whose lives are in constant peril are apt to be. Raymond had never heard of the Pope. A certain bishop, who

lived at Taos or at Santa Fe, embodied his loftiest idea of an ecclesiastical dignitary. Reynal observed that a


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 87



Top




Page No 90


priest had been at Fort Laramie two years ago, on his way to the Nez Perce mission, and that he had

confessed all the men there and given them absolution. "I got a good clearing out myself that time," said

Reynal, "and I reckon that will do for me till I go down to the settlements again."

Here he interrupted himself with an oath and exclaimed: "Look! look! The Panther is running an antelope!"

The Panther, on his black and white horse, one of the best in the village, came at full speed over the hill in hot

pursuit of an antelope that darted away like lightning before him. The attempt was made in mere sport and

bravado, for very few are the horses that can for a moment compete in swiftness with this little animal. The

antelope ran down the hill toward the main body of the Indians who were moving over the plain below. Sharp

yells were given and horsemen galloped out to intercept his flight. At this he turned sharply to the left and

scoured away with such incredible speed that he distanced all his pursuers and even the vaunted horse of the

Panther himself. A few moments after we witnessed a more serious sport. A shaggy buffalo bull bounded out

from a neighboring hollow, and close behind him came a slender Indian boy, riding without stirrups or saddle

and lashing his eager little horse to full speed. Yard after yard he drew closer to his gigantic victim, though

the bull, with his short tail erect and his tongue lolling out a foot from his foaming jaws, was straining his

unwieldy strength to the utmost. A moment more and the boy was close alongside of him. It was our friend

the HailStorm. He dropped the rein on his horse's neck and jerked an arrow like lightning from the quiver at

his shoulder.

"I tell you," said Reynal, "that in a year's time that boy will match the best hunter in the village. There he has

given it to him! and there goes another! You feel well, now, old bull, don't you, with two arrows stuck in your

lights? There, he has given him another! Hear how the HailStorm yells when he shoots! Yes, jump at him;

try it again, old fellow! You may jump all day before you get your horns into that pony!"

The bull sprang again and again at his assailant, but the horse kept dodging with wonderful celerity. At length

the bull followed up his attack with a furious rush, and the HailStorm was put to flight, the shaggy monster

following close behind. The boy clung in his seat like a leech, and secure in the speed of his little pony,

looked round toward us and laughed. In a moment he was again alongside of the bull, who was now driven to

complete desperation. His eyeballs glared through his tangled mane, and the blood flew from his mouth and

nostrils. Thus, still battling with each other, the two enemies disappeared over the hill.

Many of the Indians rode at full gallop toward the spot. We followed at a more moderate pace, and soon saw

the bull lying dead on the side of the hill. The Indians were gathered around him, and several knives were

already at work. These little instruments were plied with such wonderful address that the twisted sinews were

cut apart, the ponderous bones fell asunder as if by magic, and in a moment the vast carcass was reduced to a

heap of bloody ruins. The surrounding group of savages offered no very attractive spectacle to a civilized eye.

Some were cracking the huge thighbones and devouring the marrow within; others were cutting away pieces

of the liver and other approved morsels, and swallowing them on the spot with the appetite of wolves. The

faces of most of them, besmeared with blood from ear to ear, looked grim and horrible enough. My friend the

White Shield proffered me a marrowbone, so skillfully laid open that all the rich substance within was

exposed to view at once. Another Indian held out a large piece of the delicate lining of the paunch; but these

courteous offerings I begged leave to decline. I noticed one little boy who was very busy with his knife about

the jaws and throat of the buffalo, from which he extracted some morsel of peculiar delicacy. It is but fair to

say that only certain parts of the animal are considered eligible in these extempore banquets. The Indians

would look with abhorrence on anyone who should partake indiscriminately of the newly killed carcass.

We encamped that night, and marched westward through the greater part of the following day. On the next

morning we again resumed our journey. It was the 17th of July, unless my notebook misleads me. At noon

we stopped by some pools of rainwater, and in the afternoon again set forward. This double movement was

contrary to the usual practice of the Indians, but all were very anxious to reach the hunting ground, kill the


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 88



Top




Page No 91


necessary number of buffalo, and retreat as soon as possible from the dangerous neighborhood. I pass by for

the present some curious incidents that occurred during these marches and encampments. Late in the

afternoon of the lastmentioned day we came upon the banks of a little sandy stream, of which the Indians

could not tell the name; for they were very ill acquainted with that part of the country. So parched and arid

were the prairies around that they could not supply grass enough for the horses to feed upon, and we were

compelled to move farther and farther up the stream in search of ground for encampment. The country was

much wilder than before. The plains were gashed with ravines and broken into hollows and steep declivities,

which flanked our course, as, in longscattered array, the Indians advanced up the side of the stream.

MeneSeela consulted an extraordinary oracle to instruct him where the buffalo were to be found. When he

with the other chiefs sat down on the grass to smoke and converse, as they often did during the march, the old

man picked up one of those enormous blackandgreen crickets, which the Dakota call by a name that

signifies "They who point out the buffalo." The RootDiggers, a wretched tribe beyond the mountains, turn

them to good account by making them into a sort of soup, pronounced by certain unscrupulous trappers to be

extremely rich. Holding the bloated insect respectfully between his fingers and thumb, the old Indian looked

attentively at him and inquired, "Tell me, my father, where must we go tomorrow to find the buffalo?" The

cricket twisted about his long horns in evident embarrassment. At last he pointed, or seemed to point, them

westward. MeneSeela, dropping him gently on the grass, laughed with great glee, and said that if we went

that way in the morning we should be sure to kill plenty of game.

Toward evening we came upon a fresh green meadow, traversed by the stream, and deepset among tall

sterile bluffs. The Indians descended its steep bank; and as I was at the rear, I was one of the last to reach this

point. Lances were glittering, feathers fluttering, and the water below me was crowded with men and horses

passing through, while the meadow beyond was swarming with the restless crowd of Indians. The sun was

just setting, and poured its softened light upon them through an opening in the hills.

I remarked to Reynal that at last we had found a good campingground.

"Oh, it is very good," replied he ironically; "especially if there is a Snake war party about, and they take it

into their heads to shoot down at us from the top of these hills. It is no plan of mine, camping in such a hole

as this!"

The Indians also seemed apprehensive. High up on the top of the tallest bluff, conspicuous in the bright

evening sunlight, sat a naked warrior on horseback, looking around, as it seemed, over the neighboring

country; and Raymond told me that many of the young men had gone out in different directions as scouts.

The shadows had reached to the very summit of the bluffs before the lodges were erected and the village

reduced again to quiet and order. A cry was suddenly raised, and men, women, and children came running

out with animated faces, and looked eagerly through the opening on the hills by which the stream entered

from the westward. I could discern afar off some dark, heavy masses, passing over the sides of a low hill.

They disappeared, and then others followed. These were bands of buffalo cows. The huntingground was

reached at last, and everything promised well for the morrow's sport. Being fatigued and exhausted, I went

and lay down in KongraTonga's lodge, when Raymond thrust in his head, and called upon me to come and

see some sport. A number of Indians were gathered, laughing, along the line of lodges on the western side of

the village, and at some distance, I could plainly see in the twilight two huge black monsters stalking, heavily

and solemnly, directly toward us. They were buffalo bulls. The wind blew from them to the village, and such

was their blindness and stupidity that they were advancing upon the enemy without the least consciousness of

his presence. Raymond told me that two men had hidden themselves with guns in a ravine about twenty yards

in front of us. The two bulls walked slowly on, heavily swinging from side to side in their peculiar gait of

stupid dignity. They approached within four or five rods of the ravine where the Indians lay in ambush. Here

at last they seemed conscious that something was wrong, for they both stopped and stood perfectly still,

without looking either to the right or to the left. Nothing of them was to be seen but two huge black masses of


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE 89



Top




Page No 92


shaggy mane, with horns, eyes, and nose in the center, and a pair of hoofs visible at the bottom. At last the

more intelligent of them seemed to have concluded that it was time to retire. Very slowly, and with an air of

the gravest and most majestic deliberation, he began to turn round, as if he were revolving on a pivot. Little

by little his ugly brown side was exposed to view. A white smoke sprang out, as it were from the ground; a

sharp report came with it. The old bull gave a very undignified jump and galloped off. At this his comrade

wheeled about with considerable expedition. The other Indian shot at him from the ravine, and then both the

bulls were running away at full speed, while half the juvenile population of the village raised a yell and ran

after them. The first bull was soon stopped, and while the crowd stood looking at him at a respectable

distance, he reeled and rolled over on his side. The other, wounded in a less vital part, galloped away to the

hills and escaped.

In half an hour it was totally dark. I lay down to sleep, and ill as I was, there was something very animating in

the prospect of the general hunt that was to take place on the morrow.

Return

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP

Long before daybreak the Indians broke up their camp. The women of MeneSeela's lodge were as usual

among the first that were ready for departure, and I found the old man himself sitting by the embers of the

decayed fire, over which he was warming his withered fingers, as the morning was very chilly and damp. The

preparations for moving were even more confused and disorderly than usual. While some families were

leaving the ground the lodges of others were still standing untouched. At this old MeneSeela grew

impatient, and walking out to the middle of the village stood with his robe wrapped close around him, and

harangued the people in a loud, sharp voice. Now, he said, when they were on an enemy's huntinggrounds,

was not the time to behave like children; they ought to be more active and united than ever. His speech had

some effect. The delinquents took down their lodges and loaded their pack horses; and when the sun rose, the

last of the men, women, and children had left the deserted camp.

This movement was made merely for the purpose of finding a better and safer position. So we advanced only

three or four miles up the little stream, before each family assumed its relative place in the great ring of the

village, and all around the squaws were actively at work in preparing the camp. But not a single warrior

dismounted from his horse. All the men that morning were mounted on inferior animals, leading their best

horses by a cord, or confiding them to the care of boys. In small parties they began to leave the ground and

ride rapidly away over the plains to the westward. I had taken no food that morning, and not being at all

ambitious of further abstinence, I went into my host's lodge, which his squaws had erected with wonderful

celerity, and sat down in the center, as a gentle hint that I was hungry. A wooden bowl was soon set before

me, filled with the nutritious preparation of dried meat called pemmican by the northern voyagers and wasna

by the Dakota. Taking a handful to break my fast upon, I left the lodge just in time to see the last band of

hunters disappear over the ridge of the neighboring hill. I mounted Pauline and galloped in pursuit, riding

rather by the balance than by any muscular strength that remained to me. From the top of the hill I could

overlook a wide extent of desolate and unbroken prairie, over which, far and near, little parties of naked

horsemen were rapidly passing. I soon came up to the nearest, and we had not ridden a mile before all were

united into one large and compact body. All was haste and eagerness. Each hunter was whipping on his horse,

as if anxious to be the first to reach the game. In such movements among the Indians this is always more or

less the case; but it was especially so in the present instance, because the head chief of the village was absent,

and there were but few "soldiers," a sort of Indian police, who among their other functions usually assumed

the direction of a buffalo hunt. No man turned to the right hand or to the left. We rode at a swift canter

straight forward, uphill and downhill, and through the stiff, obstinate growth of the endless wildsage bushes.

For an hour and a half the same red shoulders, the same long black hair rose and fell with the motion of the

horses before me. Very little was said, though once I observed an old man severely reproving Raymond for


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 90



Top




Page No 93


having left his rifle behind him, when there was some probability of encountering an enemy before the day

was over. As we galloped across a plain thickly set with sagebushes, the foremost riders vanished suddenly

from sight, as if diving into the earth. The arid soil was cracked into a deep ravine. Down we all went in

succession and galloped in a line along the bottom, until we found a point where, one by one, the horses

could scramble out. Soon after we came upon a wide shallow stream, and as we rode swiftly over the hard

sandbeds and through the thin sheets of rippling water, many of the savage horsemen threw themselves to

the ground, knelt on the sand, snatched a hasty draught, and leaping back again to their seats, galloped on

again as before.

Meanwhile scouts kept in advance of the party; and now we began to see them on the ridge of the hills,

waving their robes in token that buffalo were visible. These however proved to be nothing more than old

straggling bulls, feeding upon the neighboring plains, who would stare for a moment at the hostile array and

then gallop clumsily off. At length we could discern several of these scouts making their signals to us at once;

no longer waving their robes boldly from the top of the hill, but standing lower down, so that they could not

be seen from the plains beyond. Game worth pursuing had evidently been discovered. The excited Indians

now urged forward their tired horses even more rapidly than before. Pauline, who was still sick and jaded,

began to groan heavily; and her yellow sides were darkened with sweat. As we were crowding together over a

lower intervening hill, I heard Reynal and Raymond shouting to me from the left; and looking in that

direction, I saw them riding away behind a party of about twenty meanlooking Indians. These were the

relatives of Reynal's squaw Margot, who, not wishing to take part in the general hunt, were riding toward a

distant hollow, where they could discern a small band of buffalo which they meant to appropriate to

themselves. I answered to the call by ordering Raymond to turn back and follow me. He reluctantly obeyed,

though Reynal, who had relied on his assistance in skinning, cutting up, and carrying to camp the buffalo that

he and his party should kill, loudly protested and declared that we should see no sport if we went with the rest

of the Indians. Followed by Raymond I pursued the main body of hunters, while Reynal in a great rage

whipped his horse over the hill after his ragamuffin relatives. The Indians, still about a hundred in number,

rode in a dense body at some distance in advance. They galloped forward, and a cloud of dust was flying in

the wind behind them. I could not overtake them until they had stopped on the side of the hill where the

scouts were standing. Here, each hunter sprang in haste from the tired animal which he had ridden, and

leaped upon the fresh horse that he had brought with him. There was not a saddle or a bridle in the whole

party. A piece of buffalo robe girthed over the horse's back served in the place of the one, and a cord of

twisted hair lashed firmly round his lower jaw answered for the other. Eagle feathers were dangling from

every mane and tail, as insignia of courage and speed. As for the rider, he wore no other clothing than a light

cincture at his waist, and a pair of moccasins. He had a heavy whip, with a handle of solid elkhorn, and a

lash of knotted bullhide, fastened to his wrist by an ornamental band. His bow was in his hand, and his

quiver of otter or panther skin hung at his shoulder. Thus equipped, some thirty of the hunters galloped away

toward the left, in order to make a circuit under cover of the hills, that the buffalo might be assailed on both

sides at once. The rest impatiently waited until time enough had elapsed for their companions to reach the

required position. Then riding upward in a body, we gained the ridge of the hill, and for the first time came in

sight of the buffalo on the plain beyond.

They were a band of cows, four or five hundred in number, who were crowded together near the bank of a

wide stream that was soaking across the sandbeds of the valley. This was a large circular basin,

sunscorched and broken, scantily covered with herbage and encompassed with high barren hills, from an

opening in which we could see our allies galloping out upon the plain. The wind blew from that direction.

The buffalo were aware of their approach, and had begun to move, though very slowly and in a compact

mass. I have no further recollection of seeing the game until we were in the midst of them, for as we

descended the hill other objects engrossed my attention. Numerous old bulls were scattered over the plain,

and ungallantly deserting their charge at our approach, began to wade and plunge through the treacherous

quicksands or the stream, and gallop away toward the hills. One old veteran was struggling behind all the

rest with one of his forelegs, which had been broken by some accident, dangling about uselessly at his side.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 91



Top




Page No 94


His appearance, as he went shambling along on three legs, was so ludicrous that I could not help pausing for

a moment to look at him. As I came near, he would try to rush upon me, nearly throwing himself down at

every awkward attempt. Looking up, I saw the whole body of Indians full a hundred yards in advance. I

lashed Pauline in pursuit and reached them just in time, for as we mingled among them, each hunter, as if by

a common impulse, violently struck his horse, each horse sprang forward convulsively, and scattering in the

charge in order to assail the entire herd at once, we all rushed headlong upon the buffalo. We were among

them in an instant. Amid the trampling and the yells I could see their dark figures running hither and thither

through clouds of dust, and the horsemen darting in pursuit. While we were charging on one side, our

companions had attacked the bewildered and panicstricken herd on the other. The uproar and confusion

lasted but for a moment. The dust cleared away, and the buffalo could be seen scattering as from a common

center, flying over the plain singly, or in long files and small compact bodies, while behind each followed the

Indians, lashing their horses to furious speed, forcing them close upon their prey, and yelling as they

launched arrow after arrow into their sides. The large black carcasses were strewn thickly over the ground.

Here and there wounded buffalo were standing, their bleeding sides feathered with arrows; and as I rode past

them their eyes would glare, they would bristle like gigantic cats, and feebly attempt to rush up and gore my

horse.

I left camp that morning with a philosophic resolution. Neither I nor my horse were at that time fit for such

sport, and I had determined to remain a quiet spectator; but amid the rush of horses and buffalo, the uproar

and the dust, I found it impossible to sit still; and as four or five buffalo ran past me in a line, I drove Pauline

in pursuit. We went plunging close at their heels through the water and the quicksands, and clambering the

bank, chased them through the wildsage bushes that covered the rising ground beyond. But neither her

native spirit nor the blows of the knotted bullhide could supply the place of poor Pauline's exhausted

strength. We could not gain an inch upon the poor fugitives. At last, however, they came full upon a ravine

too wide to leap over; and as this compelled them to turn abruptly to the left, I contrived to get within ten or

twelve yards of the hindmost. At this she faced about, bristled angrily, and made a show of charging. I shot at

her with a large holster pistol, and hit her somewhere in the neck. Down she tumbled into the ravine, whither

her companions had descended before her. I saw their dark backs appearing and disappearing as they

galloped along the bottom; then, one by one, they came scrambling out on the other side and ran off as

before, the wounded animal following with unabated speed.

Turning back, I saw Raymond coming on his black mule to meet me; and as we rode over the field together,

we counted dozens of carcasses lying on the plain, in the ravines and on the sandy bed of the stream. Far

away in the distance, horses and buffalo were still scouring along, with little clouds of dust rising behind

them; and over the sides of the hills we could see long files of the frightened animals rapidly ascending. The

hunters began to return. The boys, who had held the horses behind the hill, made their appearance, and the

work of flaying and cutting up began in earnest all over the field. I noticed my host KongraTonga beyond

the stream, just alighting by the side of a cow which he had killed. Riding up to him I found him in the act of

drawing out an arrow, which, with the exception of the notch at the end, had entirely disappeared in the

animal. I asked him to give it to me, and I still retain it as a proof, though by no means the most striking one

that could be offered, of the force and dexterity with which the Indians discharge their arrows.

The hides and meat were piled upon the horses, and the hunters began to leave the ground. Raymond and I,

too, getting tired of the scene, set out for the village, riding straight across the intervening desert. There was

no path, and as far as I could see, no landmarks sufficient to guide us; but Raymond seemed to have an

instinctive perception of the point on the horizon toward which we ought to direct our course. Antelope were

bounding on all sides, and as is always the case in the presence of buffalo, they seemed to have lost their

natural shyness and timidity. Bands of them would run lightly up the rocky declivities, and stand gazing

down upon us from the summit. At length we could distinguish the tall white rocks and the old pine trees that,

as we well remembered, were just above the site of the encampment. Still, we could see nothing of the village

itself until, ascending a grassy hill, we found the circle of lodges, dingy with storms and smoke, standing on


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 92



Top




Page No 95


the plain at our very feet.

I entered the lodge of my host. His squaw instantly brought me food and water, and spread a buffalo robe for

me to lie upon; and being much fatigued, I lay down and fell asleep. In about an hour the entrance of

KongraTonga, with his arms smeared with blood to the elbows, awoke me. He sat down in his usual seat on

the left side of the lodge. His squaw gave him a vessel of water for washing, set before him a bowl of boiled

meat, and as he was eating pulled off his bloody moccasins and placed fresh ones on his feet; then

outstretching his limbs, my host composed himself to sleep.

And now the hunters, two or three at a time, began to come rapidly in, and each, consigning his horses to the

squaws, entered his lodge with the air of a man whose day's work was done. The squaws flung down the load

from the burdened horses, and vast piles of meat and hides were soon accumulated before every lodge. By

this time it was darkening fast, and the whole village was illumined by the glare of fires blazing all around.

All the squaws and children were gathered about the piles of meat, exploring them in search of the daintiest

portions. Some of these they roasted on sticks before the fires, but often they dispensed with this superfluous

operation. Late into the night the fires were still glowing upon the groups of feasters engaged in this savage

banquet around them.

Several hunters sat down by the fire in KongraTonga's lodge to talk over the day's exploits. Among the rest,

MeneSeela came in. Though he must have seen full eighty winters, he had taken an active share in the day's

sport. He boasted that he had killed two cows that morning, and would have killed a third if the dust had not

blinded him so that he had to drop his bow and arrows and press both hands against his eyes to stop the pain.

The firelight fell upon his wrinkled face and shriveled figure as he sat telling his story with such inimitable

gesticulation that every man in the lodge broke into a laugh.

Old MeneSeela was one of the few Indians in the village with whom I would have trusted myself alone

without suspicion, and the only one from whom I would have received a gift or a service without the certainty

that it proceeded from an interested motive. He was a great friend to the whites. He liked to be in their

society, and was very vain of the favors he had received from them. He told me one afternoon, as we were

sitting together in his son's lodge, that he considered the beaver and the whites the wisest people on earth;

indeed, he was convinced they were the same; and an incident which had happened to him long before had

assured him of this. So he began the following story, and as the pipe passed in turn to him, Reynal availed

himself of these interruptions to translate what had preceded. But the old man accompanied his words with

such admirable pantomime that translation was hardly necessary.

He said that when he was very young, and had never yet seen a white man, he and three or four of his

companions were out on a beaver hunt, and he crawled into a large beaver lodge, to examine what was there.

Sometimes he was creeping on his hands and knees, sometimes he was obliged to swim, and sometimes to lie

flat on his face and drag himself along. In this way he crawled a great distance underground. It was very dark,

cold and close, so that at last he was almost suffocated, and fell into a swoon. When he began to recover, he

could just distinguish the voices of his companions outside, who had given him up for lost, and were singing

his death song. At first he could see nothing, but soon he discerned something white before him, and at length

plainly distinguished three people, entirely white; one man and two women, sitting at the edge of a black pool

of water. He became alarmed and thought it high time to retreat. Having succeeded, after great trouble, in

reaching daylight again, he went straight to the spot directly above the pool of water where he had seen the

three mysterious beings. Here he beat a hole with his war club in the ground, and sat down to watch. In a

moment the nose of an old male beaver appeared at the opening. MeneSeela instantly seized him and

dragged him up, when two other beavers, both females, thrust out their heads, and these he served in the same

way. "These," continued the old man, "must have been the three white people whom I saw sitting at the edge

of the water."


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 93



Top




Page No 96


MeneSeela was the grand depository of the legends and traditions of the village. I succeeded, however, in

getting from him only a few fragments. Like all Indians, he was excessively superstitious, and continually

saw some reason for withholding his stories. "It is a bad thing," he would say, "to tell the tales in summer.

Stay with us till next winter, and I will tell you everything I know; but now our war parties are going out, and

our young men will be killed if I sit down to tell stories before the frost begins."

But to leave this digression. We remained encamped on this spot five days, during three of which the hunters

were at work incessantly, and immense quantities of meat and hides were brought in. Great alarm, however,

prevailed in the village. All were on the alert. The young men were ranging through the country as scouts,

and the old men paid careful attention to omens and prodigies, and especially to their dreams. In order to

convey to the enemy (who, if they were in the neighborhood, must inevitably have known of our presence)

the impression that we were constantly on the watch, piles of sticks and stones were erected on all the

surrounding hills, in such a manner as to appear at a distance like sentinels. Often, even to this hour, that

scene will rise before my mind like a visible reality: the tall white rocks; the old pine trees on their summits;

the sandy stream that ran along their bases and half encircled the village; and the wildsage bushes, with their

dull green hue and their medicinal odor, that covered all the neighboring declivities. Hour after hour the

squaws would pass and repass with their vessels of water between the stream and the lodges. For the most

part no one was to be seen in the camp but women and children, two or three superannuated old men, and a

few lazy and worthless young ones. These, together with the dogs, now grown fat and goodnatured with the

abundance in the camp, were its only tenants. Still it presented a busy and bustling scene. In all quarters the

meat, hung on cords of hide, was drying in the sun, and around the lodges the squaws, young and old, were

laboring on the fresh hides that were stretched upon the ground, scraping the hair from one side and the still

adhering flesh from the other, and rubbing into them the brains of the buffalo, in order to render them soft

and pliant.

In mercy to myself and my horse, I never went out with the hunters after the first day. Of late, however, I had

been gaining strength rapidly, as was always the case upon every respite of my disorder. I was soon able to

walk with ease. Raymond and I would go out upon the neighboring prairies to shoot antelope, or sometimes

to assail straggling buffalo, on foot, an attempt in which we met with rather indifferent success. To kill a bull

with a rifleball is a difficult art, in the secret of which I was as yet very imperfectly initiated. As I came out

of KongraTonga's lodge one morning, Reynal called to me from the opposite side of the village, and asked

me over to breakfast. The breakfast was a substantial one. It consisted of the rich, juicy humpribs of a fat

cow; a repast absolutely unrivaled. It was roasting before the fire, impaled upon a stout stick, which Reynal

took up and planted in the ground before his lodge; when he, with Raymond and myself, taking our seats

around it, unsheathed our knives and assailed it with good will. It spite of all medical experience, this solid

fare, without bread or salt, seemed to agree with me admirably.

"We shall have strangers here before night," said Reynal.

"How do you know that?" I asked.

"I dreamed so. I am as good at dreaming as an Indian. There is the HailStorm; he dreamed the same thing,

and he and his crony, the Rabbit, have gone out on discovery."

I laughed at Reynal for his credulity, went over to my host's lodge, took down my rifle, walked out a mile or

two on the prairie, saw an old bull standing alone, crawled up a ravine, shot him and saw him escape. Then,

quite exhausted and rather illhumored, I walked back to the village. By a strange coincidence, Reynal's

prediction had been verified; for the first persons whom I saw were the two trappers, Rouleau and Saraphin,

coming to meet me. These men, as the reader may possibly recollect, had left our party about a fortnight

before. They had been trapping for a while among the Black Hills, and were now on their way to the Rocky

Mountains, intending in a day or two to set out for the neighboring Medicine Bow. They were not the most


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 94



Top




Page No 97


elegant or refined of companions, yet they made a very welcome addition to the limited society of the village.

For the rest of that day we lay smoking and talking in Reynal's lodge. This indeed was no better than a little

hut, made of hides stretched on poles, and entirely open in front. It was well carpeted with soft buffalo robes,

and here we remained, sheltered from the sun, surrounded by various domestic utensils of Madame Margot's

household. All was quiet in the village. Though the hunters had not gone out that day, they lay sleeping in

their lodges, and most of the women were silently engaged in their heavy tasks. A few young men were

playing a lazy game of ball in the center of the village; and when they became tired, some girls supplied their

place with a more boisterous sport. At a little distance, among the lodges, some children and halfgrown

squaws were playfully tossing up one of their number in a buffalo robe, an exact counterpart of the ancient

pastime from which Sancho Panza suffered so much. Farther out on the prairie, a host of little naked boys

were roaming about, engaged in various rough games, or pursuing birds and groundsquirrels with their

bows and arrows; and woe to the unhappy little animals that fell into their merciless, tortureloving hands! A

squaw from the next lodge, a notable active housewife named Weah Washtay, or the Good Woman, brought

us a large bowl of wasna, and went into an ecstasy of delight when I presented her with a green glass ring,

such as I usually wore with a view to similar occasions.

The sun went down and half the sky was growing fiery red, reflected on the little stream as it wound away

among the sagebushes. Some young men left the village, and soon returned, driving in before them all the

horses, hundreds in number, and of every size, age, and color. The hunters came out, and each securing those

that belonged to him, examined their condition, and tied them fast by long cords to stakes driven in front of

his lodge. It was half an hour before the bustle subsided and tranquillity was restored again. By this time it

was nearly dark. Kettles were hung over the blazing fires, around which the squaws were gathered with their

children, laughing and talking merrily. A circle of a different kind was formed in the center of the village.

This was composed of the old men and warriors of repute, who with their white buffalo robes drawn close

around their shoulders, sat together, and as the pipe passed from hand to hand, their conversation had not a

particle of the gravity and reserve usually ascribed to Indians. I sat down with them as usual. I had in my

hand half a dozen squibs and serpents, which I had made one day when encamped upon Laramie Creek, out

of gunpowder and charcoal, and the leaves of "Fremont's Expedition," rolled round a stout lead pencil. I

waited till I contrived to get hold of the large piece of burning BOIS DE VACHE which the Indians kept by

them on the ground for lighting their pipes. With this I lighted all the fireworks at once, and tossed them

whizzing and sputtering into the air, over the heads of the company. They all jumped up and ran off with

yelps of astonishment and consternation. After a moment or two, they ventured to come back one by one, and

some of the boldest, picking up the cases of burnt paper that were scattered about, examined them with eager

curiosity to discover their mysterious secret. From that time forward I enjoyed great repute as a "fire

medicine."

The camp was filled with the low hum of cheerful voices. There were other sounds, however, of a very

different kind, for from a large lodge, lighted up like a gigantic lantern by the blazing fire within, came a

chorus of dismal cries and wailings, long drawn out, like the howling of wolves, and a woman, almost naked,

was crouching close outside, crying violently, and gashing her legs with a knife till they were covered with

blood. Just a year before, a young man belonging to this family had gone out with a war party and had been

slain by the enemy, and his relatives were thus lamenting his loss. Still other sounds might be heard; loud

earnest cries often repeated from amid the gloom, at a distance beyond the village. They proceeded from

some young men who, being about to set out in a few days on a warlike expedition, were standing at the top

of a hill, calling on the Great Spirit to aid them in their enterprise. While I was listening, Rouleau, with a

laugh on his careless face, called to me and directed my attention to another quarter. In front of the lodge

where Weah Washtay lived another squaw was standing, angrily scolding an old yellow dog, who lay on the

ground with his nose resting between his paws, and his eyes turned sleepily up to her face, as if he were

pretending to give respectful attention, but resolved to fall asleep as soon as it was all over.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 95



Top




Page No 98


"You ought to be ashamed of yourself!" said the old woman. "I have fed you well, and taken care of you ever

since you were small and blind, and could only crawl about and squeal a little, instead of howling as you do

now. When you grew old, I said you were a good dog. You were strong and gentle when the load was put on

your back, and you never ran among the feet of the horses when we were all traveling together over the

prairie. But you had a bad heart! Whenever a rabbit jumped out of the bushes, you were always the first to

run after him and lead away all the other dogs behind you. You ought to have known that it was very

dangerous to act so. When you had got far out on the prairie, and no one was near to help you, perhaps a wolf

would jump out of the ravine; and then what could you do? You would certainly have been killed, for no dog

can fight well with a load on his back. Only three days ago you ran off in that way, and turned over the bag of

wooden pins with which I used to fasten up the front of the lodge. Look up there, and you will see that it is all

flapping open. And now tonight you have stolen a great piece of fat meat which was roasting before the fire

for my children. I tell you, you have a bad heart, and you must die!"

So saying, the squaw went into the lodge, and coming out with a large stone mallet, killed the unfortunate

dog at one blow. This speech is worthy of notice as illustrating a curious characteristic of the Indians: the

ascribing intelligence and a power of understanding speech to the inferior animals, to whom, indeed,

according to many of their traditions, they are linked in close affinity, and they even claim the honor of a

lineal descent from bears, wolves, deer, or tortoises.

As it grew late, and the crowded population began to disappear, I too walked across the village to the lodge of

my host, KongraTonga. As I entered I saw him, by the flickering blaze of the fire in the center, reclining

half asleep in his usual place. His couch was by no means an uncomfortable one. It consisted of soft buffalo

robes laid together on the ground, and a pillow made of whitened deerskin stuffed with feathers and

ornamented with beads. At his back was a light framework of poles and slender reeds, against which he could

lean with ease when in a sitting posture; and at the top of it, just above his head, his bow and quiver were

hanging. His squaw, a laughing, broadfaced woman, apparently had not yet completed her domestic

arrangements, for she was bustling about the lodge, pulling over the utensils and the bales of dried meats that

were ranged carefully round it. Unhappily, she and her partner were not the only tenants of the dwelling, for

half a dozen children were scattered about, sleeping in every imaginable posture. My saddle was in its place

at the head of the lodge and a buffalo robe was spread on the ground before it. Wrapping myself in my

blanket I lay down, but had I not been extremely fatigued the noise in the next lodge would have prevented

my sleeping. There was the monotonous thumping of the Indian drum, mixed with occasional sharp yells, and

a chorus chanted by twenty voices. A grand scene of gambling was going forward with all the appropriate

formalities. The players were staking on the chance issue of the game their ornaments, their horses, and as the

excitement rose, their garments, and even their weapons, for desperate gambling is not confined to the hells

of Paris. The men of the plains and the forests no less resort to it as a violent but grateful relief to the tedious

monotony of their lives, which alternate between fierce excitement and listless inaction. I fell asleep with the

dull notes of the drum still sounding on my ear, but these furious orgies lasted without intermission till

daylight. I was soon awakened by one of the children crawling over me, while another larger one was tugging

at my blanket and nestling himself in a very disagreeable proximity. I immediately repelled these advances by

punching the heads of these miniature savages with a short stick which I always kept by me for the purpose;

and as sleeping half the day and eating much more than is good for them makes them extremely restless, this

operation usually had to be repeated four or five times in the course of the night. My host himself was the

author of another most formidable annoyance. All these Indians, and he among the rest, think themselves

bound to the constant performance of certain acts as the condition on which their success in life depends,

whether in war, love, hunting, or any other employment. These "medicines," as they are called in that

country, which are usually communicated in dreams, are often absurd enough. Some Indians will strike the

butt of the pipe against the ground every time they smoke; others will insist that everything they say shall be

interpreted by contraries; and Shaw once met an old man who conceived that all would be lost unless he

compelled every white man he met to drink a bowl of cold water. My host was particularly unfortunate in his

allotment. The Great Spirit had told him in a dream that he must sing a certain song in the middle of every


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 96



Top




Page No 99


night; and regularly at about twelve o'clock his dismal monotonous chanting would awaken me, and I would

see him seated bolt upright on his couch, going through his dolorous performances with a most businesslike

air. There were other voices of the night still more inharmonious. Twice or thrice, between sunset and dawn,

all the dogs in the village, and there were hundreds of them, would bay and yelp in chorus; a most horrible

clamor, resembling no sound that I have ever heard, except perhaps the frightful howling of wolves that we

used sometimes to hear long afterward when descending the Arkansas on the trail of General Kearny's army.

The canine uproar is, if possible, more discordant than that of the wolves. Heard at a distance, slowly rising

on the night, it has a strange unearthly effect, and would fearfully haunt the dreams of a nervous man; but

when you are sleeping in the midst of it the din is outrageous. One long loud howl from the next lodge

perhaps begins it, and voice after voice takes up the sound till it passes around the whole circumference of the

village, and the air is filled with confused and discordant cries, at once fierce and mournful. It lasts but for a

moment and then dies away into silence.

Morning came, and KongraTonga, mounting his horse, rode out with the hunters. It may not be amiss to

glance at him for an instant in his domestic character of husband and father. Both he and his squaw, like most

other Indians, were very fond of their children, whom they indulged to excess, and never punished, except in

extreme cases when they would throw a bowl of cold water over them. Their offspring became sufficiently

undutiful and disobedient under this system of education, which tends not a little to foster that wild idea of

liberty and utter intolerance of restraint which lie at the very foundation of the Indian character. It would be

hard to find a fonder father than KongraTonga. There was one urchin in particular, rather less than two feet

high, to whom he was exceedingly attached; and sometimes spreading a buffalo robe in the lodge, he would

seat himself upon it, place his small favorite upright before him, and chant in a low tone some of the words

used as an accompaniment to the war dance. The little fellow, who could just manage to balance himself by

stretching out both arms, would lift his feet and turn slowly round and round in time to his father's music,

while my host would laugh with delight, and look smiling up into my face to see if I were admiring this

precocious performance of his offspring. In his capacity of husband he was somewhat less exemplary. The

squaw who lived in the lodge with him had been his partner for many years. She took good care of his

children and his household concerns. He liked her well enough, and as far as I could see they never quarreled;

but all his warmer affections were reserved for younger and more recent favorites. Of these he had at present

only one, who lived in a lodge apart from his own. One day while in his camp he became displeased with her,

pushed her out, threw after her her ornaments, dresses, and everything she had, and told her to go home to her

father. Having consummated this summary divorce, for which he could show good reasons, he came back,

seated himself in his usual place, and began to smoke with an air of utmost tranquillity and selfsatisfaction.

I was sitting in the lodge with him on that very afternoon, when I felt some curiosity to learn the history of

the numerous scars that appeared on his naked body. Of some of them, however, I did not venture to inquire,

for I already understood their origin. Each of his arms was marked as if deeply gashed with a knife at regular

intervals, and there were other scars also, of a different character, on his back and on either breast. They were

the traces of those formidable tortures which these Indians, in common with a few other tribes, inflict upon

themselves at certain seasons; in part, it may be, to gain the glory of courage and endurance, but chiefly as an

act of selfsacrifice to secure the favor of the Great Spirit. The scars upon the breast and back were produced

by running through the flesh strong splints of wood, to which ponderous buffaloskulls are fastened by cords

of hide, and the wretch runs forward with all his strength, assisted by two companions, who take hold of each

arm, until the flesh tears apart and the heavy loads are left behind. Others of KongraTonga's scars were the

result of accidents; but he had many which he received in war. He was one of the most noted warriors in the

village. In the course of his life he had slain as he boasted to me, fourteen men, and though, like other

Indians, he was a great braggart and utterly regardless of truth, yet in this statement common report bore him

out. Being much flattered by my inquiries he told me tale after tale, true or false, of his warlike exploits; and

there was one among the rest illustrating the worst features of the Indian character too well for me to omit.

Pointing out of the opening of the lodge toward the MedicineBow Mountain, not manv miles distant he said

that he was there a few summers ago with a war party of his young men. Here they found two Snake Indians,


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 97



Top




Page No 100


hunting. They shot one of them with arrows and chased the other up the side of the mountain till they

surrounded him on a level place, and KongraTonga himself, jumping forward among the trees, seized him

by the arm. Two of his young men then ran up and held him fast while he scalped him alive. Then they built a

great fire, and cutting the tendons of their captive's wrists and feet, threw him in, and held him down with

long poles until he was burnt to death. He garnished his story with a great many descriptive particulars much

too revolting to mention. His features were remarkably mild and open, without the fierceness of expression

common among these Indians; and as he detailed these devilish cruelties, he looked up into my face with the

same air of earnest simplicity which a little child would wear in relating to its mother some anecdote of its

youthful experience.

Old MeneSeela's lodge could offer another illustration of the ferocity of Indian warfare. A brighteyed,

active little boy was living there. He had belonged to a village of the GrosVentre Blackfeet, a small but

bloody and treacherous band, in close alliance with the Arapahoes. About a year before, KongraTonga and a

party of warriors had found about twenty lodges of these Indians upon the plains a little to the eastward of our

present camp; and surrounding them in the night, they butchered men, women, and children without mercy,

preserving only this little boy alive. He was adopted into the old man's family, and was now fast becoming

identified with the Ogallalla children, among whom he mingled on equal terms. There was also a Crow

warrior in the village, a man of gigantic stature and most symmetrical proportions. Having been taken

prisoner many years before and adopted by a squaw in place of a son whom she had lost, he had forgotten his

old national antipathies, and was now both in act and inclination an Ogallalla.

It will be remembered that the scheme of the grand warlike combination against the Snake and Crow Indians

originated in this village; and though this plan had fallen to the ground, the embers of the martial ardor

continued to glow brightly. Eleven young men had prepared themselves to go out against the enemy. The

fourth day of our stay in this camp was fixed upon for their departure. At the head of this party was a

wellbuilt active little Indian, called the White Shield, whom I had always noticed for the great neatness of

his dress and appearance. His lodge too, though not a large one, was the best in the village, his squaw was

one of the prettiest girls, and altogether his dwelling presented a complete model of an Ogallalla domestic

establishment. I was often a visitor there, for the White Shield being rather partial to white men, used to

invite me to continual feasts at all hours of the day. Once when the substantial part of the entertainment was

concluded, and he and I were seated crosslegged on a buffalo robe smoking together very amicably, he took

down his warlike equipments, which were hanging around the lodge, and displayed them with great pride and

selfimportance. Among the rest was a most superb headdress of feathers. Taking this from its case, he put it

on and stood before me, as if conscious of the gallant air which it gave to his dark face and his vigorous,

graceful figure. He told me that upon it were the feathers of three wareagles, equal in value to the same

number of good horses. He took up also a shield gayly painted and hung with feathers. The effect of these

barbaric ornaments was admirable, for they were arranged with no little skill and taste. His quiver was made

of the spotted skin of a small panther, such as are common among the Black Hills, from which the tail and

distended claws were still allowed to hang. The White Shield concluded his entertainment in a manner

characteristic of an Indian. He begged of me a little powder and ball, for he had a gun as well as bow and

arrows; but this I was obliged to refuse, because I had scarcely enough for my own use. Making him,

however, a parting present of a paper of vermilion, I left him apparently quite contented.

Unhappily on the next morning the White Shield took cold and was attacked with a violent inflammation of

the throat. Immediately he seemed to lose all spirit, and though before no warrior in the village had borne

himself more proudly, he now moped about from lodge to lodge with a forlorn and dejected air. At length he

came and sat down, close wrapped in his robe, before the lodge of Reynal, but when he found that neither he

nor I knew how to relieve him, he arose and stalked over to one of the medicinemen of the village. This old

imposter thumped him for some time with both fists, howled and yelped over him, and beat a drum close to

his ear to expel the evil spirit that had taken possession of him. This vigorous treatment failing of the desired

effect, the White Shield withdrew to his own lodge, where he lay disconsolate for some hours. Making his


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 98



Top




Page No 101


appearance once more in the afternoon, he again took his seat on the ground before Reynal's lodge, holding

his throat with his hand. For some time he sat perfectly silent with his eyes fixed mournfully on the ground.

At last he began to speak in a low tone:

"I am a brave man," he said; "all the young men think me a great warrior, and ten of them are ready to go

with me to the war. I will go and show them the enemy. Last summer the Snakes killed my brother. I cannot

live unless I revenge his death. Tomorrow we will set out and I will take their scalps."

The White Shield, as he expressed this resolution, seemed to have lost all the accustomed fire and spirit of his

look, and hung his head as if in a fit of despondency.

As I was sitting that evening at one of the fires, I saw him arrayed in his splendid war dress, his cheeks

painted with vermilion, leading his favorite war horse to the front of his lodge. He mounted and rode round

the village, singing his war song in a loud hoarse voice amid the shrill acclamations of the women. Then

dismounting, he remained for some minutes prostrate upon the ground, as if in an act of supplication. On the

following morning I looked in vain for the departure of the warriors. All was quiet in the village until late in

the forenoon, when the White Shield, issuing from his lodge, came and seated himself in his old place before

us. Reynal asked him why he had not gone out to find the enemy.

"I cannot go," answered the White Shield in a dejected voice. "I have given my war arrows to the Meneaska."

"You have only given him two of your arrows," said Reynal. "If you ask him, he will give them back again."

For some time the White Shield said nothing. At last he spoke in a gloomy tone:

"One of my young men has had bad dreams. The spirits of the dead came and threw stones at him in his

sleep."

If such a dream had actually taken place it might have broken up this or any other war party, but both Reynal

and I were convinced at the time that it was a mere fabrication to excuse his remaining at home.

The White Shield was a warrior of noted prowess. Very probably, he would have received a mortal wound

without a show of pain, and endured without flinching the worst tortures that an enemy could inflict upon

him. The whole power of an Indian's nature would be summoned to encounter such a trial; every influence of

his education from childhood would have prepared him for it; the cause of his suffering would have been

visibly and palpably before him, and his spirit would rise to set his enemy at defiance, and gain the highest

glory of a warrior by meeting death with fortitude. But when he feels himself attacked by a mysterious evil,

before whose insidious assaults his manhood is wasted, and his strength drained away, when he can see no

enemy to resist and defy, the boldest warrior falls prostrate at once. He believes that a bad spirit has taken

possession of him, or that he is the victim of some charm. When suffering from a protracted disorder, an

Indian will often abandon himself to his supposed destiny, pine away and die, the victim of his own

imagination. The same effect will often follow from a series of calamities, or a long run of ill success, and the

sufferer has been known to ride into the midst of an enemy's camp, or attack a grizzly bear singlehanded, to

get rid of a life which he supposed to lie under the doom of misfortune.

Thus after all his fasting, dreaming, and calling upon the Great Spirit, the White Shield's war party was

pitifully broken up. Return


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP 99



Top




Page No 102


CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS

In speaking of the Indians, I have almost forgotten two bold adventurers of another race, the trappers Rouleau

and Saraphin. These men were bent on a most hazardous enterprise. A day's journey to the westward was the

country over which the Arapahoes are accustomed to range, and for which the two trappers were on the point

of setting out. These Arapahoes, of whom Shaw and I afterward fell in with a large village, are ferocious

barbarians, of a most brutal and wolfish aspect, and of late they had declared themselves enemies to the

whites, and threatened death to the first who should venture within their territory. The occasion of the

declaration was as follows:

In the previous spring, 1845, Colonel Kearny left Fort Leavenworth with several companies of dragoons, and

marching with extraordinary celerity reached Fort Laramie, whence he passed along the foot of the mountains

to Bent's Fort and then, turning eastward again, returned to the point from whence he set out. While at Fort

Larantie, he sent a part of his command as far westward as Sweetwater, while he himself remained at the fort,

and dispatched messages to the surrounding Indians to meet him there in council. Then for the first time the

tribes of that vicinity saw the white warriors, and, as might have been expected, they were lost in

astonishment at their regular order, their gay attire, the completeness of their martial equipment, and the great

size and power of their horses. Among the rest, the Arapahoes came in considerable numbers to the fort. They

had lately committed numerous acts of outrage, and Colonel Kearny threatened that if they killed any more

white men he would turn loose his dragoons upon them, and annihilate their whole nation. In the evening, to

add effect to his speech, he ordered a howitzer to be fired and a rocket to be thrown up. Many of the

Arapahoes fell prostrate on the ground, while others ran screaming with amazement and terror. On the

following day they withdrew to their mountains, confounded with awe at the appearance of the dragoons, at

their big gun which went off twice at one shot, and the fiery messenger which they had sent up to the Great

Spirit. For many months they remained quiet, and did no further mischief. At length, just before we came into

the country, one of them, by an act of the basest treachery, killed two white men, Boot and May, who were

trapping among the mountains. For this act it was impossible to discover a motive. It seemed to spring from

one of those inexplicable impulses which often actuate Indians and appear no better than the mere outbreaks

of native ferocity. No sooner was the murder committed than the whole tribe were in extreme consternation.

They expected every day that the avenging dragoons would arrive, little thinking that a desert of nine hundred

miles in extent lay between the latter and their mountain fastnesses. A large deputation of them came to Fort

Laramie, bringing a valuable present of horses, in compensation for the lives of the murdered men. These

Bordeaux refused to accept. They then asked him if he would be satisfied with their delivering up the

murderer himself; but he declined this offer also. The Arapahoes went back more terrified than ever. Weeks

passed away, and still no dragoons appeared. A result followed which all those best acquainted with Indians

had predicted. They conceived that fear had prevented Bordeaux from accepting their gifts, and that they had

nothing to apprehend from the vengeance of the whites. From terror they rose to the height of insolence and

presumption. They called the white men cowards and old women; and a friendly Dakota came to Fort

Laramie and reported that they were determined to kill the first of the white dogs whom they could lay hands

on.

Had a military officer, intrusted with suitable powers, been stationed at Fort Laramie, and having accepted

the offer of the Arapahoes to deliver up the murderer, had ordered him to be immediately led out and shot, in

presence of his tribe, they would have been awed into tranquillity, and much danger and calamity averted; but

now the neighborhood of the MedicineBow Mountain and the region beyond it was a scene of extreme peril.

Old MeneSeela, a true friend of the whites, and many other of the Indians gathered about the two trappers,

and vainly endeavored to turn them from their purpose; but Rouleau and Saraphin only laughed at the danger.

On the morning preceding that on which they were to leave the camp, we could all discern faint white

columns of smoke rising against the dark base of the MedicineBow. Scouts were out immediately, and

reported that these proceeded from an Arapahoe camp, abandoned only a few hours before. Still the two

trappers continued their preparations for departure.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS 100



Top




Page No 103


Saraphin was a tall, powerful fellow, with a sullen and sinister countenance. His rifle had very probably

drawn other blood than that of buffalo or even Indians. Rouleau had a broad ruddy face marked with as few

traces of thought or care as a child's. His figure was remarkably square and strong, but the first joints of both

his feet were frozen off, and his horse had lately thrown and trampled upon him, by which he had been

severely injured in the chest. But nothing could check his inveterate propensity for laughter and gayety. He

went all day rolling about the camp on his stumps of feet, talking and singing and frolicking with the Indian

women, as they were engaged at their work. In fact Rouleau had an unlucky partiality for squaws. He always

had one whom he must needs bedizen with beads, ribbons, and all the finery of an Indian wardrobe; and

though he was of course obliged to leave her behind him during his expeditions, yet this hazardous necessity

did not at all trouble him, for his disposition was the very reverse of jealous. If at any time he had not

lavished the whole of the precarious profits of his vocation upon his dark favorite, he always devoted the rest

to feasting his comrades. If liquor was not to be hadand this was usually the casestrong coffee was

substituted. As the men of that region are by no means remarkable for providence or selfrestraint, whatever

was set before them on these occasions, however extravagant in price, or enormous in quantity, was sure to

be disposed of at one sitting. Like other trappers, Rouleau's life was one of contrast and variety. It was only at

certain seasons, and for a limited time, that he was absent on his expeditions. For the rest of the year he

would be lounging about the fort, or encamped with his friends in its vicinity, lazily hunting or enjoying all

the luxury of inaction; but when once in pursnit of beaver, he was involved in extreme privations and

desperate perils. When in the midst of his game and his enemies, hand and foot, eye and ear, are incessantly

active. Frequently he must content himself with devouring his evening meal uncooked, lest the light of his

fire should attract the eyes of some wandering Indian; and sometimes having made his rude repast, he must

leave his fire still blazing, and withdraw to a distance under cover of the darkness, that his disappointed

enemy, drawn thither by the light, may find his victim gone, and be unable to trace his footsteps in the gloom.

This is the life led by scores of men in the Rocky Mountains and their vicinity. I once met a trapper whose

breast was marked with the scars of six bullets and arrows, one of his arms broken by a shot and one of his

knees shattered; yet still, with the undaunted mettle of New England, from which part of the country he had

come, he continued to follow his perilous occupation. To some of the children of cities it may seem strange

that men with no object in view should continue to follow a life of such hardship and desperate adventure; yet

there is a mysterious, restless charm in the basilisk eye of danger, and few men perhaps remain long in that

wild region without learning to love peril for its own sake, and to laugh carelessly in the face of death.

On the last day of our stay in this camp, the trappers were ready for departure. When in the Black Hills they

had caught seven beaver, and they now left their skins in charge of Reynal, to be kept until their return. Their

strong, gaunt horses were equipped with rusty Spanish bits and rude Mexican saddles, to which wooden

stirrups were attached, while a buffalo robe was rolled up behind them, and a bundle of beaver traps slung at

the pommel. These, together with their rifles, their knives, their powderhorns and bulletpouches, flint and

steel and a tincup, composed their whole traveling equipment. They shook hands with us and rode away;

Saraphin with his grim countenance, like a surly bulldog's, was in advance; but Rouleau, clambering gayly

into his seat, kicked his horse's sides, flourished his whip in the air, and trotted briskly over the prairie,

trolling forth a Canadian song at the top of his lungs. Reynal looked after them with his face of brutal

selfishness.

"Well," he said, "if they are killed, I shall have the beaver. They'll fetch me fifty dollars at the fort, anyhow."

This was the last I saw of them.

We had been for five days in the hunting camp, and the meat, which all this time had hung drying in the sun,

was now fit for transportation. Buffalo hides also had been procured in sufficient quantities for making the

next season's lodges; but it remained to provide the long slender poles on which they were to be supported.

These were only to be had among the tall pine woods of the Black Hills, and in that direction therefore our

next move was to be made. It is worthy of notice that amid the general abundance which during this time had


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS 101



Top




Page No 104


prevailed in the camp there were no instances of individual privation; for although the hide and the tongue of

the buffalo belong by exclusive right to the hunter who has killed it, yet anyone else is equally entitled to help

himself from the rest of the carcass. Thus, the weak, the aged, and even the indolent come in for a share of

the spoils, and many a helpless old woman, who would otherwise perish from starvation, is sustained in

profuse abundance.

On the 25th of July, late in the afternoon, the camp broke up, with the usual tumult and confusion, and we

were all moving once more, on horseback and on foot, over the plains. We advanced, however, but a few

miles. The old men, who during the whole march had been stoutly striding along on foot in front of the

people, now seated themselves in a circle on the ground, while all the families, erecting their lodges in the

prescribed order around them, formed the usual great circle of the camp; meanwhile these village patriarchs

sat smoking and talking. I threw my bridle to Raymond, and sat down as usual along with them. There was

none of that reserve and apparent dignity which an Indian always assumes when in council, or in the presence

of white men whom he distrusts. The party, on the contrary, was an extremely merry one; and as in a social

circle of a quite different character, "if there was not much wit, there was at least a great deal of laughter."

When the first pipe was smoked out, I rose and withdrew to the lodge of my host. Here I was stooping, in the

act of taking off my powder horn and bulletpouch, when suddenly, and close at hand, pealing loud and

shrill, and in right good earnest, came the terrific yell of the warwhoop. KongraTonga's squaw snatched up

her youngest child, and ran out of the lodge. I followed, and found the whole village in confusion, resounding

with cries and yells. The circle of old men in the center had vanished. The warriors with glittering eyes came

darting, their weapons in their hands, out of the low opening of the lodges, and running with wild yells

toward the farther end of the village. Advancing a few rods in that direction, I saw a crowd in furious

agitation, while others ran up on every side to add to the confusion. Just then I distinguished the voices of

Raymond and Reynal, shouting to me from a distance, and looking back, I saw the latter with his rifle in his

hand, standing on the farther bank of a little stream that ran along the outskirts of the camp. He was calling to

Raymond and myself to come over and join him, and Raymond, with his usual deliberate gait and stolid

countenance, was already moving in that direction.

This was clearly the wisest course, unless we wished to involve ourselves in the fray; so I turned to go, but

just then a pair of eyes, gleaming like a snake's, and an aged familiar countenance was thrust from the

opening of a neighboring lodge, and out bolted old MeneSeela, full of fight, clutching his bow and arrows in

one hand and his knife in the other. At that instant he tripped and fell sprawling on his face, while his

weapons flew scattering away in every direction. The women with loud screams were hurrying with their

children in their arms to place them out of danger, and I observed some hastening to prevent mischief, by

carrying away all the weapons they could lay hands on. On a rising ground close to the camp stood a line of

old women singing a medicine song to allay the tumult. As I approached the side of the brook I heard

gunshots behind me, and turning back, I saw that the crowd had separated into two lines of naked warriors

confronting each other at a respectful distance, and yelling and jumping about to dodge the shot of their

adversaries, while they discharged bullets and arrows against each other. At the same time certain sharp,

humming sounds in the air over my head, like the flight of beetles on a summer evening, warned me that the

danger was not wholly confined to the immediate scene of the fray. So wading through the brook, I joined

Reynal and Raymond, and we sat down on the grass, in the posture of an armed neutrality, to watch the

result.

Happily it may be for ourselves, though quite contrary to our expectation, the disturbance was quelled almost

as soon as it had commenced. When I looked again, the combatants were once more mingled together in a

mass. Though yells sounded, occasionally from the throng, the firing had entirely ceased, and I observed five

or six persons moving busily about, as if acting the part of peacemakers. One of the village heralds or criers

proclaimed in a loud voice something which my two companions were too much engrossed in their own

observations to translate for me. The crowd began to disperse, though many a deepset black eye still


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS 102



Top




Page No 105


glittered with an unnatural luster, as the warriors slowly withdrew to their lodges. This fortunate suppression

of the disturbance was owing to a few of the old men, less pugnacious than MeneSeela, who boldly ran in

between the combatants and aided by some of the "soldiers," or Indian police, succeeded in effecting their

object.

It seemed very strange to me that although many arrows and bullets were discharged, no one was mortally

hurt, and I could only account for this by the fact that both the marksman and the object of his aim were

leaping about incessantly during the whole time. By far the greater part of the villagers had joined in the fray,

for although there were not more than a dozen guns in the whole camp, I heard at least eight or ten shots

fired.

In a quarter of an hour all was comparatively quiet. A large circle of warriors were again seated in the center

of the village, but this time I did not venture to join them, because I could see that the pipe, contrary to the

usual order, was passing from the left hand to the right around the circle, a sure sign that a "medicinesmoke"

of reconciliation was going forward, and that a white man would be an unwelcome intruder. When I again

entered the still agitated camp it was nearly dark, and mournful cries, howls and wailings resounded from

many female voices. Whether these had any connection with the late disturbance, or were merely

lamentations for relatives slain in some former war expeditions, I could not distinctly ascertain.

To inquire too closely into the cause of the quarrel was by no means prudent, and it was not until some time

after that I discovered what had given rise to it. Among the Dakota there are many associations, or

fraternities, connected with the purposes of their superstitions, their warfare, or their social life. There was

one called "The ArrowBreakers," now in a great measure disbanded and dispersed. In the village there were,

however, four men belonging to it, distinguished by the peculiar arrangement of their hair, which rose in a

high bristling mass above their foreheads, adding greatly to their apparent height, and giving them a most

ferocious appearance. The principal among them was the Mad Wolf, a warrior of remarkable size and

strength, great courage, and the fierceness of a demon. I had always looked upon him as the most dangerous

man in the village; and though he often invited me to feasts, I never entered his lodge unarmed. The Mad

Wolf had taken a fancy to a fine horse belonging to another Indian, who was called the Tall Bear; and

anxious to get the animal into his possession, he made the owner a present of another horse nearly equal in

value. According to the customs of the Dakota, the acceptance of this gift involved a sort of obligation to

make an equitable return; and the Tall Bear well understood that the other had in view the obtaining of his

favorite buffalo horse. He however accepted the present without a word of thanks, and having picketed the

horse before his lodge, he suffered day after day to pass without making the expected return. The Mad Wolf

grew impatient and angry; and at last, seeing that his bounty was not likely to produce the desired return, he

resolved to reclaim it. So this evening, as soon as the village was encamped, he went to the lodge of the Tall

Bear, seized upon the horse that he had given him, and led him away. At this the Tall Bear broke into one of

those fits of sullen rage not uncommon among the Indians. He ran up to the unfortunate horse, and gave him

three mortals stabs with his knife. Quick as lightning the Mad Wolf drew his bow to its utmost tension, and

held the arrow quivering close to the breast of his adversary. The Tall Bear, as the Indians who were near him

said, stood with his bloody knife in his hand, facing the assailant with the utmost calmness. Some of his

friends and relatives, seeing his danger, ran hastily to his assistance. The remaining three ArrowBreakers,

on the other hand, came to the aid of their associate. Many of their friends joined them, the warcry was

raised on a sudden, and the tumult became general.

The "soldiers," who lent their timely aid in putting it down, are by far the most important executive

functionaries in an Indian village. The office is one of considerable honor, being confided only to men of

courage and repute. They derive their authority from the old men and chief warriors of the village, who elect

them in councils occasionally convened for the purpose, and thus can exercise a degree of authority which no

one else in the village would dare to assume. While very few Ogallalla chiefs could venture without instant

jeopardy of their lives to strike or lay hands upon the meanest of their people, the "soldiers" in the discharge


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS 103



Top




Page No 106


of their appropriate functions, have full license to make use of these and similar acts of coercion.

CHAPTER XVII. THE BLACK HILLS

We traveled eastward for two days, and then the gloomy ridges of the Black Hills rose up before us. The

village passed along for some miles beneath their declivities, trailing out to a great length over the arid

prairie, or winding at times among small detached hills or distorted shapes. Turning sharply to the left, we

entered a wide defile of the mountains, down the bottom of which a brook came winding, lined with tall grass

and dense copses, amid which were hidden many beaver dams and lodges. We passed along between two

lines of high precipices and rocks, piled in utter disorder one upon another, and with scarcely a tree, a bush,

or a clump of grass to veil their nakedness. The restless Indian boys were wandering along their edges and

clambering up and down their rugged sides, and sometimes a group of them would stand on the verge of a

cliff and look down on the array as it passed in review beneath them. As we advanced, the passage grew more

narrow; then it suddenly expanded into a round grassy meadow, completely encompassed by mountains; and

here the families stopped as they came up in turn, and the camp rose like magic.

The lodges were hardly erected when, with their usual precipitation, the Indians set about accomplishing the

object that had brought them there; that is, the obtaining poles for supporting their new lodges. Half the

population, men, women and boys, mounted their horses and set out for the interior of the mountains. As they

rode at full gallop over the shingly rocks and into the dark opening of the defile beyond, I thought I had never

read or dreamed of a more strange or picturesque cavalcade. We passed between precipices more than a

thousand feet high, sharp and splintering at the tops, their sides beetling over the defile or descending in

abrupt declivities, bristling with black fir trees. On our left they rose close to us like a wall, but on the right a

winding brook with a narrow strip of marshy soil intervened. The stream was clogged with old beaver dams,

and spread frequently into wide pools. There were thick bushes and many dead and blasted trees along its

course, though frequently nothing remained but stumps cut close to the ground by the beaver, and marked

with the sharp chisellike teeth of those indefatigable laborers. Sometimes we were driving among trees, and

then emerging upon open spots, over which, Indianlike, all galloped at full speed. As Pauline bounded over

the rocks I felt her saddlegirth slipping, and alighted to draw it tighter; when the whole array swept past me

in a moment, the women with their gaudy ornaments tinkling as they rode, the men whooping, and laughing,

and lashing forward their horses. Two blacktailed deer bounded away among the rocks; Raymond shot at

them from horseback; the sharp report of his rifle was answered by another equally sharp from the opposing

cliffs, and then the echoes, leaping in rapid succession from side to side, died away rattling far amid the

mountains.

After having ridden in this manner for six or eight miles, the appearance of the scene began to change, and all

the declivities around us were covered with forests of tall, slender pine trees. The Indians began to fall off to

the right and left, and dispersed with their hatchets and knives among these woods, to cut the poles which

they had come to seek. Soon I was left almost alone; but in the deep stillness of those lonely mountains, the

stroke of hatchets and the sound of voices might be heard from far and near.

Reynal, who imitated the Indians in their habits as well as the worst features of their character, had killed

buffalo enough to make a lodge for himself and his squaw, and now he was eager to get the poles necessary

to complete it. He asked me to let Raymond go with him and assist in the work. I assented, and the two men

immediately entered the thickest part of the wood. Having left my horse in Raymond's keeping, I began to

climb the mountain. I was weak and weary and made slow progress, often pausing to rest, but after an hour

had elapsed, I gained a height, whence the little valley out of which I had climbed seemed like a deep, dark

gulf, though the inaccessible peak of the mountain was still towering to a much greater distance above.

Objects familiar from childhood surrounded me; crags and rocks, a black and sullen brook that gurgled with a

hollow voice deep among the crevices, a wood of mossy distorted trees and prostrate trunks flung down by

age and storms, scattered among the rocks, or damming the foaming waters of the little brook. The objects


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XVII. THE BLACK HILLS 104



Top




Page No 107


were the same, yet they were thrown into a wilder and more startling scene, for the black crags and the

savage trees assumed a grim and threatening aspect, and close across the valley the opposing mountain

confronted me, rising from the gulf for thousands of feet, with its bare pinnacles and its ragged covering of

pines. Yet the scene was not without its milder features. As I ascended, I found frequent little grassy terraces,

and there was one of these close at hand, across which the brook was stealing, beneath the shade of scattered

trees that seemed artificially planted. Here I made a welcome discovery, no other than a bed of strawberries,

with their white flowers and their red fruit, close nestled among the grass by the side of the brook, and I sat

down by them, hailing them as old acquaintances; for among those lonely and perilous mountains they

awakened delicious associations of the gardens and peaceful homes of fardistant New England.

Yet wild as they were, these mountains were thickly peopled. As I climbed farther, I found the broad dusty

paths made by the elk, as they filed across the mountainside. The grass on all the terraces was trampled down

by deer; there were numerous tracks of wolves, and in some of the rougher and more precipitous parts of the

ascent, I found footprints different from any that I had ever seen, and which I took to be those of the Rocky

Mountain sheep. I sat down upon a rock; there was a perfect stillness. No wind was stirring, and not even an

insect could be heard. I recollected the danger of becoming lost in such a place, and therefore I fixed my eye

upon one of the tallest pinnacles of the opposite mountain. It rose sheer upright from the woods below, and

by an extraordinary freak of nature sustained aloft on its very summit a large loose rock. Such a landmark

could never be mistaken, and feeling once more secure, I began again to move forward. A white wolf jumped

up from among some bushes, and leaped clumsily away; but he stopped for a moment, and turned back his

keen eye and his grim bristling muzzle. I longed to take his scalp and carry it back with me, as an appropriate

trophy of the Black Hills, but before I could fire, he was gone among the rocks. Soon I heard a rustling sound,

with a cracking of twigs at a little distance, and saw moving above the tall bushes the branching antlers of an

elk. I was in the midst of a hunter's paradise.

Such are the Black Hills, as I found them in July; but they wear a different garb when winter sets in, when the

broad boughs of the fir tree are bent to the ground by the load of snow, and the dark mountains are whitened

with it. At that season the mountain trappers, returned from their autumn expeditions, often build their rude

cabins in the midst of these solitudes, and live in abundance and luxury on the game that harbors there. I have

heard them relate, how with their tawny mistresses, and perhaps a few young Indian companions, they have

spent months in total seclusion. They would dig pitfalls, and set traps for the white wolves, the sables, and the

martens, and though through the whole night the awful chorus of the wolves would resound from the frozen

mountains around them, yet within their massive walls of logs they would lie in careless ease and comfort

before the blazing fire, and in the morning shoot the elk and the deer from their very door.


The Oregon Trail

CHAPTER XVII. THE BLACK HILLS 105



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. The Oregon Trail, page = 4

   3. Francis Parkman, page = 4

   4. CHAPTER I. THE FRONTIER, page = 4

   5. CHAPTER II. BREAKING THE ICE, page = 7

   6. CHAPTER III. FORT LEAVENWORTH, page = 12

   7. CHAPTER IV. "JUMPING OFF", page = 13

   8. CHAPTER V. "THE BIG BLUE" , page = 18

   9. CHAPTER VI. "THE PLATTE AND THE DESERT", page = 26

   10. CHAPTER VII. THE BUFFALO, page = 32

   11. CHAPTER VIII. TAKING FRENCH LEAVE , page = 40

   12. CHAPTER IX. SCENES AT FORT LARAMIE , page = 46

   13. CHAPTER X. THE WAR PARTIES, page = 52

   14. CHAPTER XI. SCENES AT THE CAMP, page = 62

   15. CHAPTER XII. ILL LUCK, page = 70

   16. CHAPTER XIII. HUNTING INDIANS, page = 72

   17. CHAPTER XIV. THE OGALLALLA VILLAGE, page = 83

   18. CHAPTER XV. THE HUNTING CAMP, page = 93

   19. CHAPTER XVI. THE TRAPPERS, page = 103

   20. CHAPTER XVII. THE BLACK HILLS, page = 107